The UC Davis Arboretum is a living museum with more than 4,000 kinds of trees, plants and shrubs. Established in 1936, the Arboretum stretches along the old north channel of Putah Creek, covering about 100 acres. Students and teachers use the plant collections for research and study.
Visitors come to attend classes, gather ideas for their own gardens and enjoy guided tours. The plants in the Arboretum are arranged in a series of gardens that represent different geographic areas, plant groups, horticultural themes or historical periods.
Arboretum paths are popular with walkers, joggers and bicyclists. The main path is a 3.5-mile loop. The lawns at the west end near Peter J. Shields Grove are perfect for informal games and picnics. Picnic tables are located behind Putah Creek Lodge and in the Redwood Grove.
Gardens include: the Mary Wattis Brown Garden of California Native Plants; the Ruth Risdon Storer Garden of perennials and small shrubs; the Carolee Shields White Flower Garden; Peter J. Shields Oak Grove including conifers and acacias; the Mediterranean Section; the Weier Redwood Grove with North Coast Area and California Foothill Section; and the Desert Section.
* Location: Along the banks of Putah Creek, Davis
* More information: 530-752-4880; http://arboretum.ucdavis.edu
What: Davis High School Hall of Fame induction dinner for Doug Arnold, Rachel Moore, Paul Ochs, Marcy Place Sheehan and Wanda Winton
When: 6 p.m. Saturday, Sept. 13
Where: ARC Ballroom, UC Davis
Tickets: $65 per person, or a table of 10 may be reserved for a $1,000 sponsorship; in addition, locals are asked to thank a teacher by donating the cost of a ticket
RSVPs: Due Sept. 6; visit www.dhsblueandwhite.org or call 530-681-5020
July 15, 1939 — Aug. 15, 2014
Elaine was born and raised in Los Angeles and came to Davis as a freshman to study biochemistry. After graduation, she worked briefly as a biochemist in the Bay Area before returning to work at UC Davis. She co-authored many scientific publications between 1963 and 1986.
During this time she started to perform dog rescue activities as an avocation and rescue became her lifelong passion. Elaine retired from UC Davis and changed direction entirely. She was keenly interested in Native American arts and traveled to the Navajo Nation to learn traditional methods for restoring Navajo rugs. She began to restore rugs for part time work. Elaine raised her own sheep, and used the wool sheared from the flock to spin the fleece into wool of natural colors. She also raised angora rabbits and used the hair combed from the rabbits to spin angora wool, also of natural colors. Elaine was a long time vendor at the Saturday Davis Farmers Market, where she sold skeins of her natural wool as well as items that she knitted.
She added various animals to her farm, some of them abandoned. Elaine was well known among dog rescuers in Northern California for her deep knowledge of, and expertise with dogs and was generous with her time and experience. She was especially fond of Rottweilers. She started Second Chance Rottweiler Rescue in 2002, pulling at risk Rottweiler’s from kill shelters in a wide geographic area. For 12 years she successfully rescued and re-homed abandoned Rottweilers as part of her non-profit rescue, arranging for veterinary care and offering education, expertise and support to people who had either already adopted a Rottweiler or were thinking of doing so.
Elaine will be tremendously missed by her friends and Rottweilers in need of rescue on the West Coast.
According to her wishes, there will be no memorial service.
Like most people, Davis residents share stories of their children and work over lunch or coffee.
Unlike most people, locals are just as likely to be swapping stories about the laying habits of their Rhode Island reds and Ameraucanas.
Yes, Davis residents love their chickens. And those who don’t raise chickens love purchasing the fresh eggs at the Davis Farmers Market.
“The amount of farm-fresh egg sales has definitely increased,” said Randii MacNear, manager of the Davis Farmers Market. “They taste so much better. Once you have a fresh egg, you won’t go back.”
Backyard coops are becoming more popular, and in Davis they’ve become part of Tour de Cluck, a major fundraiser for school food programs.
“We got chickens in 2009,” said Jake Clemens, the original Mother Hen for Tour de Cluck. “We just wanted to have chickens.”
Clemens joined the steering committee for the Davis Farm to School program. Others in the organization also were interested in health, nutrition and getting back to basics.
“We had inklings of people who had chickens,” said Clemens, who was one of many slow-food people in the 1970s. “We just did not know how many coops (were in Davis).
“We did a test run,” she continued. “We wanted to do something involving chickens. We showed the film, ‘Mad City Chickens,’ to see if any people would show up. We filled the Brunelle Theater; 350 people, who were fans and friends of chickens, showed up and had a great time.”
In the early days, the number of coops was difficult to assess.
“At the beginning, people didn’t know a lot of times if their coops were legal,” Clemens said. “It was an underground thing, and then when they found out it was legal, they started talking.”
The city of Davis allows residents to keep chickens, pigeons or rabbits within city limits. Individuals may not have more than six hens or pigeons or combination of either, and no more than six rabbits.
In addition, the city website — cityofdavis.org — lists the municipal codes and costs for housing animals within city limits.
For those pondering, “Wow, I wish I could have fresh eggs every day,” Chowdown Farm owner Kristy Levings offers some advice.
“Rhode Island reds, and birds like that, are prolific egg layers,” said Levings, who is the project director for Farm to School Yolo through the county department of agriculture. “They lay an egg just about every day.
“A bird I always recommend is a brahma because it’s a nice big bird, has really beautiful feathers, very stately, slow moving. It’s quiet and has lots of character.”
Levings, whose farm has game, lamb and poultry, also noted that there are some chickens that are great egg layers and some that are great for eating. While egg layers are edible, they don’t have the full chicken flavor; and chickens raised for meat can lay eggs, just not as often.
In addition, there are some egg layers who are more trouble than their worth.
“Ones I do not recommend are the Mediterranean birds that lay white eggs,” Levings said. “The white leg horn or blue andalusian. They tend to be louder.
“Chickens that are OK are the green layers from South America,” she added. “The Ameraucanas or Araucana. They have a beautiful colored egg. They tend to be shyer, a little more secretive about egg laying.”
Additional chickens to check out are silkies (“really interesting to look at”), bantams (“a little chicken with a little egg”) and frizzles (“fun”) and buff orpintons (“tend to be friendly”).
Hens will begin laying eggs about at 6-months old, according to Levings. They tend to lay well the first two years and then production slows. Chickens will live approximately five years.
There are numerous websites that offer tips for starting a backyard coop, but Davis’ Tour de Cluck offers individuals a close-up-and-personal experience every May. This yearly event draws visitors from around the country — families from Washington state to North Carolina, make it an annual trek.
“It’s a great community event,” said Clemens, who retired from running the Tour in 2013. “I’m thrilled that it’s carried on. I think it’s a quintessential Davis event.”
The Tour de Cluck, which is now run by Neil Ruud of The Centaur Group Media Company, has expanded each year but still keeps as its core the idea of helping Yolo Farm to Fork and Davis Farm to School programs.
“One of the beauties of the Tour de Cluck is how it bridges so many organizations of Davis,” Clemens said. “It takes in the bike paths — it’s a beautiful bike ride. You’re getting not just to see coops but it’s a backyard tour of organic gardens and more.”
Tickets for the annual event are limited and tend to sell out quickly. Visit the website, tourdecluck.org for more information.
Tai Chi is an internal martial art which emphasizes meditative movements to help develop a strong, flexible body that is alert and responsive to the one’s environment. Tai Chi’s movements are practiced slow and relaxed to better allow the mind to learn how to coordinate the entire body.
Classes at the Davis Senior Center are on Tuesdays and Thursdays 6-7pm. All ages and abilities are welcome to join.
Instructor Daniel Pfister has spent over 20 years practicing and teaching martial arts, including time spent in China and Taiwan.
For class registration please call the Senior Center at (530) 757-5626 or in-person at the Community Services Office, 600 A Street, Suite C. For further information on classes, contact Daniel Pfister at 530 574-3684 or via e-mail at firstname.lastname@example.org. Daniel’s website www.daviskungfu.com also contains useful information on classes.
Abraham Corrales of UC Davis was awarded the NIH Undergraduate Scholarship for students from disadvantaged backgrounds and committed to careers in health-related research.
The biochemistry and molecular biology major is one of only 16 recipients nationwide on his way to developing therapies to promote the health of agricultural communities like his own.
Through the California Alliance for Minority Participation at UC Davis, he has taken advantage of research opportunities and participated in workshops to help him succeed in university and prepare for graduate studies.
Corrales also participates in CURE, a mentoring and research program that fosters diversity in the cancer research community. In the Díaz lab since June 2013, Corrales has been studying the regulation of cell proliferation with an aim to develop novel therapeutic targets for medulloblastoma, a type of brain cancer common in children.
Corrales will receive a renewable annual award for up to $20,000 in tuition and educational expenses. For each year of the scholsrship, he will receive paid summer research training at the NIH and, upon graduation, a year’s employment at an NIH research lab.
— Do you know of someone who has won an award or accomplished something noteworthy? Email it to email@example.com or send it to Name Droppers, The Davis Enterprise, P.O. Box 1470, Davis, CA 95617
William Starr Walton will celebrate his 100th birthday with family and friends on September 6th in Davis. He was born September 8, 1914.
Bill is veteran of the Pacific Theater during World War II. He has lived in the Davis and Sacramento area his entire adult life. He attended UCD in the 1930s.
Members of Bill’s family would be happy to coordinate contact with Bill if the Enterprise considers his perspective on the world and our community newsworthy. Thank you.
Word count: 523
Headline Goes Here
Special to The Enterprise
You know you’ve built a strong organization when it can function without you for a while. I’ve been on family leave this month since my dad passed away, and I’ve taken on major caretaking duties for my mom. I’d like to take this opportunity to thank everyone at Davis Media Access (DMA) for the love and support shown to my family, and me and especially to my wonderful co-workers for covering all my bases.
Here’s a look at some current opportunities and news from your community media center. To keep up with DMA, please like us on Facebook and follow on Twitter @dmafeed.
Get oriented: Curious about KDRT, DCTV or DJUSD Channel 17? Would you like to learn how Davis Media Access can help you? If you want to get involved, volunteer, or use equipment, you must first attend a general orientation The next one is scheduled for Wed. , Sept 3 at 6:30 p.m. The orientation includes the history of Davis Media Access, a tour of the facilities, and information on the many aspects and opportunities provided by DMA. Free & open to anyone who lives, works, studies or volunteers in Davis.
Fall internships begin: Available to DJUSD students, DMA’s internship provides hands-on experience and exposure to many aspects of community television production. The internship focuses on coverage of DJSUD sporting and performing arts events, as a component of DMA’s partnership with DJUSD Educational Access Television Channel 17. Interns must be at least 16 years old and able to work 3-6 hours per week, generally between 5-10 p.m. Additionally, they must be self-motivated, able to work well with a diverse group of people, able to demonstrate aptitude with computers or video equipment. Training is provided, and academic credit is available when possible. The deadline to apply is September 12 by 5 p.m.. Please see http://davismedia.org for the internship description. Interested applicants may submit a resume or brief letter describing their skills and any personal goals related to the internship. Please submit to DMA Production Manager Jeff Shaw at firstname.lastname@example.org.
Fall election: It does seem like we just wrapped one election, but we have some more important decisions to make this November. Invitations have gone out to candidates for the Davis Joint Unified Board of Education, Assembly 4th District and Congressional 3rd. DMA’s coverage will include a mix of candidate statements, community forums and debates, as well as election-night coverage. If there’s an election-related forum we need to know about, please email me at email@example.com.
Programming Highlights: DCTV’s In The Studio
Sterling Anderson: A Writer’s Roots: Davis native Sterling Anderson talks about his journey to Hollywood and what it took to become a successful film and television writer. Alex Silva-Sadder hosts this episode.
UCD Experimental College: Have you thought about taking a class just for fun? You can, at the UC Davis Experimental College! Classes are open to anyone, not just UCD Students. You can take a class, teach a class, or even suggest a topic. Tyler Shaffo hosts Rhoda Coscetti, Director, Dr. Erin Melcon, Operations Advisor, and Dr. Richard Schubert, Chair of the Advisory Board. Watch more episodes of In The Studio here: dctv.davismedia.org/node/41501.
is executive director for Davis Media Access, an organization providing access to, and advocacy for, local media. She writes this column monthly. Find out more about DMA at http://davismedia.org.
City Panel Working to Tighten Scrutiny of Taxpayer Dollars
By Jeff Miller and Dan Carson
Last February, Davis Enterprise columnist Bob Dunning mused on the city’s serious fiscal problems and controversies, and suggested a solution. “Maybe it’s time to convene a citizen-based Budget Advisory Commission to turn over every rock looking for spare change that could get us out of this mess,” he opined in a column titled, “Thorough Review of City Finances In Order.”
Maybe he was unaware of the longstanding existence of the city Finance and Budget Commission. Or maybe he was just offering a playful critique of our work. Either way, he raised a legitimate concern that this city needed a more active and engaged city commission to help find budget solutions and to caution against unwise expenditure of taxpayer funds.
As, respectively, the chair and vice chair of that commission, we wanted to alert you and Davis citizens to our recent efforts–taken in coordination with the Davis City Council and city staff–to energize our commission, better define and organize our activities, and provide more comprehensive and careful scrutiny of city finances. We have a lot of work to do to improve our effectiveness and relevance, but our six commissioners have been trying hard to represent the concerns of Davis taxpayers and citizens who want their dollars used frugally and effectively. Many Davis citizens don’t have the time to delve into the details of city finances every quarter, but want the assurance that an independent party is reviewing the details.
After soul-searching discussions with the council and city management about the role of our commission, including a joint public workshop, we adopted a resolution in May (subject as always to discussion with the City Council) creating a system of commission subcommittees, and assigned specific tasks to each.
Because of our belief that the key to building citizen trust in government is accountability and transparency in city finances, the first subcommittee we created will focus on accomplishing those goals. Specifically, our resolution directed this first panel to draft a new and updated mission statement for the commission to submit to the City Council for its consideration.
It also directed this same subcommittee to work to foster the development of a new city accounting system that would make it easier to understand how the city is spending its limited resources. We believe an improved accounting system could allow city staff to produce the budget and related documents at less time and expense and give Davis policymakers and average citizens the tools they need to analyze city spending and revenue trends and identify potential budget solutions.
We also want to analyze key components of city finances in a systematic way over time–areas such as employee pensions and health benefits, major departments such as police and fire, and so on–to better predict what must be budgeted for these purposes and to develop new budget solutions. For this reason, we created a second subcommittee that intends to develop and initiate a process for a zero-based or similar review of selected city expenditure areas. The main idea is to go beyond a review of the most recent marginal changes in city programs that are proposed each year in the budget process to gain a more in-depth understanding of core city programs and how they might be reformed or constrained.
This city stands at a crossroads in deciding how best to tackle the backlog of deferred maintenance and infrastructure needed to continue the effective delivery of public services to city residents. Accordingly, we created a third subcommittee that has been directed to examine the projects for these purposes identified by city staff and to review and to comment upon a plan that we anticipate city staff will develop to address and finance higher-priority projects. We stand ready to work with city management, the City Council, and the other relevant city commissions who oversee infrastructure systems in ensuring that the city takes a fiscally prudent approach to this complex undertaking.
As we complete some of these tasks, there are additional projects we plan to undertake. Some City Council members have encouraged us to help model the potential costs and benefits to the city of various pending economic development proposals, such as the “innovation” business parks, the Gateway/Nishi project, and the new convention center and hotel complex. We also look forward to examining ways to use available assets to enhance the city’s fiscal situation, such as through the sale or lease of city property or the operation of concessions or franchises with private-sector partners.
We are already moving from discussions of commission process to action. We peppered city staff with a lot of questions about the justification of city expenditures and other budget assumptions during the 2014-15 budget process. Prior to the adoption of that budget plan, we reviewed and successfully advocated for City Council adoption of $1.2 million in additional budget cuts proposed by the city manager to help erase a $5 million structural budget shortfall. In July, we asked city staff to prepare a multi-year accounting of the outcome and status of over $80 million in capital outlay projects that were proposed by City staff and approved by City Council in recent years because that detail is not included in the annual budget report.
We recognize that our authority as a commission is limited. We are an advisory body, not a decision-maker. We are dependent in many cases on the availability of limited staff resources to get answers to complex questions. Nevertheless, we are hopeful that our new subcommittee structure will provide us the flexibility and decision-making structure to give the citizens of Davis the greater scrutiny of the use of their tax dollars that they deserve.
Please help us succeed in our work. We welcome public comments at our meetings, usually held the second Monday of each month at 7 pm in the conference room in the back of the City Council chambers. We are next scheduled to meet on September 8. And, if you have the qualifications to help with these tasks and are a Davis citizen age 18 or older, there is still time for you to apply for one of the two current vacancies on the commission (one regular and one alternate position) before this Friday’s deadline. (A link to information about the city’s commission application process can be found on the city’s website, cityofdavis.org.)
Jeff Miller became chair of the Finance and Budget Commission this year and has served on the panel since 2009. Dan Carson was appointed to the commission in January and is now vice chairman.
March 19, 1946 — Aug. 13, 2014
Gay Havens-Monteagle Powers, 68, died, following a long and courageous battle with cancer, on Aug. 13, 2014 in Davis.
An artist in every sense of the word, Gay painted and showed her work until her last days. Gay will be remembered for her outgoing personality, zany passion for life, artistic creativity, and lifetime devotion to civil and human rights.
Gay was born a twin on March 19, 1946, in Beverly Hills to Jehanne Havens-Monteagle, a sophisticated San Francisco socialite and international cultural promoter of the Monterey Peninsula, and Lionel Stander, a popular Hollywood actor, socialist and political activist, who was a founding member of the Screen Actors Guild and blacklisted in the McCarthy era. Her adoptive father, Albert Gallatin “Gal” Powers, was the well-known proprietor of Gallatin’s restaurant in Monterey.
Gay spent her childhood and came of age immersed in the rich social and artistic life that was California’s Monterey Peninsula in the 50’ and 60’s. She eventually managed the family’s now legendary fine dining restaurant. The magnificence of the natural beauty of the Monterey Peninsula was often reflected in Gay’s artwork.
Gay’s extroverted and fun loving personality was powerful in itself. When combined with the equally powerful personality of her twin sister Joy, a third person, “the twins”, emerged. As all who knew them, the twins were a force to be reckoned with.
On a lifelong spiritual quest, Gay explored and embraced numerous faiths and wove them into her own interfaith alternative. She was deeply comforted by a number of Mormon missionaries in her final years.
Gay was a fifth-generation “Old Californian” – who traces her family’s roots to colonial America, pre-Gold Rush California, the founding of Carmel-by-the-Sea, and the early development of the San Francisco Bay Area. Her mother’s family comes “…from a long line of whalers, Scottish lords, Boston Beacon-Hillers, revolutionary pirates, Virginia slave-owner, and beautiful women!”
Her great-grandfather, Frank C. Havens, was born into one of the founding families of Shelter Island, NY and descended from Lion Gardner, who founded the first English settlement in 1639 in what was to become the State of New York. Frank C. Havens was instrumental in the early development of Piedmont, Berkeley and Oakland. Together with his business partner, Francis Marion Smith, he built the landmark Claremont Hotel. The Frank C. Havens Elementary School in Piedmont is named for him.
Gay’s other great-grandparents, Louis and Lydia Monteagle were driving forces in the development of key San Francisco institutions including the San Francisco Symphony, St. Luke’s Hospital and Grace Cathedral. Her grandmother Estelle Houston Monteagle was a Carter from Virginia. Her grandfather, Kenneth Monteagle, was president of the San Francisco Symphony Association and the San Francisco Opera Association during its critical revitalization immediate following WWII.
The Monteagle family residence in Pacific Heights was purchased by the British Government in 1954 and served as the Consul-General’s Residence for more than 50 years. Gay’s grandmother, Jane Gallatin, spent most of her childhood in the palatial Sacramento house of her father, Albert Gallatin, built in 1877, which later became home to 13 California governors. Albert Gallatin, a pioneer developer of hydroelectric power in California was descended from Jefferson’s Secretary of the Treasury, Abraham Alfonse Albert Gallatin.
Gay’s grandfather Frank H. Powers married Jane Gallatin and together they co-founded the artist colony of Carmel-by-the-Sea in 1901. Jane Gallatin, a noted California artist, became the colony’s first artist in residence. Frank H. Powers worked to establish a theater in Carmel and spearheaded the building of the town’s first library. Most of Gay’s male ancestors were members of San Francisco’s legendary Bohemian Club.
Gay graduated from Monterey High School and earned an Associate Degree from the Monterey Peninsula Community College. She completed a Bachelor Degree, Art Studio and Philosophy, from UC Davis, graduating Phi Kappa Phi, cum laude in 1988. In the footsteps of her grandmother Estelle Houston Monteagle, Gay also attended Mills College, working on a MFA with Jay DeFeo.
During the course of her formal art studies, Gay was taught and mentored by three icons of the Bay Area Figurative School: Wayne Thiebaud, Roland Petersen and Manuel Neri. Not unlike her predecessors, Gay abandoned her earlier style of abstract expressionism in favor of figuration. Gay was anointed into the third generation of the Bay Area Figurative Movement when she was selected by Roland Petersen to show her art along side his and Wayne Thiebaud’s in a 1991 exhibition, “Influences V”, at the Judith Weintraub Gallery in Sacramento.
Widely collected throughout California, Gay’s paintings have been shown at the SFMOMA Artist Gallery and frequently shown in both group and solo exhibitions at the John Natsoulas Gallery, Davis, CA. Several of her paintings hang in public institutions including San Francisco’s Grace Cathedral and the UC Davis Veterinary Center. Most of her work now resides in private collections in San Francisco, Davis, New York City, and Pebble Beach.
Like many artists, Gay supplemented her artistic endeavors with a variety of other jobs, including a stint as a technician at Comsat, Jamesburg Station in Carmel Valley, her creation of Bonjour Baguette in the Davis Farmer’s Market, and several years as an art teacher in the Dixon School District.
Gay resided in Davis for nearly 30 years and was very active in numerous local civic organizations and political campaigns including being a member and chair of the Davis Human Relations Commission, founder of Davis’ annual Martin Luther King Day march, and prime mover of the politics that got sexual orientation included in the Davis Civil Rights Ordinance. The City of Davis gave Gay their Thong Hy Huynh Civil Rights Advocacy Award in 2004 and a Lifetime Achievement Award in 2013 for her significant civil rights efforts improving the quality of life in Davis.
Gay is survived by her devoted twin sister and patron, Joy Powers D’Ovidio and brother-in-law Gene (San Francisco); sisters Victoria Cole (Healdsburg) and Sandra Powers (Bridgehampton, NY); sister-in-law Jody Powers (Seaside); nieces Brooke Cole (Healdsburg) and Paige Cole (San Francisco); nephews James Cole (Petaluma) and Gallatin Powers Jr. (Monterey); cousins Heidi McGurin (Seaside), Flicka McGurin (San Francisco), Holly Fassett (Big Sur), Kimi Fassett (Pacific Grove), Dorcus Fassett (Pacific Grove), Kaffe Fassett (London, Erin Gafill (Big Sur) and her husband Tom Birmingham, and Diane Powers-Ellsworth (San Miguel de Allende, Mexico) and her husband Patric. Her brother, Gallatin “G” Powers, predeceased Gay.
Gay will be remembered and deeply missed by her mentor, confidant and caregiver, Jeffrey Ruda, her friend and caregiver Liz Chalfant and dearest friends Willis “Bill” Ritter and Martha Rutan, as well as her many lifelong friends from childhood, the entire David Armanasco Family, Mary Alice Cerrito Fettis and her husband Nick, and Perla Armanasco Gray and her husband Richard.
And, Gay will be always remembered and missed by her much loved pets, Yoyo, Coco, Baby Priscilla, Super Kitty, Arthur and Salvatore.
Celebrations of Gay’s life will run from 1 to 4 p.m. Sunday, Sept. 21, in the home of Mary Alice (Cerrito) and Nick Fettis, 5720 Carmel Valley Road in Carmel; and In Davis, a at the John Natsoulas Gallery, 521 First St. on a date to be determined, possibly Sunday, Oct. 5, from 1 to 4 p.m.
SCA Greater Yellowstone Recovery Corps, 1989
REBECCA QUIÑONES, POSTDOCTORAL SCHOLAR, CENTER FOR WATERSHED SCIENCES AT UC DAVIS
SCA Research Assistant, Salmon River Ranger District,
Klamath National Forest, 1994
University of California at Davis
(PhD in Conservation Ecology)
Humboldt State University (MS in Fish Biology)
University of Vermont (BA in Wildlife & Fish Biology)
Center for Watershed Sciences
University of California at Davis
Rebecca Quinones was among the ﬁrst students to join SCA’s Greater Yellowstone Recovery Corps in 1989. As you can read in this September 1989 article from the Chicago Tribune, Rebecca was already pursuing her interest in marine biology as a high school student, volunteering at the New England Aquarium. But the SCA was a whole new experience. “The ﬁrst time I heard a coyote, it really freaked me,” she said. Every day on the trail started with retrieving food from bear bags, strung 15 feet in the air to keep grizzlies at bay. But as the crew progressed so did Rebecca’s comfort in wilderness settings. “The ﬁrst week, our crew hardly spoke to each other, and I wondered why I had chosen to get up so early every day during summer vacation… but by the end I hated to leave the friends I made.”
Since then, Rebecca has earned an MS in Fish Biology and a PhD in Conservation Ecology, and she now works as a postdoctoral ﬁeld researcher at the Center for Watershed Sciences at UC Davis, where she continues to pursue the outdoor lifestyle she ﬁrst experienced with SCA.
What led you down the path to SCA?
I chose to volunteer for SCA because of its reputation for providing hands-on experiences in conservation. And I wanted to work in a beautiful setting –Yellowstone National Park is spectacular!
What was your most memorable moment on the Greater Yellowstone Recovery Corps?
There isn’t just one. My work with the Recovery Corps was the ﬁrst time I did ﬁeld work, so there were many memorable moments… hiking through a forest post-wildﬁre… setting up bear lines… seeing elk and moose… learning to build solid stringer bridges… and having a camp with BOTH cold and hot water streams nearby!
How did SCA impact your life and career?
My SCA experiences established the connection between science and conservation that I still draw on today. That is to say, I use my research in the application of improving endangered species protection. I have been studying California freshwater ﬁshes, as an academic researcher and resource manager, since 1994 (starting with my internship as a Research Assistant with SCA). My current research examines the synergistic effects of global climate change, land use practices, and ﬁsheries management on inland ﬁshes in California. These analyses help resource managers identify where and when different populations may experience bottlenecks and areas that can serve as biodiversity reserves.
This research is signiﬁcant as the ﬁrst to look at impacts from climate change concurrently with other factors that drive population abundances at multiple temporal and spatial scales. Our group is also closely monitoring the effects of unprecedented drought and varying levels of habitat degradation on ﬁsh assemblages and ecosystem recovery. This summer, we have been evaluating the combined effects of habitat degradation and extreme drought on ﬁsh community structure in streams throughout the state.
The questions that drive my research are directly drawn from my experiences as a ﬁsheries biologist for the U.S. Forest Service, a position I held for 11 years (2001-2012). My career is based on the belief that science should be directly applied to make informed management decisions, particularly where threatened and endangered species are concerned.
What’s your favorite thing about your current position at UC Davis?
I get to play with ﬁsh all day!
Want to hear more from Rebecca about her work? Check out this online webinar about how climate change is threatening California ﬁsh populations.
Read Jay Satz’s brief history of the Greater Yellowstone Recovery Corps here.
More stories from our 75,000 Members
I wanted to share a piece of news about a Davis resident: The Student Conservation Association (SCA), the national leader in providing young people with career-shaping opportunities in conservation, has reached a phenomenal milestone— 75,000 volunteers in total. Davis resident Rebecca Quinones, who is now a postdoctoral scholar at UC-Davis, was among the select volunteers that the SCA reached out to for her memories of her time as a volunteer.
You can see the interview and photos of Rebecca during her SCA time here: http://www.thesca.org/connect/blog/rebecca-quinones. She did her internship in Padre Island—and never left!
For more information, see the press release below.
Goodman Media International, Inc.
750 7th Avenue | 28th Floor | New York, NY 10019-6834
tel: 212.576.2700 ext.237
VP for Communications
STUDENT CONSERVATION ASSOCIATION CELEBRATES 75,000TH VOLUNTEER
The National Leader in Building the Next Generation of Environmental Stewards
Sets Milestone for Conservation Volunteers
WASHINGTON D.C. – JULY 21, 2014 – The Student Conservation Association (SCA), the national leader in building the next generation of environmental stewards, announced today that with more than 4,000 volunteers this summer, it has set a new milestone with more than 75,000 volunteers since its inception in 1957. SCA provides hands-on service opportunities for high school and college students across the United States in national, state and local parks, forests and refuges.
To commemorate the milestone of 75,000 volunteers, SCA is posting profiles, interviews and videos featuring 75 distinguished alumni who share their SCA experiences, the influence of SCA on their careers, and their thoughts on today’s environment. New stories are being posted daily through the end of September on the SCA website (http://www.thesca.org/connect/75k).
The 75 former volunteers represent each decade of SCA’s existence and reflect the wide range of professions and achievements, including government agency officials, leaders in other areas of conservation or environment-related businesses, authors and journalists, educators and students who are still completing their studies.
Elizabeth “Liz” Putnam launched the American youth conservation movement in 1957 when she founded SCA, just two years after proposing a “Student Conservation Corps” in her senior thesis at Vassar College. Modeled on the 1930s Civilian Conservation Corps, SCA enlists student volunteers and interns in protecting and restoring public lands In 2010, she became the first conservationist to receive the Presidential Citizens Medal – the nation’s second-highest civilian award (created in 1969) – when President Obama presented her with the award at a White House ceremony.
“It never occurred to me back in 1957 that we would one day have 75,000 volunteers,” says Putnam. “It is a tremendous achievement that belongs to all of those who served our Earth, and one that has now allowed us to reconnect with so many of our alumni. Many of them have gone on to become high achievers in their fields, and it’s very rewarding to know SCA was a springboard in their success.”
Fifty-seven years and 75,000 participants later, SCA is not only a stalwart presence in national parks but also a potent partner with other federal, state and local resource management agencies around the country, helping protect endangered species, conserve urban green spaces, and restore landscapes ravaged by wildfires and floods including recent restoration work on national and city parklands ravaged by Superstorm Sandy (http://www.sandy.thesca.org).
To find out where SCA volunteers are working in your state or region, or to arrange an interview, please contact Kevin Hamilton at 603.543.1700, x1185 or firstname.lastname@example.org.
About the Student Conservation Association
The Student Conservation Association is the only national organization that develops tomorrow’s conservation leaders by providing high school and college students with service opportunities in all 50 states, from urban communities to national parks and forests. More than 4,000 SCA members annually render over two million hours of service to America’s public lands. Since 1957, SCA has helped to develop new generations of conservation leaders, inspire lifelong stewardship, and save the planet. SCA is headquartered in Washington, DC and maintains oﬃces in Anchorage, AK, Chicago, IL, Charlestown, NH, Houston, TX, Oakland, CA, Pittsburgh, PA, and Seattle, WA. For more information, visit http://www.thesca.org.
d. Aug. 23, 2014
Bobby Martinez Sr. passed away on Saturday, Aug. 23, 2014, at home in Winters.
He is survived by his wife, Charlotte “Charlie”; children Rachel (Cesar), Bobby Jr. (Beth) and Ryan Martinez; grandsons Marco, Jace and Aidan; mother Nancy Rivard; sister Virginia Neese; Niece Danielle Lizarraga (Emilio); best friend Mike (Margie) Lowrie and many other friends and family members.
A celebration of life will begin at noon Thursday, Aug 28, 2014, at the parish hall at St. Anthony’s Catholic Church, 511 Main St. in Winters. Burial and graveside services will be at 10 a.m. Friday, Aug 29, at Winters Cemetery, 415 Cemetery Drive. Read the full obituary at www.wiscombefuneral.com
I feel your pain my Black Brothers on Ferguson and Staten Island……. Racism is epidemic in this country. As an immigrant, I for one encounter it regularly in many forms. It is painful and destroys my faith in humans. Hideous racist acts stabs us, the victims, in the heart; racism cripples and makes us helpless for life.
Ferguson’s racism will be whitewashed like so many of our other incidents of racism. When we, the victim, defend ourselves against racism, we are demonized by the media. The news sensationalizes our acts of self-defense as senseless criminal acts of violence.
Leaders perpetuate racism when they tell Black victims to calm down. Such responses by our leaders (including Obama) are wholly responsible for this outcome. What matters is not the color of our skin but the color of our hearts.
The majority of the American people’s hearts are colored rightly. They are loving and caring. Unfortunately some of them are infected by this bacteria called racism. Racism, like other bacteria, cannot be outlawed; it must be treated.
Ad-free email? You can still find it at Davis Community Network
By Bill Buchanan
Davis Community Network
Those of us who help run the Davis Community Network sometimes wonder how to publicize the useful things we do, without resorting to publicity stunts or spending money (that we don’t have anyway) to buy attention.
So we’re grateful that twice in August, Davis Enterprise columnist Debra DeAngelo knocked Cal.net for its decision to drop its paid, friendly, local email service. Because—along with free website hosting for local nonprofits, and free classes—part of what we do is work with a Davis internet service provider, Omsoft, to offer friendly, low-cost, ad-free email service!
If you have a few minutes, let me take this opening to recap the story of DCN, which a few people formed 21 years ago to help Davis and the surrounding area use Internet technology in a useful, locally minded manner. As a Davis 501(c)(3) nonprofit, we exist so that Davis nonprofits and residents have a noncommercial Internet option if they want to use it.
And while I have your attention: We’re actively seeking new board members for the first time since 2010, and want to reach people we don’t know yet.
A technological foundation for the Davis area
DCN offers simple programs and assistance to Davis area nonprofits to help them develop their online presence. These services include subsidized email or shell accounts, listservs, disk space, hosting, and web pages.
We provide free websites and website hosting for more than 100 Davis area nonprofits, ranging from the Davis Bike Club and Davis Grad Night 2014 to the University Farm Circle and several PTAs (we have helped more than 300 local groups since 1993). We offer a common set of web tools, with the idea that as volunteers move from group to group in town, they won’t have to relearn website architecture each time they move.
We maintain a community calendar.
We offer free training and classes—ones in the works for this fall include tips for effective searches, cutting the cable, the Internet of things, and how to use an iPad.
We work with local governments. The Yolo Elections Office website is hosted by DCN, as part of our agreement with the County Clerk/Recorder. We provide hosting and technical assistance for the Davis school district’s “District Dollars” website.
But email has been the service in the news, so I’ll say a little more about that. As DeAngelo wrote,
“You know what I’ll pay for? Email that doesn’t bombard me with erroneous advertisements, that doesn’t glean my private interests and translate them into focused advertising on search engines and websites, that doesn’t require me to participate in the corporate data-mining machine, and that has a real live technician who doesn’t have a thick accent that I can call and talk to when I want.”
That’s us! We team with Omsoft to offer secure, private “you”@dcn.org email accounts for $2 per month or $20 per year. No one at DCN or Omsoft is scanning your messages so that we can show you ads (we don’t show ads). Technical advice and services are available here in Davis.
Moreover, the $20 you pay helps support the services DCN offers—the websites, web tools, and classes mentioned above.
You can read more about the email service at https://www.omsoft.com/dcnmailbox. Read more about DCN at http://www2.dcn.org.
The board gig
For the first time in a few years, we’re actively seeking new board members. We have benefitted from the advice and leadership of many board members since 1993—you can find their names, and we thank them all for their service, at http://www2.dcn.org/dcn/about/board.
To join, you don’t need to be a technologist—you’re qualified if you simply use technology, have at least some interest in it, and live in Davis. Our board members have also generally shared an interest in Davis, or in nonprofits, or in education. Some are fairly new to town, and joined to make connections in the community; some have lived here for decades, and know the value of community-focused technology.
We meet monthly. We encourage and support active involvement.
Members of the current board are contacting a few people we know who might like to join us, but we want to reach people all over Davis. If you’d like to discuss the possibility of joining the board, please contact one of us: Bill Buchanan, Sheila Evans, Jim Frame, Teri Greenfield, Anne Hance, Russ Hobby, Jan Meizel, Steve McMahon, or Robert Nickerson. Or email me at email@example.com.
Bill Buchanan has been president of Davis Community Network Board of Directors since January 2013.
School’s starting and so is Common Core. A healthy skepticism is warranted as the school district begins to implement this new program.
U.S. News and World Report recently published an article titled “Common Core Support in Free Fall.” This piece featured two surveys—by PDK International and Gallup, respectively —in which sixty percent of those surveyed said they oppose the Common Core.
Parents are wary of the materials and methods taught, the form of testing, and alarmed by the extensive and invasive data mining of their children from preschool through college – including, among other things, health records, religion, and family income. Teachers now are almost evenly divided regarding Common Core according to a survey conducted by the education journal Education Next: forty per cent are against, forty-six are in favor. They question their teaching flexibility as well as the purported accountability measures accompanying Common Core.
In our federalist system of government, education is the purview of the states. Yet Common Core was initiated by a national nonprofit, Achieve Inc., backed financially by Bill Gates, supported by state trade associations, rather than our elected representatives, and advanced by federal monies—“Race to the Top” and “No Child Left Behind” waivers–awarded to states accepting it in name only, because at that time Common Core had neither a curriculum nor a system of testing!
Education has high value here in Davis. We should be certain Common Core offers the best for our students. Boards and administrators should question. Teachers should challenge. Parents should engage and, if necessary, opt out. (To download an opt out form for California, go to (http://cuacc.org/CommonCoreOptOutFormFrontBack.pdf .)
On this particular issue, no one should abandon their rights or their children’s futures to others.
Noreen B. Mazelis
911 Radcliffe Drive
Davis, CA 95616
Tel. (530) 756-0976
Last week’s news of the transfer of a Mine Resistant Armored Truck (MRAT) from the US military to the Davis police force was rather upsetting. This is Davis, not ISIS ! When the military can give away 435 armored vehicles, 432 MRATs, 94 thousand machine guns and 533 airplanes, they clearly have way, way too much money. Mind you, these things were given away, not sold, and thus represent a horrendous waste of taxpayer’s money (again). This is not right. If they have too much money, why don’t they bail out the cash starved US Post Office Dept. instead ?
Gerard de Boer,
Saturday, Sept. 6
Bring a picnic blanket and join fellow Davis families for “Despicable Me 2,” a free family movie beginning at dusk under the trees in Central Park. Cotton candy will be available for sale. Movies are shown on a large inflatable screen thanks to the Davis Sunset Rotary Club.
Saturday, Sept. 13
Bring a picnic blanket and join fellow Davis families for “Frozen,” a free family movie beginning at dusk under the trees in Central Park. Cotton candy will be available for sale. Movies are shown on a large inflatable screen thanks to the Davis Sunset Rotary Club.
Saturday, Sept. 20
Bring a picnic blanket and join fellow Davis families for “The Lego Movie,” a free family movie beginning at dusk under the trees in Central Park. Cotton candy will be available for sale. Movies are shown on a large inflatable screen thanks to the Davis Sunset Rotary Club.
Saturday, Sept. 29
Girls in kindergarten through 12th grade and their families are invited to an “All About Girl Scouts” meeting at 6:30 p.m. Saturday, Sept. 29, at the Girl Scout Cabin, 2840 Temple Drive in East Davis.
This is an interactive opportunity to learn more about Girl Scouts, make friends and have fun. Guests will take part in a sample Girl Scout troop meeting, have an opportunity to talk to troop leaders, play games, do an activity and have questions answered.
By Kemble K. Pope, Jennifer Nitzkowski, XXXXX
Our community has a long and proud history of addressing social challenges related to poverty, exclusion, homelessness and addiction. For a town of our size, we have a large number of active not-for-profit organizations that have persevered for decades to effect positive change.
Despite these efforts, we continue to see visible signs that work remains to be done. There is a sense that panhandling in the commercial areas and shopping centers of our community is on the rise, as well as inappropriate behavior— including public intoxication and encampments on private and public property in and around Davis.
Together, these issues have sparked a renewed interest and community discussion on the topic of our local social safety net, including what steps should be taken to address homelessness and its attendant concerns, such as mental health care and substance abuse.
Several months ago, an ad-hoc group of representatives from the business community and existing social service nonprofit groups began talking with city officials about this complex issue. At the June 24 City Council meeting, city staff presented the council with a report regarding the status of that work. We encourage interested readers to read that two-page document that described the initial collaboration.
It is regrettable that the headline (“No Handouts for Homeless on Street”) on the front page of this newspaper regarding this report did not accurately reflect the intent and full spectrum of our ongoing conversations. While the follow-up article on July 10 (“Down and Out in Davis”) did a better job of describing the complex issue, it still contained a couple of factual errors and did not fully capture the breadth of circumstances for individuals facing homelessness.
In the future, this group plans to provide more information directly to The Davis Enterprise in hopes of positively facilitating public discussion.
The responses from the community in the letters to the editor since the publication of those two articles have displayed a broad spectrum of thoughts, but we fear that many of the writers did not have all the information they needed in making statements about this collaboration. We take responsibility for not providing information in a more comprehensive and timely manner to the community.
Now, we respectfully ask that interested citizens reach out to any of our organizations to ask questions or get involved as our community continues this important discussion..
The purpose of our collaboration is to create an open dialogue, foster improved coordination, share resource information and develop productive relationships that will strengthen our community’s services for individuals who are homeless or at risk of homelessness and improve the quality of life for all Davis residents.
It’s important that we share our working terms and definitions to ensure that misunderstandings are minimized as we move forward.
* Social safety net: The set of programs and services that seek to prevent vulnerable members of our community from failing to obtain basic services — health care, food support, mental health support and drug and alcohol counseling — that enable them to thrive and fully contribute to the community. Such efforts are part of every community. Safety net support, programs and services can be provided by the public sector, private sector and individuals.
* Housing insecurity: A term used to express a household’s inadequacy or unreliability of shelter, that might include: people (often including children) who are forced to move often (for a variety of reasons), those who occasionally are forced to sleep in emergency shelters or their vehicles, those who are “doubled up” with family or friends, and those who have no permanent shelter.
The term “homeless” does not adequately describe this spectrum of conditions but is often used as shorthand for those who experience housing insecurity.
* Panhandling: The activity of asking strangers for money in a public place (such as on a sidewalk). Every community is different and there are few reliable statistics to demonstrate how often this typically occurs. This may seem elementary, but it must be stated that not all the people who panhandle are homeless and not all homeless individuals are panhandlers.
* Aggressive panhandling: The act of panhandling in an intimidating manner that is manipulative or coercive, targeting an individual’s fear, guilt or insecurity. Of course, what constitutes “aggressive” is context- and person-specific but generally goes beyond requests to “demands.”
* Public safety: Members of the public — including homeless individuals — are afforded certain rights to protect their safety as defined by the Municipal Code of Davis. For example, it is illegal to disturb the peace with violence, to be drunk in public, to commit lewd exposure, to smoke within 20 feet of public places and businesses, to obstruct sidewalks (and other public rights of way), to solicit within 50 feet of outdoor ATMs, to loiter near schools and to camp on public property.
It is not illegal (in and of itself) to spend extended periods in public parks or to panhandle.
While definitions of terms are often helpful, labels for types of behaviors or activities are often misleading, inappropriate and ultimately destructive to productive dialogue. We encourage our fellow citizens to steer clear of historically derogatory terms for those people who experience housing or other insecurities and utilize community social services.
Each person’s situation is unique and complex, and by oversimplifying their plight with a label, we risk alienating those who most desperately need our compassion and support.
Fully defining the challenges and problems we seek to address would take more words than are in this newspaper. So for now, a sample list of some of the realities we collectively face must suffice:
* The effects of the recession are still reverberating among the poor;
* National and state budget cuts have shuttered many mental health and drug/alcohol rehabilitation programs;
* Some visitors to downtown Davis and our commercial areas feel intimidated and threatened by the number and aggressiveness of panhandlers;
* Encampment on public or private property does not represent a sustainable solution to the problem of homelessness; and
* Those most vulnerable to violence and reduced vitality are within the housing-insecure population.
There is no easy solution for these complex issues, but we can and should promote existing efforts and new initiatives from emergency aid to workforce training that are aligned with our community values.
A great place to start is the implementation of the action plan adopted by Yolo County and the cities of Davis, Woodland, West Sacramento and Winters in 2010, “One Piece at a Time: Ending and Preventing Homelessness for Yolo County Residents (2010-2020)” (http://bit.ly/endhomelessyolo). This plan is under review for updates. As part of this process, a public workshop concerning homelessness will be held in Davis later this fall.
How do we move forward from here? Each one of our organizations will bring their own unique resources to bear in a transparent and collaborative manner. Following the above-mentioned workshop later this fall, we’d like to host a communitywide gathering to more fully explore which action items can be taken in the short and medium term to strengthen our community’s social safety net.
We hope that all segments of our community — including faith-based organizations, governmental agencies, businesses, neighborhood associations, interested citizens and individuals who are housing-insecure — will join together to help create meaningful change.
Please email us at firstname.lastname@example.org to express your personal or organizational interest in being involved in these efforts, or if you have questions that we may assist in answering.
— Kemble K. Pope is CEO of the Davis Chamber of Commerce; Jennifer Nitzkowski is chairman of the board of the Davis Chamber of Commerce;
DRAFT LIST OF POTENTIAL SIGNERS
Davis Downtown, ED & Board Chair Yolo County Visitors Bureau, ED & Board Chair UC Davis Office of the Chancellor IRWS Pastors/Leaders of Local Faith Based Organizations City of Davis Davis Chief of Police STEAC Grace in Action Davis Community Meals Others?
NAMI-Yolo (a chapter of NAMI, the Nation’s Voice on Mental Illness, visit www.namiyolo.org) provides education, advocacy and support for people living with mental illness and announces…
NAMI-Yolo (a chapter of NAMI, the Nation’s Voice on Mental Illness) urges mental health consumers, family members, friends and concerned citizens to attend a community dialog on mental health. We will attend the forum instead of holding our traditional potluck program this month.
The California Mental Health Planning Council’s Public Forum, “We’re Listening” will be on Wednesday, September 10, 2014, from 4:00-6:30 p.m. at the Woodland United Methodist Church, Fellowship Hall, 212 Second Street, Woodland, CA. Participation is free.
There have been many changes to the public mental health system. What are the successes and the challenges in this time of transition? Come share your story, and suggestions.
Karen Larsen, Mental Health Director, Yolo County Department of Health & Human Services
Bob Schelen, Chair, Yolo County Local Mental Health Board
Pastor Elizabeth Brick, Woodland United Methodist Church
NAMI-Yolo (a chapter of NAMI, the Nation’s Voice on Mental Illness) provides education, advocacy and support for people living with mental illness. For more information, please call 530.756.8181 or visit our web site at www.namiyolo.org
High school students are being recruited to apply for Youth Leadership Davis (previously Youth Leadership Institute of Davis), a yearlong program that equips them to be community leaders through hands-on experience, skill-building and education.
As trained interns at Davis’ Interfaith Rotating Winter Shelter, the high school students learn about the root causes of homelessness. They received intensive shelter training and certification in mental health first-aid.
Moral, ethical and spiritual reflection is a component of the program. However, YLD is a non-denominational, non-sectarian program open to all high school students in grades 10-12.
For more information, see https://sites.google.com/site/youthleadershipdavis or contact supervising mentor/trainer Mike Coleman at 530-758-3952.
Two outdoor art classes will help close out summer in Davis.
Joanne Andresen will host classes on drawing and painting on Wednesday and Thursday, Sept. 3-4, and Wednesday and Thursday, Sept. 10-11, from 8:30 to 10:30 a.m.
Tickets cost $15 per class for drawing and $20 per class for painting, with a savings of $5 if both are purchased.
Press Release 8/22/14
Earlier this month, El Camino High School’s Industrial Arts Department suffered a break-in and subsequent burglary. The program lost equipment integral to learning. The welding program was at risk. Losses included two 115 volt Mig welders, two medium size Mig machines, one plasma machine and various hand tools and equipment at a value of $25,000.
Understanding that cuts in funding have reduced and in many cases eliminated programs in our local schools, TRICO Welding Supplies knows that these young students are the next generation of welder’s, engineers, designers, fabricators, and the future of our industry.
On Tuesday, August 26th at 4pm, TRICO Welding Supplies along with our Vendors will present El Camino High School Teacher Ryan Tompkins with the replacement welding equipment that was stolen. There will be a photo op and refreshments for the media covering.
Victor Technologies is donating a Cut Master 42 plasma machine! In addition, the will donate several Mig Welding Machines, Mig equipment/consumables from their Tweco Brand along with welding jackets and hoods. Lincoln Electric has generously donated several of their portable welding machines. TRICO will fill in the gaps with welding wire, hoods, gloves and grinders.
“Narrowing the “Skills Gap” in America is crucial, and programs like these show young adults that there is a future and opportunity for those not afraid to get their hands dirty!” says Lou Gallagher spokesperson for TRICO Welding Supplies.
This would not be possible without the assistance and persistence of TRICO Welding’s Pat McCulley, 101.5 KHITS and The KHITS Garage with Sweet Lou Gallagher, (both Pat and Lou are El Camino High School Alumni), and the generosity of Victor Technologies, Tweco, Lincoln Electric (Mark McDowell) and STING Alarm (Ed Sherry)
Available for comment will be: Ryan Tompkins (El Camino High Teacher)
Pat McCulley (TRICO Welding)
Ed Sherry (Sting Alarm)
Lou Gallagher (KHITS Garage)
For more information on this please contact: (530) 666-7997
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE Contact: Sonia Mora
August 18, 2014 530-666-2626 or 530-304-4563
THE WOODLAND FARMERS MARKET NON PROFIT STATUS APPROVED
After a long two year wait, the Internal Revenue Service has approved The Woodland Farmers Market’s application for non-profit status. Board members say the move will improve its opportunities for grants, and “adds security” to its future.
“We are very pleased to have been awarded the 501(c) 3 (nonprofit status),” board President and market manager Sonia Mora said. “It’s a very important achievement. It enables us to receive tax-deductible contributions and allows us the opportunity to apply for grants available to nonprofit organizations. We rely heavily upon our sponsors, many of whom are local businesses and individuals, so this will hopefully make those funding sources a little more likely in the future.”
The market’s non-profit status is retroactively effective to October 9, 2012.
The news comes as the market continues its 18th season at their two locations. The Saturday morning market makes its home at the Heritage Plaza area next to the Opera House, while the Tuesday evening market is located at Woodland Healthcare. Both market locations grow each year and have attracted more shoppers and vendors. The Woodland Farmers Market also hosts the very successful Woodland Tomato Festival, which just completed its 7th season on August 9.
Achieving non-profit status also means the market can finally become a stand-alone nonprofit organization. The market was first formed 18 years ago under the wings of Woodland Farmers, Daniel and Sonia Mora and Ed and Janet Eckhoff. Although the Eckhoff’s no longer play a role in the management of the market, they are board members of the market and continue to be essential market vendors each week.
“We have been able to keep the market viable over the years, but this (nonprofit status) does add some security. We want to make sure that the Market is able to continue to serve the local community on its own well into the future”, Board President and Manager Sonia Mora said.
Sonia Mora thanked Board Secretary, Debra Chase of Pheasant Hollow Farm, who worked on the IRS application as well as the applications of other State agencies. “This process took a lot longer than either of us anticipated, but Debra was very encouraging and made sure our application was not forgotten by the IRS. Debra was in constant contact with the many agencies involved in getting the application approved and her diligence paid off”, said Sonia Mora.
Debra Chase said, “It’s important to acknowledge those individuals, organizations, and agencies that signed critical letters of support that were included in the application. Without those letters the markets nonprofit status would have been much harder to achieve”. Letters of support were signed by Yolo County Agricultural Commissioner John Young, Past Mayor of Woodland, Art Pimentel, Woodland Chamber of Commerce CEO, Kristy Wright, Woodland Healthcare Foundation Executive Director, Coleen Brock, Health Education Council Program Administrator, Aida Silva and Woodland residents Dr. Adi Daminia and Elmer and Daroline Wilson. The letters all stated how the market helps further the towns’ goals of developing a healthy, sustainable community by providing reliable access to fresh, high quality food for residents and their families. In addition to providing a consistent source of nutritious whole food, The Woodland Farmers Market also provides a gathering place for the community where people, young and old, can gather together, socializing in a setting that purposefully promotes community, well-being, local culture and youth development.
Organic farmers, Debbie and Robert Ramming of Pacific Star Gardens, who have been with the Farmers market from the beginning, said, “The Market provides an inexpensive way for farmers, local crafts people and other business minded residents to sell their wares, thus improving their economic viability and it keeps us all in touch with one another”.
This is great news for The Woodland Farmers Market and for the Woodland community. With the continued support of the Woodland residents, farmers and vendors the Market can look forward to many more years of success!
You can join the Market’s mailing list by going to www.thewoodlandfarmersmarket.org and signing up.
We all want to be happy. We all want to be at peace with ourselves and each other. That’s just how we are. Unfortunately, happiness isn’t something that can be bought in a convenience store or online. We must pursue it; we have to find it ourselves. Most of the time, we never find it. While it would be nice to be able to purchase it with the above methods, it just doesn’t work like that.
As a person, I want to be happy. I want to live my life without care, without worry. I want to find myself as a person and grow up. I want to make a living for myself and maybe a name for myself out there in the adult world. But first, I must go to school. I must do homework, acquire skills, and take tests. But unlike these tests, there is no definite answer, no definite solution to depression – which is my message for today.
I will begin by proclaiming that I have no cure for depression, all I have is some knowledge not backed by a soulless academic approach, but a consuming, heartfelt interaction. I want to use this knowledge to raise awareness for it.
Depression isn’t just sadness. It isn’t just being happy one day, then sad the next, only for you to be happy again. If you’re depressed you just can’t seem to bring yourself to be happy. Activities that once brought you satisfaction or joy suddenly have no meaning. Sometimes you will find yourself unable to eat, sleep, or even move. People will notice that you’re down, without a doubt. They will try to help you, try to pull you out of it; anything, because they are worried. They will ask you what’s wrong. They won’t leave you alone. Only constantly barrage you with questions and demands like: “why don’t you want to hang out?”, “tell me what’s wrong?”, “seek help,” “you should do…” But that only adds to the problem. You cannot even begin to quantify your problems. You have no idea what’s happening. You want to hang out but for some reason but it just doesn’t feel right. And they don’t stop. They always ask and pester as if they could possibly understand what is really happening. Eventually, they will only become frustrated and suddenly, you’re the problem. No matter how much you may want to go out and spend some time with friends, there is just something within that prevents you from moving forward. It feels like you’re drowning or like you’ve been buried alive. It makes reality, your day-to-day living absolute agony. All you want is that it will all end. You can try to analyze all you want but sometimes there is no explanation. If you look back at the last time you were truly happy and then at your current bleak present, you will only come up with blanks.
“You could have everything you want in the world but still feel like you have nothing” –Sky Williams
Depression can happen to anyone, it strikes like lightning. Even the happiest, even the funniest, even a comedian/actor who shaped the childhoods of many, several generations before mine can fall victim to this terrible condition. All this proves is that it doesn’t matter how much you have or don’t have, depression can find you.
I know this because I’ve known people to become depressed. I’ve had friends who have fallen victim to it. Even I’ve been there. There was a dark time in my life a few years ago. You might not have even heard about because I bottled my emotions in. There was a time when I would dread mornings, feeling only pain. I would eat breakfast to appease my family despite growing feelings of nausea. I would throw my lunch away pretending that I ate it to convince my family that I had. During lunchtime at school, I would spend it with “friends” before making up an excuse and retreat to the back of my school and do things that I now regret. I hated every moment of my life but most of all, I hated myself. I wasn’t a very friendly or social person and there were several people who took advantage of that. They harassed me and put me down. I was too shy to stand up for myself, I didn’t want to be looked at as a bully. However, I would dream and imagine getting my revenge on them and that scared me. All of these moments, all of these events made me hate myself even more. I hated how I couldn’t properly appreciate the effort my parents had put into breakfast and lunches. I hated how I couldn’t be with or spend time with friends before feeling overwhelmed. I hated how shy I was. I hated all of my negative thoughts aimed at my tormentors. But most of all, I hated my reaction to everything. I did not do the reasonable thing and get help, all I did was call myself weak and pathetic for not being able to take it. I would cry myself to sleep every night for reasons that I cannot explain now.
I just want to say that I’ve been there, I know how it feels but that’s all I can say. Everyone is different; people come back from depression differently. Some don’t come back at all. I know people who suffer from this poison of the mind and there is just one thing I want to get off my chest, just one thing I want to say to those who care.
I’m not special; I’m nobody, just one person out of billions. I can’t promise you anything. I can’t restore joy to activities that used to satisfy you. I can’t provide you with an appetite. I can’t assure a safe place to sleep. I can’t explain the unexplainable. I can’t even make you love yourself. There’s nothing I can do to save you from drowning, from being buried alive, but that’s because you need to save yourself. There is nothing I can do that will really make a difference, but that won’t stop me from trying. We can hide away from the world together and I’ll do what I can to help: I’ll stay right by your side, sometimes literally, sometimes figuratively until you are ready. As we wait there is no limit to what we could do together. We could spend days on end watching movies, playing video games, climbing trees, and going on adventures. Or we could just talk about anything you want. I can teach you everything I was able to learn about Disney’s Frozen through serious over-analysis. I can tell you all about The Shawshank Redemption or the Pixar theory, or just anything my nerdy mind will think up to entertain you. Or I could just stay silent and you can just vent. You can use my face to practice your make up, if that would make you feel better. If you need something to hit, you can use me. Aside from my face, because you just did my makeup. I’ll spend my free time with you, doing whatever you want. I’ll do everything in my power to stand by your side, because I care, because I enjoy having you in my life. I’ll be with you throughout the duration of you feeling this way. And when you’re ready, we will take on the world together.
School will be resuming soon and I just want all those who care to know about this condition. It brings us all one step closer to curing the ignorance and removing the misconceptions people have about depression. It’s not just sadness; it is simply the inability to be truly happy. I hope this was an enlightening read and good luck on all of your future endeavors.
September 12 & 26
Folk Music Jam Session
12–1 p.m., Wyatt Deck, Arboretum Drive, UC Davis campus
Folk musicians are invited to play together informally during this acoustic jam session at the Wyatt Deck, located on Arboretum Drive (formerly Old Davis Road) next to the redwood grove in the UC Davis Arboretum. Pull out your fiddles, guitars, mandolins, penny whistles, pipes, flutes, squeezeboxes (you name it) and join your fellow musicians for a little bluegrass, old-time, blues, Celtic, klezmer, and world music over the lunch hour. All skill levels welcome. Listeners welcome! The event is free; parking is available for $9 in Visitor Lot 5, at Old Davis Road and Arboretum Drive. Click here for a map of the location. For more information, please call (530) 752-4880 or visit http://arboretum.ucdavis.edu/calendar.aspx.
Past Folk Music Jam Sessions
You are welcome to download any of these photos for promotional use. For more download assistance, information, or captions, please contact Katie Hetrick, Director of Marketing and Communications, UC Davis Arboretum and Public Garden, at email@example.com or (530) 754-4134.
We just received this latest accolade. Thank you for your consideration.
Edward Jones News Release
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE Contact: Michael Clark
August 20, 2014 (530) 753-3917
Edward Jones Financial Advisors Rate the Firm
Highest in Overall Employee Satisfaction,
According to J.D. Power and Associates
For the sixth time in as many studies conducted, Edward Jones financial advisors rate the firm “Highest in Employee Advisor Satisfaction among Financial Investment Firms,” according to a newly released study by J.D. Power and Associates.
The J.D. Power and Associates 2014 Financial Advisor Satisfaction Study ranked 11 financial services firms.
Edward Jones financial advisors gave the highest satisfaction ratings in all of the study categories, with a score of 904 out of 1,000. This compares to the industry average of 721.
Financial advisors also scored the firm’s operational, technical and client-facing support extremely high.
“Although this survey measured quantifiable key drivers of satisfaction, such as compensation, communication and technology, I’m convinced that at Edward Jones, the intangibles are equally important,” said Edward Jones Managing Partner Jim Weddle. “Our gratification comes from knowing we make a significant difference to our clients and our communities.
“As a partnership, we maintain a clear focus on our clients and support our branch teams in a culture of collaboration that makes a very real difference.”
Edward Jones financial advisors reported confidence in the firm’s mission, values and vision to grow the firm by serving more clients.
“Our clear alignment and client-centric measures reflect how our success comes from all of us doing our best for our clients,” Weddle said.
Edward Jones also ranked highest in the 2007, 2010, 2012 and 2013 studies and tied for the highest ranking in 2008. The study was not conducted in 2009 or 2011.
Michael Clark, Manny Provedor, Carolyn Stiver, Nicole Davis and Matt Uno are financial advisors in Davis.
Edward Jones, a Fortune 500 company, provides financial services for individual investors in the United States and, through its affiliate, in Canada. Every aspect of the firm’s business, from the types of investment options offered to the location of branch offices, is designed to cater to individual investors in the communities in which they live and work. The firm’s 13,000-plus financial advisors work directly with nearly 7 million clients to understand their personal goals — from college savings to retirement — and create long-term investment solutions that emphasize a well-balanced portfolio, diversified portfolio. Edward Jones embraces the importance of building long-term, face-to-face relationships with clients, helping them to understand and make sense of the investment options available today.
Headquartered in St. Louis, Edward Jones ranked No. 4 overall in FORTUNE magazine’s 2014 100 Best Companies to Work For ranking. Visit our website at www.edwardjones.com and our recruiting website at www.careers.edwardjones.com. Follow us on Twitter @EdwardJones. Member SIPC. FORTUNE and Time Inc. are not affiliated with and do not endorse Edward Jones products or services.
Senior Branch Office Administrator
429 F Street Suite 1
Davis, CA 95616
WORLD RENOWNED FIBER ARTISTS TO TEACH AT THE 28th ANNUAL LAMB FESTIVAL
Dixon, CA – One of the West’s truly unique events, the Dixon Lamb Festival, aka Lambtown, is scheduled to return to the Dixon May Fair grounds on October 4 and 5 in Dixon, CA. Several classes are offered as well as many demonstrations in fiber preparation and processing. This year’s featured sheep breed, is Corriedale, and many events feature this breed. Classes offered are as follows:
Corriedale: From Fleece to Finished Product: Stephenie Gaustad
Corriedale is a breed with remarkable fleece characteristics. Corriedale yarn is strong, lofty and elastic. During this three-hour class we will explore these qualities which permit Corriedale yarn to be used to weave as well as to knit. From raw material to finished samples, this is a fast moving, intensive introduction to the breed and the processes
For better than 40 years Stephenie Gaustad has taught classes in the textile arts: spinning, weaving, dyeing. Her articles have appeared in the pages of Handwoven, Shuttle, Spindle and Dyepot, SpinOff, Jane Austen Knits and Knitwear. She has illustrated The Big Book of Hand Spinning and has written and illustrated The Practical Spinners Guide–Cotton, Flax, Hemp.
Magic Loop Toe-Up Socks: Rebecca Detrick
Knitting socks is fun and simple. In this three-hour class students will learn the basic structure of a sock and the measurements necessary to create any size sock without a pattern. We will make small “baby” size socks in class in order to learn all of the basic techniques necessary: magic cast-on, paired increases and decreases, short rows and a sewn bind-off. All of these techniques will be taught on a single, long circular needle and can be adapted beyond the class to construct two socks at a time.
Rebecca Detrick has been a resident of Yolo Country for the past 13 years. Within that time she has taught a myriad of knitting and crochet classes, owned a yarn store, finished a BA in English Lit at Sacramento State, raised 3 kids, and is currently attending UC Davis in order to become a credentialed High School English teacher. Her dream job, however, would be to sit, knit and play with yarn all day.
Vibrant Rainbows and Earthly Mellows: Anni Redding
In this four-hour class students will learn how to create an artist’s palette from a selection of natural dyes, locally harvested or imported. A 12 page instructional handout will be provided explaining all procedures such as mordanting and fiber preparation, including color theory, dye recipes and dye sources.
Anni Redding is a graduate of the Textile Apprenticeship Program, Mendocino Art Center in 1991. Since 2005 she has given numerous workshops and demos on natural dyeing, mainly in the greater Sacramento are and Sierra foothills, Mendocino and Gualala. Anni lives in Greenwood in the Sierra Nevada where she enjoys nature and her passion for weaving, spinning and dyeing.
Knitting Happily Ever After – Ergonomics for Knitters: Carson Demers
Ever know a knitter who hasn’t said, “Just one more row”? Me neither. I’ll bet they’ve also complained of aches and pains while knitting. In this three-hour class, you will learn how knitting affects the “fabric that makes the fabric”– your body. By completing a Risk of Injury assessment in class you will learn how knitting contributes to those aches and pains throughout your body. But more importantly, you’ll learn how to reduce them. A little knowledge and some simple changes can keep you knitting happily and safely ever after. Students who have taken this class have said that it should be “required learning for all knitters regardless of experience level!” and, “it’s as important as the knit and purl stitches!” This class is taught by a passionate knitter who is also a physical therapist.
By day, Carson Demers is a physical therapist who runs an ergonomics program for a San Francisco Bay Area medical center. Every other moment, he’s knitting, spinning, designing, teaching, or otherwise up to some fiber fun with a watchful eye toward ergonomics. His passion and experience in fiber arts combine with his expertise in physical therapy and ergonomics to create a unique skill set that he eagerly shares with the fiber community at local yarn shops, guilds, and major knitting events across the country. His aim is to keep us all creating healthfully and comfortably ever after.
For Registration, visit www.lambtown.org and download a registration form. Send registration form and class fee to Kathleen Hendrix, P.O. Box 4234, Davis, CA 95617. Registration deadline is Friday, September 19. If the class does not have a minimum enrollment of 8 students by the registration deadline the class will be cancelled and students already registered will have their class fee returned. Maximum number of students is 25.
The Lamb Festival is one of the largest shows of its kind in the United States. The event showcases a strong and viable industry in the State of California with two days of exceptional livestock shows and over one hundred fiber artists and craftsmen presenting sheep related products. Visitors can purchase skeins of yarn, handcrafted wool clothing, accessories, baby blankets, natural dyes, spinning wheels, looms, jewelry, glassware and hundreds of other unique and rare purchases, many with sheep motifs. The 28 year old event features hundreds of sheep, alpacas, angora and cashmere goats, a fleece show and sale, Sheepdog trials, crafts vendors and Lamb, Lamb, Lamb!
Children’s programs abound both days of the festival including a midway and carnival rides, pony rides, a petting zoo. Hands-on activities will also be presented by several of the vendors at their booths.
The Dixon Lamb Festival hours are from 10 am to 6 pm on Saturday, October 4, and from 10 am to 4 pm on Sunday, October 5th. Admission is just $3.00 for adults. Children 6 – 13 $1.00 and kids 5 and under are FREE!
For more information, a complete schedule of events and directions, visit www.lambtown.org or call 707 678-8917.
Dr. David Lipschitz
Nuts are generally considered bad choices for snacks because they’re so high in calories. It is why experts recommend avoiding cakes or desserts containing a high content of them, and why many of us keep them out of our diets.
But in recent years, more and more information has been indicating the tremendous benefits nuts have on improving health. The most encouraging report showed that adding nuts to your diet either prevented weight gain or promoted weight loss. Researchers have found dieters who consume an ounce of nuts daily are more likely to eat less at supper and, therefore, lose weight.
And now, from a large population study, comes remarkable evidence that nut consumption reduces the risk of heart disease in both men and women by as much as 50 percent. The benefit is so impressive that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration is considering a proposal to allow foods containing nuts to state on their labels: “Diets containing an ounce of nuts per day can reduce your risk of heart disease.”
A massive study recently published in The New England Journal of Medicine shows that increasing nut intake also reduces the risk of many chronic illnesses, including heart disease and diabetes. It appears to reduce risk of death, too.
Researchers followed over 75,000 women from 1980 to 2010, and over 40,000 men from 1986 to 2010. Over the 30-year period, compared to those who never ate nuts, those who did once weekly had a 7 percent lower risk of dying, gradually reducing risk even more as they consumed more nuts. For those eating nuts at least once a day, the risk of death was lowered by a remarkable 20 percent. And further analysis revealed significant reductions in the risk of heart and respiratory diseases, diabetes, infections and cancer.
There was some concern at the outset of the study that daily nut consumption could lead to weight gain. The exact opposite turned out to be the case. Those eating nuts most frequently either maintained their weight or lost weight during the course of the study. Nut-eaters were overall healthier: They were less likely to be obese, had lower waist circumferences, lower cholesterols and blood-sugar levels than their counterparts not eating nuts. They also ate less, consumed more fruits and vegetables, and exercised more regularly. For this reason, it’s unclear whether the found benefits of nuts were a result of people committed to healthier lifestyles and living longer being less concerned about their weights and, hence, more likely to eat nuts.
There are many ways nuts promote health. They contain the best polyunsaturated fats and omega-3 fatty acids, are rich in vitamins, minerals and fibers, and have high concentrations of antioxidants (phenols and phytosterols).
Most experts recommend having an ounce of nuts as a snack in the afternoon and about two to three hours before dinner. They are calorically dense and take a long time to chew. This, in turn, helps promote satiety, as does their high calorie content. Nuts’ high level of fiber also makes you feel full and less hungry at dinnertime. Nuts make it easier to eat prudently, limiting your risk of becoming obese and making a diet program more likely to be successful.
Nuts reduce the risk of heart attacks in a number of ways. Monounsaturated fats and omega-3 fatty acids tend to lower cholesterol and decrease the risk of blood clotting. High concentrations of the amino acid arginine promote blood flow, dilate blood vessels and help maintain a lower blood pressure. And high fiber content reduces cholesterol and appears to decrease the risk of diabetes. High fiber and healthy fats in nuts also promote better gastrointestinal function and decrease the risk of colon, breast and prostate cancers.
Like an apple a day, an ounce of nuts will almost certainly keep the doctor away. The most important message you can extract from this information is that the best approach to dieting is not necessarily the consumption of low-calorie foods, but that learning to make the right food choices and eating in the right amounts will lead to a long and healthy life.
If I had my magic wand back — I was carrying it in the Halloween parade and it vanished — I would wave it and shazaam! all processed foods would disappear.
It’s harsh, I know. I love my Sour Cream and Onion Ruffles as much as the next person. But the truth is processed foods — the ones that come in colorful packages or cans with a long list of perfectly legal ingredients stacked under the label — aren’t good for you.
In fact, they’re bad for you. You can discover just how bad in books, videos and all over the Internet. Go there and be educated. It’s no secret that processed foods contain chemicals, additives, preservatives, artificial dyes, flavors, colors and other suspect ingredients that are linked to a variety of health problems. And not in a good way.
It’s not restful to dwell on the known negatives: the weight gain, the strokes, the fatigue, the diabetes, heart disease, cancers, and annoying digestive upsets that then must be addressed with little purple pills.
Instead, I’m going to share a positively intriguing resource for weaning yourself off processed foods, a 14-week plan that should be a required course in schools everywhere.
This step-by-step approach, created by the crusading Lisa Leake for eatLocalGrown.com, consists of mini-pledges that you take week by week, alone or with friends or, best of all, with your entire family.
Each week is another way to experience more real food and less junk. By the time 14 weeks are over, you’ll be closer than ever to eating clean. I’m not saying it’s easy — “the perfect is the enemy of the good” — but the cumulative rewards are remarkable.
When you eat clean, you feel lighter and more energetic. Chances are you’ll lose weight. Aches, pains and other symptoms that sent you to the doctor will lessen and might disappear because, food is medicine. When you eat the real stuff, your body can thrive and heal itself. For more along these lines, go to Leake’s website 100DaysofRealFood.com and feast on her informative blogs.
And if you’re still not convinced that weaning yourself off processed foods is important, never mind. You’re not ready to change. You have a big fat disconnect between what you eat and how you feel. That’s OK. Your doctor probably struggles with the same problem, since she or he learned next-to-nothing about nutrition in medical school. (How crazy is that?!)
Ready for action? Here’s the challenge:
Week 1: (“I pledge to…”) Eat at least two different fruits and or vegetables — preferably organic — with every meal.
Week 2: Your beverages are limited to coffee, tea, water and milk. Don’t choke. Give it a go. One cup of juice is allowed per week, and wine, preferably red, is allowed in moderation. (Thank you, Lisa.)
Week 3: All meat consumed this week is locally raised. Limit yourself to three-to-four modest servings a week, treating meat as a side dish not the main course.
Week 4: No fast food or deep fried food. (Gulp!)
Week 5: Try two new whole foods you’ve never tried before.
Week 6: Eat no food products labeled as low fat, “lite,” reduced or non-fat.
Week 7: All grains must be 100 percent whole grains.
Week 8: Stop eating when you are full. (This means listening to internal cues.)
Week 9: No refined or artificial sweeteners. No white sugar, brown sugar, raw sugar, Splenda, stevia, agave, corn syrup, high fructose corn syrup, brown rice syrup and cane juice. Your food and drink can only be sweetened with modest amounts of honey or maple syrup.
Week 10: No refined or hydrogenated oils. That means no vegetable oil, soybean, corn, canola, organic canola, margarine, grape seed oil.
Week 11: Eat at least one locally grown or raised food item at each meal. That means local honey, eggs, nuts, meats, fruits, vegetables.
Week 12: No sweeteners! Not even honey and maple syrup. (You’ve come this far … you can do it!)
Week 13: Nothing artificial. Avoid all artificial ingredients.
Week 14: No more than five ingredients. Avoid packaged food products that list more than five ingredients, no matter the ingredients.
Week 15: Email me at MyEnergyExpress@aol.com and let me know how well this worked, or, if you insist, how miserable you were.
The fledgling Davis Shakespeare Festival wrapped up its first season on August 3, and the related Camp Shakespeare (a summer program for kids with theater games and workshops) concluded on August 15.
So after a very busy summer, co-artistic directors Rob Salas and Gia Battista finally have a moment to take a deep breath and reflect.
Launching a new small Shakespeare festival here was a bit of a gamble — Battista and Salas (working under the banner of the Davis Shakespeare Ensemble) had previously mounted stand-alone productions in the gazebo at the UC Davis Arboretum. Mounting two shows at the same time, with professional actors in the cast, and running them in repertory at the Veterans Memorial Theatre (a much larger venue than the gazebo) was a significantly more complicated task than the smaller productions Salas and Battista had attempted in the past.
And no one knew for sure if local audiences could come out in numbers sufficient to sustain the productions over a six-week run. For decades, Davis kids (and parents) have been making the pilgrimage to Ashland to attend the famous Oregon Shakespeare Festival (often as part of a multi-day junior high field trip.) Would they embrace a local Shakespeare start-up?
“The big picture is that we ultimately passed the test,” Salas told The Enterprise, allowing himself a small smile. “People came out to see the shows, and we received a lot of audience response, at a level we hadn’t received before (in the gazebo). There was very genuine enthusiasm, night after night.”
Battista added that the move to an indoor venue helped. “In the gazebo, it was dark, and there were bugs. Being inside a theater allowed more interaction with the audience — it was very rewarding, being able to talk to people… it was very exciting to see the look on people’s faces as they left the theater.”
Salas indicated that when the statistics on ticket sales were analyzed, “the vast majority of our audience saw both shows” — meaning the Shakespeare comedy “Much Ado About Nothing,” and the 1963 Broadway musical “She Loves Me.” He added that attendance gradually increased week-on-week over the six week run. “Each weekend, we were seeing more people,” Salas said — an indication that word-of-mouth was good. (The fledgling festival had a very modest budget for advertising and promotion.)
Battista said she was pleased that audiences embraced both shows. “The ‘Shakespeare crowd’ and the ‘musical crowd’ can be so different… People seemed to enjoy seeing the same cast in the two shows.”
So it appears that next year, the Davis Shakespeare Festival will be back for another summer run. “We will be devoting the fall to putting ourselves in a position for it to be bigger and better,” Salas said. “We are always raising the bar,” Battista added. Most likely, the second season will feature two shows — with the possibility of a Shakespeare show in the fall as well.” Many local teachers have expressed interest in taking their students to see a local Shakespeare production with professional performers in the cast.
“We also grew to love the Veterans Memorial Theatre,” Salas said. “We see it as a hidden gem in the region. Audience members who came from Sacramento saw that, too. The Vets has a good acoustic and good sightlines — in comparison to a lot of other theaters in the area, it is actually one of the best.”
Battista added “We really are grateful for all the support from the community and the city this summer. And if anyone is interested din being a part of this endeavor — volunteering, or helping to sponsor a show — the door is open, please contact us. We are here for the community.”
(Notes for column)
This was the first time I’ve had to compete for a source’s attention
Weird in that when my photographer, Sue Cockrell, and I arrived, a few minutes before the 9:30 a.m. scheduled start-time, Chik Brenneman was already in full interview mode, a microphone in his face from someone at Capital Public Radio, and a couple of other reporters, later id’d as someone from Reuters and The Sacramento Bee, already had their tape players going.
What? Is this how it’s going to be? Why’d you other newsies get there early?
I didn’t hear Chik’s name or title, and I started writing furiously as I realized he was giving great background on the facility and what we would be seeing today.
Initially the Cap Radio guy made me pause any of my question-asking — not because he shushed me, but because I didn’t want to ruin his recording. I love those NPR stories with the interview segments of the subjects…
Besides, what if I asked a super dumb question, and I became a story ?
It quickly became obvious that the other reporters and I would smile politely at each other, and say excuse me as we jockeyed for a better position. But we weren’t going to ask each other for clarifying details. Not going to say, “did he say oxidizing or oxidation?”
I felt like a total cheater writing down answers to questions someone else asked, but these interview subjects didn’t have all day to answer the same questions over and over, so if the Reuters reporter asked about valley vineyards and temperature issues, I would jot down the answer, too.
And ooh, was I proud when one of the other reporters furiously wrote down a response to my smart-sounding question about whether the stems and other discards of the winemaking process went to the university’s biodigester. A what now? I imagined her saying, Google “biodigester.”
When there was a lull in the action, the reporters started to pounce on the students, what’s your name, what year are you in, what’s that thing called? I felt badly for them, but I bet they were a bit excited.
When Brenneman seemed to be done, just cleaning up a bit, I started to wonder if it was time to go. But I couldn’t be the first to leave! What if a major story happened right as I left? But did I have to outlast every last reporter and photographer?
Could NOT read other reporters’ stories before I wrote mine…disaster if I got any of their images stuck in my head, or saw that they picked up on something I totally didn’t. But I couldn’t WAIT to read them AFTER my story published.
A couple of questions about the new configuration on 5th Street, all from a bicyclist’s point of view:
I am west-bound on 5th Street and I want to make a left turn to south-bound B Street at 5:30 a.m. on a Monday. The light will not turn green. I wait 3 minutes and not one light has changed while I’ve been there. How long do I wait until I run the red light?
I am east-bound on 5th Street and I want to make a left turn onto K Street at 4:30 p.m. on a Thursday. There are 20 vehicles east-bound that, even though I am signaling for a left turn, will not allow my merge into their lane so I can get to the safety of the center turn lane. How do I complete this left turn safely without blocking other bicyclists in the bike lane?
I am west-bound on 5th Street and I want to make a left turn onto C Street at 8:10 a.m. on a Wednesday. The same situation as my K Street turn is present. How do I complete this left turn safely without having to block other bicyclists in the bike lane?
I am north-bound on A Street at 4:10 p.m. on a Tuesday. I want to cross 5th Street. The only traffic is another bicyclist heading south-bound and vehicles east- and west-bound on 5th. There are no bicycle signal buttons for north- and south-bound. No lights are changing, not even the crosswalk lights are changing. How does a bicyclist cross this intersection without having to ride on the sidewalk/dismount to reach the pedestrian signal button or waiting for a car to trip the signal?
As a third generation Davis resident who also spent a couple of decades in armored and mechanized divisions of the U.S. Army, I believe I have an informed perspective on the Davis Police Department’s Mine-Resistant Ambush-Protected vehicle.
DPD, we get that you started the process to acquire an MRAP long before recent events put police use of military equipment in the national spotlight. We all make mistakes and this one is yours. Admit it, own it, we will forgive you. Now get that damn thing out of my hometown.
The Davis Salvation Army Committee would like to thank the 78 volunteers that donated their time to the annual Child Spree. The volunteers chaperoned 78 Davis school children as they shopped for school clothes at JC Penney’s on Sat., Aug. 16th. JC Penney’s opened their doors at 7:30 am to allow shopping without other customers in the store. JCP also provided an additional $15 off certificate to each shopper.
We would like to thank Rochelle Gardner, manager of JCP, and her staff for their time and effort. Thank you to Inessa Snyder, Davis Resource Center; Donna Stephens, Montgomery Elementary; and Ellen Shields, Patwin Elementary, for their assistance in facilitating the applications of each child.
Thank you to Nugget Market on Covell in Davis for providing bagels and cream cheese and Starbucks near the hospital for providing coffee.
I big thank you to Davis Waste Removal and The Rebekahs for providing additional funding for the teenage shoppers.
The Rebekahs also provided the school supplies for each shopper.
Funding for this event was from donations collected during the Salvation Army bell ringing. We have started planning for this year’s holiday bell ringing. If you would like to support the Davis Salvation Army by bell ringing or a donation, please email Toni at firstname.lastname@example.org
Lindsay Smith and Toni Smith
for the Davis Salvation Army Committee
Release Date – August 21, 2014
Low-Income Davis Homeowners Save $ & Go Green
Rebuilding Together Sacramento & Davis Sunrise Rotary Promoting Free “Home Energy Conservation Program” to Lower Utility Bills and Help Environment
Davis, CA (August 21, 2014) – For families struggling with basic necessities, energy bills can make or break the monthly budget, especially during heat waves or cold chills. What can low-income homeowners do? Rebuilding Together Sacramento’s “Home Energy Conservation” Program may solve their problems.
Offered as a free service, volunteers install simple energy conservation measures (weather stripping, caulking, etc.) that can save up to 20% on utility bills. “With monthly bills averaging $150 for most clients, this can mean a savings of $180 to $360 per year,” explained program manager, Katy Zane. “And, not only are we helping struggling families, we’re also reducing greenhouse gases – it’s a win–win for everyone!” Now entering its third year, this program, implemented in partnership with three other organizations, received Breathe California’s 2013 Clean Air Award for sustainability, and has helped close to 300 homeowners lower their electric bills.
Funded by the Sacramento Association of Realtors, the Home Energy Conservation, or HEC, Program has primarily been restricted to Sacramento homeowners. Recently, however, Davis Sunrise Rotary approached RTS about partnering to help folks in Davis. “Rotary member Bob Agee, who also volunteers for the HEC Program, came up with this great idea to team up together,” explained Zane. With financial support from Rotary and enthusiastic Rotarian volunteers, this preliminary effort will target a limited number of Davis homes, not to exceed 16 residences initially.
How does someone sign up for this free service? Contact program manager, Katy Zane, (916) 455-1880, ext. 7, email@example.com. Applicants must own their home and qualify as being low-income under HUD guidelines.
To learn more about Rebuilding Together Sacramento, visit www.rebuildingtogethersacramento.org. As the nation’s leading nonprofit working to preserve affordable homeownership and revitalize communities, Rebuilding Together Sacramento provides free repairs to close to 500 homeowners each year, allowing them to keep their independence and remain in a safe, healthy and efficient home.
Visit http://portal.clubrunner.ca/3544 to learn more about Davis Sunrise Rotary. This service organization has been reaching out to the Davis community since mid-1990.
Contact: Katy Zane, 916-455-1880, ext. 7, firstname.lastname@example.org
26th Annual Stroll Through History
“A Chance to Reflect 100 Years at
Woodland, CA August 20, 2014. The City of Woodland will celebrate its 26th annual “Stroll Through History,” on Saturday, September 6, 2014. This popular community event features free docent-led walking and ticketed tours throughout Woodland’s historic neighborhoods, and a pancake breakfast hosted by the Kiwanis Club. This year’s event will feature homes in Beamer Park in celebration of its 100 year anniversary. The program starts at 8:30 a.m. in the plaza and will end at 4:00 p.m.
The Stroll is a non-profit 501(c) 3 organization comprised of local residents interested in Woodland’s unique architectural heritage. It is supported by local sponsorships and the sale of open home tickets.
To find out about all the events and fun on Woodland’s Stroll Day, go to www.strollthroughhistory.com. And don’t forget to show off your spirit by wearing a vintage costume and a chance to win a great prize. “Would love to, but don’t have one?” ; try Decades at 1814 Del Paso Blvd, in Sacramento or Evangeline’s Costume Mansion at 113 K St., in Old Sacramento.
The Phil and Rosalva Willon Home – 25 Palm Ave.
Exterior: The broad bracket-supported eaves, side pergolas, and porch columns hint that this is an Arts and Crafts style home – the interesting roof line with both gable and shed dormers validates it. The front porch of the home was enclosed by former owners, Mark and Karen Harrison to make space for a small library. They replaced the front walk, replicating the original sidewalk and re-poured the damaged front steps.
Interior: An arched entry welcomes you into this lovely home. The living and dining rooms have coved ceilings and exquisite inlaid red oak floors. All woodwork in the home was restored by the Harrisons to its original splendor, including a sliding French door that separates the living and dining rooms. An interesting discovery is a signature in a dining room window casing. presumably done by the original installer. A large brick fireplace anchors one end of the living room. The kitchen has walnut stained Arts and Crafts style cabinetry and period appropriate hardware and lighting fixtures. A play room for the Willon’s twin daughters and a bathroom complete the downstairs. The second floor has a master bedroom, a guest room, two bathrooms, and the girl’s delightfully decorated jungle-themed bedroom. A unique feature of the home is the 14 patent or “Dutch” windows that open like a door in either direction to catch a cooling breeze, plus, as Rosalva says, “That makes window cleaning easier!”
Gardens: The current owners are planning vegetable and flower gardens which will include a grassy play area for the twins.
Ownership: This home, built in 1918 by William R. Fait, became his family home for 16 years. It is the 5th oldest home in Beamer Park. Phil and Rosalva Willon purchased the home in 2013.
The Niehaus Home, 16724 N. Ashley Avenue
Note: Since Ashley Avenue becomes Road 98B past (or north) of Kentucky Avenue, this home’s address is 16724 Rd. 98B.
Exterior: This home is a large Queen Anne-style Victorian cottage. Characteristic Queen Anne features include multiple rooflines, an asymmetric façade and two gabled bay windows. In contrast to the earlier Italianate style, these windows are not as tall and narrow. The corners of the bay windows are decorated with graceful curved support brackets. Fish-scale shingles decorate the second story. Four finials sit atop each end of the roof and on both gables. A stained glass window graces the south wall. The exact age is unknown, but this style was very popular in the 1890’s. The present owners have added a large twelve foot deep wrap-around back porch that welcomes the visitor to relax and enjoy the spacious grounds. If you look closely at the exterior you will discover a siding board with unusual carvings that the owners found when making repairs.
Garden: The 4 acres that surround this home contain a playhouse for the children…large enough for an adult to stand, with a loft and three small metal cots. Beyond the playhouse is a wonderful pool that has overtones of the pools at Hearst Castle. On the south side garden are two antique benches from Woodland Street cars. They’re about 12 feet long, and the backs fold down. Flanking these benches is a full size Bocce Ball Court . In the garden are several original cobblestones from Main Street. As you stroll through the gardens watch for the angels – they each have a special meaning for the owners. Jim’s workshop on the North side is covered in ivy and resembles an old Irish stone house.
Interior: As you enter the house, the stairs lead to three upstairs bedrooms. The master bedroom and bath is downstairs. Doors throughout the house have transoms decorated with etched and stained glass. Most of the woodwork had deteriorated so badly that it had to be replaced with close attention to replicating the original style.
Tucked under high gables, the library invites you to sit and read. The spacious dining room is dominated by a 12 foot long table built by John Brunner, who also built the desks in the Sacramento Capitol building. The floor is covered with an Axminister wool carpet. Hanging from the ceiling is an unusual chandelier-it is rose colored and has small white “buttons” that were blown into the glass. The kitchen has been completely remodeled but gives the impression of being almost the same age as the house. A family room with a large fireplace and floor to ceiling windows beckon you to sit and gaze over the gardens behind the house. In the full finished basement is a playroom with a standard pool table, comfortable seating and a wine cellar.
Owners: This home is just outside of Woodland City Limits. As a result, it has never been researched for the Woodland Walking Tour Booklets. The builder is unknown. The present owners, Jim and Donyel Niehaus purchased the home from his parents in 1990. Jim’s Aunt Hiddleson owned the home in the 1940s. Jim’s parents purchased the home in 1965 and used it as a rental.
The Turner Garden – 103 First Street
Exterior: This Spanish Colonial Revival Home has a unique diagonal placement on the lot. Its mission tile roof, textured stucco walls and a circular entry porch highlight the façade. A street lamp and a water fountain frame the entry walkway. The small panes in the steel casement windows are typical of that construction era.
Interior: Today is a garden only tour.
Gardens: This garden provides a cool, calm and peaceful sanctuary from a hot Woodland afternoon. Though modest in size, the garden is packed with decorative features including multiple fountains, statues, ceramic tiles, chimes, an awning and wicker chairs. The present garden was initiated when a friend donated the Dutch Girl Fountain. Betty Martinez, of Silvera Landscape and Design, selected many of the plantings and helped to design the present layout. Her boxwood plantings follow the original paths laid out by the builder over 80 years ago. Light refreshments are available in the garden.
Ownership: Joseph Motroni, the noted Woodland contractor, built this home for G. Volante in 1931. The home remained in the Volante family until 1963 when the Schoordijke family purchased the property. Ute Turner, the third and present owner, purchased the property in 1991.
The Watson Home – #5 East Keystone Ave.
Exterior: This stately yet charming Colonial saltbox home graces the corner of East Keystone and Bliss Ave, East of Palm Circle. The traditional symmetry of the windows, and the clean-lined simplicity of the wood siding and shutters reflect the colonial style of this home, while the arched front entry beckons guests to come inside.
Interior: The home’s interior wraps around the curved central staircase, with cozy living areas on the bottom floor, and spacious bedrooms upstairs. The fully renovated kitchen nods to the era with its subway tile backsplash, marmoleum floor, and new windows built in the style of the originals. On the second floor, the tiny sewing room has been maintained as a craft area. Great care has been taken to preserve many details of the home, including original French doors, several 1920′s light fixtures, the laundry chute, and built-in cabinetry found throughout the space.
Gardens: With several distinct outdoor areas, there are many places to enjoy a cup of coffee in the morning or pleasant conversation on a warm afternoon. The welcoming side patio leads both to a recently landscaped quiet path beneath the lilacs, and on to the back of the home where it opens to a large, shaded yard off the kitchen.
Ownership: The original owners were the McGrew family, who also owned Fred R. McGrew Plumbing & Jobbing on 4th Street. While there are no recorded dates on file, it is believed that the lot was purchased in the 1920′s, yet the home was not built until the 1930′s, possibly due to the effects of the Great Depression. In 1965 it was purchased by Richard and Joella Watson, who owned it for 35 years. Their son and his wife, Richard and Vicki Watson purchased the family home in 2000 and are the current owners.
The Bell Home – 152 Third St.
Exterior: This charming Tudor Revival Cottage catches the eye with its three Palladian front windows. The white stucco exterior glistens in the sun. The façade is defined by two rooflines, the main roofline and that of the front entrance. The roofline above the entryway has a graceful curvature. The trailing walkway leads you past a charming patio and through the curved archway to the front door. Built in 1930 by Brown and Woodhouse, it replaced an earlier Victorian that was built on this site c. 1886.
Interior: The entryway leads directly into a large living room. The glazing on the walls of both the living and dining room was done by Joann. To the left, there is a long hallway leading to a study with original built-ins. Next comes a large art deco bath and then two bedrooms. The master bedroom has an ensuite bath. The living room opens into a beautiful dining room. French doors lead to a private side patio. The buffet was constructed in what is now the Czech Republic. The chandelier was salvaged from a hotel, which was destroyed during the 1987 Loma Prieta earthquake.
When the Bell’s purchased this home, many doorknobs and light fixtures were missing. They added their own beautiful and unique lighting. The kitchen remains largely unchanged. There is a vintage Gaffers and Sattler range in the kitchen, along with a buffet serving as an island. Off the kitchen, there is a design library for Joann, and a large office. Joann hung the very unusual wallpaper in the hallway. At the back of the house is a family room that once was a covered patio.
Gardens: The back yard, once a pile of broken concrete and buried trash, now boasts a sparkling pool with shady pergolas.
Ownership: Joanna Augusta Rupert had the home built in 1930. She, her husband Charles, and son Charles, Jr. lived here until 1940, when Joanna died. William and Ruth McWilliam purchased the property after her death. It was sold to Al and Betty Soga in 1961. They lived here until 1973 when it was sold to E.G. and Helen Blankenship. Ron and Joanne Bell bought the house in 1999 and began the restoring the home to its original charm and beauty.
The Smith Home – 51 Pershing Ave.
Exterior: This home, another outstanding example of Joseph Motroni’s skill and flair as a builder, is a tour de force of brick masonry craftsmanship. The double gabled roof and sitting porch have the look and feel of a “Bungalow”, while the tiled roof and arched front porch feature Mediterranean elements.
Interior: While the exterior of the home appears to not have changed from the original 1929 building, the interior experienced an amazing and tasteful modernization as the Smith family quickly outgrew the 1,800 sq.ft. 3 bedroom, 1 bath home. The front entry floor and fireplace were tiled with marble and the original oak floors refinished in a rich Mahogany stain. The chandelier in the dining room is original to the home. The bedrooms were updated, closets enlarged and the bathroom received a full remodel.
In 1988 a 1,000 sq.ft. addition was added, making this a spacious 4 bedroom, 3 bath home complete with 2 fireplaces, formal living-dining room, larger kitchen/eating area, family room and master bedroom suite. The old garage was incorporated into the addition and is now a laundry room/pool bathroom and office. The kitchen includes a large farmhouse sink, surrounded by Cattacala marble countertop. A basket weave tile backsplash sets off the beautiful cherry cabinets. Walnut floors and stainless steel appliances make this kitchen a chef’s paradise. The family room has an entertainment center and an impressive flagstone heat-a-later fireplace. The pool is easily accessed from the entire back of the home, making it convenient for parties! The 2 car garage was added in the mid 90’s.
Gardens: Kathy designed and planted the garden with perennials and fruit trees.
Ownership: This Motroni home was built in 1929 for J. Barth, followed by Edward Farr, and then Anton and Pearl Kareofales who in 1984 sold the home to Doug and Kathy Smith.
The Pashley Home – 9 Palm Ave
Exterior: The historic Beamer House is an elegant colonial plantation style home. Set back from the street and framed by lush palm trees and a deep front porch, this home retains many of its original attributes, from the delicate support columns to the wavy glass windows found throughout the house. The original home in the back of the lot has 18 inch adobe brick construction. This valued Heritage Home is sure to enjoy at least another 150 years of future Woodland history.
Interior: A classic central entryway beckons guests into the parlor with its rich paneling and ornate coal fireplace. The large living room houses stunning antiques from China, Japan, and England, while the smaller sunroom provides a cheery 180 degree view. The spacious, well appointed dining room leads to the kitchen where the retro appliances represent the vintage style of the kitchen’s upcoming remodel. As you head upstairs, note the added bathrooms – the home did not originally have plumbing or electricity. The cozy master suite once was part of the wraparound porch, and the brick walls and window of the original exterior add charm.
Gardens: Although the 480 acres of farmland surrounding it is no more, the large lot feels expansive and of another era. The backyard courtyard plays host to evening get-togethers, and the serene pool provides welcome relief on summer days. Tucked away in the back, be sure to note the original separate kitchen and root cellar.
Ownership: The Beamer House is the oldest recorded home in Woodland, dating from 1860, and was built by Richard L. Beamer, a cabinet maker from Virginia. The civic minded Mr. Beamer promoted the planting of trees in the city, and helped open Woodland’s first public high school. The Beamer Park neighborhood was established when the home’s acreage was sold in lots to the Keystone Development Group in 1914 by his son, R. H. Beamer. John and Jill Pashley bought the home only a few months ago after falling in love with it, and are passionate about retaining its original beauty and grandeur.
Downtown Woodland turns back the hands of time September 6 2014 from 9-3 as The Historic Woodland Downtown Business Association partners with Stroll Through History group to take you back to yesteryear.Come see vintage Model A’s presented by the Capitol A’s organization antique fire trucks beautifully restored by the The Woodland Fire Volunteer Support Branch and farm machinery sponsored by Hiedrick Ag Museum. Plus private collectors will be displaying their own pieces of equipment.This year the HWDBA and The City of Woodland will be closing the street from First street to Third street.Downtown merchants will be hosting a sidwalk sale in addition to the farmers market located in Heritage Plaza.With vendor booths and a thriving restaraunt scene including an old fashioned ice cream parlor there is something for everyone to enjoy.Take the family on a tour of a turn of the century opera house in The Woodland Opera House,pose for picture in front of Corner Drug a business thats been operating sine the late 1800′s,browse through antiques stores or go thrifting.Get there early and join the Kiwanas for their pancake breakfast or just stroll throgh the tree lined streets and enjoy the many victorian homes located in the area.For those wishing to see other beautiful homes in Woodland tours will be avalible through The Sroll Through History organization.For more information contact George Rowland president of the HWDBA email@example.com.
Free guided walking tours are small groups led by trained guides who are able to explain the architectural features and history of stops on the tour. Tours pass by homes but do not allow access. To see private residence interiors purchase tickets for the Open Homes Tour.
Information is available at the Stroll Heritage Plaza Information Booth
Each stroll lasts approximately 45 – 60 minutes. All terrain is flat on city sidewalks. Wear comfortable shoes and bring your camera. Stroll walking tours start at times and locations noted below.
2014 STROLL WALKING TOURS
Woodland’s Progressive Architectural Spirit: A Time Machine of Bold Design Making Woodland a Valley Jewel
8:30 AM, tour starts at 756 First Street (corner of First and Pendegast streets)
Docents: David Wilkinson & Roger Klemm
This year’s “early bird” tour will take strollers backward and forward in time beginning in 1916 when, during the Progressive Period, the Stephens family hired a talented Berkeley architect, John Hudson Thomas, to design a Prairie style house, with Arts & Crafts touches beneath a century old Valley Oak, surrounded by “old fashioned” Victorians on Fabulous First Street. This bold architectural showpiece, lovingly preserved by Frank & Ann Joule, symbolized Woodland’s progressive spirit then and is beloved today for its unique and picturesque design. From 1916 we will travel backward to view several styles of Victorian houses from an earlier era marked by fine home building by local craftsman and then march forward in time to the idealism and nature-centered Craftsman period, followed by the romance of the 1920s storybook styles. Learn the history behind Woodland’s exceptional architecture during a leisurely, interactive stroll. Several varieties of tree species that comprise Woodland’s shady urban forest, including ancient native oaks, will also be viewed.
Dead Cat Alley
9:30 AM, Tour starts at Downtown Heritage Plaza, Second & Main
Docents: Dino Gay and Rich Westphal (NSGW Woodland Parlor 30)
In 1873 Sam Ruland had the misfortune of being robbed on Dead Cat Alley. Even before that time, the alley had already become one of Woodland’s most interesting landmarks. Today, most visitors are alarmed at the unusual name of the passage, but personal tales of “The Alley” bring its history to life. In 1853 Henry Wyckoff built a small store on the southeast corner of what is now First Street and Dead Cat Alley. The Tai Lee Laundry and the Din family later occupied the same building. 2014 Strollers will spend an hour to see how the commercial district grew from there and hear about happenings in the alley. The tour will include 666 Dead Cat Alley, Woodland’s original railroad site and China Town – behind the Chicago Cafe, one of the oldest restaurants in California.
Fabulous First Street’s Architectural Treasures: Parts 1 and 2
Note: This tour will be divided into two parts to capture the grandeur and beauty of the entire street.
Part 1 – 9:00 AM, Tour starts at corner of First and Lincoln
Docents: Patrick Talbott & Lucy Christensen
Part 2 – 10:30 AM, The tour starts at First and Cross Streets in front of the Gable Mansion
Docent: Mary Aulman
Richly diverse with a wide array of Victorians, including the California State Landmark Gable Mansion, First Street contains a stunning variety of well-preserved architecture spanning the period 1860 to 1940, epitomizing Woodland’s extraordinary cultural heritage and social history. The homes along this beautiful street have been beautifully restored by many homeowners over the last 50 years, including the Victorian at 638 First Street, winner of a national Great American Home Awards Grand Prize for restoration work. This exceptional tour encapsulates American architectural history within a few breathtaking blocks.
From Haight Ashbury to Woodland: Victorians Go For Color!
10:00 AM, Tour Starts at N/W corner of First & Lincoln streets
Docent: Don Easton
During the 1960s “Summer of Love” era in San Francisco’s Haight-Ashbury District, many artists and musicians moved to the neighborhood attracted by the cheap rents and historic, commodious architecture. The “psychedelic period” inspired new musical styles and an array of color being applied to drab Victorian houses. Today San Francisco’s “Painted Ladies” are renowned worldwide. The preservationist and colorist movement spread to outlying regions, including Woodland, where preservationists reviving Woodland’s historic neighborhoods began experimenting with exterior paint colors to accentuate architectural detail. Woodland-based house painter, Don Easton, has painted many of Woodland’s most elegant Victorians. He will lead a tour of some of these houses along First and College streets, sharing his “tricks of the trade”, the psychology of colors, craftsmanship preparation, and the skill of detailed finish painting. View “before and after” photos, and learn how he accentuated the amazing architecture in these beloved Victorians.
College Street Pioneers and Preservations
9:30 AM, Tour starts at S/E corner of College & Lincoln streets (historic Woodland Christian Church)
Docent: Barbara Graham
College Street has a variety of upscale house styles, including Victorian-era Italianates, Queen Annes, Craftsman Bungalows, and the first Modernist home in Woodland. Discover these homes and who lived in them during the early days of Woodland. From a United States Congressman, a bank president, an author and a Women’s Christian Temperance activist, College Street was home to incredibly interesting and influential people. Fast forward a generation or two and learn about some of the innovative families who took it upon themselves to preserve these architectural gems for all of us to enjoy today.
Barns & Alleys and Hidden Surprises (Children’s Tour)
8:45 AM Tour starts at corner of Dog Gone Alley and Second Street (just south of Main Street)
Docent: Ken Trott
This fun tour is full of surprises that kids (and adults) will love. This stroll will begin at Dog Gone Alley, one of Woodland’s two downtown alleys, weaving its way into hidden residential alleys. Children will discover some of Woodland’s seldom seen places, visit several barns and carriage houses from the horse and buggy days. Towering ancient Valley Oak trees and other specimen trees planted by families from bygone days will be discussed. Kids will investigate what’s on the other side of Woodland’s historic homes. The tour will end at Dingle School where light refreshments will be served. Dingle Elementary History Club students, dressed in Victorian clothing, will be there to teach other children how to play Victorian games such as rolling hoop, graces, marbles, etc. Indoors there will be Victorian board games, copies of historic photos of the school site, and a large timeline of the school’s history dating back to the 1800s when the original Oak Street School stood at the site.
Barns & Alleys and Hidden Surprises (Regular Tour)
10:30 AM Tour starts at corner of Dog Gone Alley and Second Street (just south of Main Street)
Docent: Ken Trott
This tour will be probe deeper into Woodland’s residential alleys where adults can be kids again and explore some of the town’s hidden, but fascinating history.
Beamer Park Centennial Tour
11 AM, Tour starts at Beamer Arches at Third & Beamer streets
Docent: Roger Klemm
Shortly before World War I, Bay Area developer, Hewitt Davenport, subdivided the old Richard and Rebecca Beamer homestead and hired prominent landscape architect, Mark Daniels, to design something different for Woodland: an upscale, master planned enclave with curved streets and round-about with fountain, an architectural gateway, a public park-and pricey home lots. A private train was chartered from Sacramento to promote the grand opening of Beamer Park in June 1914 – exactly a century ago. The complete build out of the Park took more than 40 years, interrupted by WWI, the Great Depression, and WWII, and accounts for the broad range of housing styles. Several talented builders left their mark on Beamer Park, including William Fait and Joseph Motroni, whose works will be highlighted on this tour. Recent improvements to the Beamer Park streetscape will also be discussed.
Downtown Woodland: Rotundas, Brick & Iron, Silver Screens & More
11:00 AM, Tour starts in front of the Woodland Public Library, First & Court streets
Docent: David Wilkinson
Woodland is a classic Main Street town and a slice of Americana, with many exceptional well-preserved historic buildings and others undergoing renovation by enterprising owners. The entire downtown is listed on the National Register of Historic Places. On this tour we will visit several architectural showpieces of Woodland: the Valley Jewel. The tour will begin at the iconic Woodland Public Library (1905) where strollers will view the newly-lighted rotunda and recently-created children’s mural and discuss the fascinating history of the library movement in Woodland, including the heroic efforts to preserve and expand California’s oldest-operating Carnegie Library. From there we will stroll down First Street to view other early examples of Spanish style architecture that swept downtown after the Victorian era. We will pass by the oldest downtown building and first post office (1861), early movie theaters, and observe renovation work occurring on the historic Bank of Woodland building (c1870) and the Hunt Building (1889) where brick and cast iron architectural details are being uncovered, restored, and elegantly painted.
Yolo County Visitors Bureau
If you are in Northern California the first weekend in September, don’t miss the big
Experience Woodland Weekend of outstanding events. Friday through Sunday Sept 5-6-7, visitors will enjoy a succession of activities featuring the best the historic city has to offer, including the signature Stroll Through History, plus the local farmers market, art and culture exhibits, brewery events, and a food truck festival. So make your plans to discover and experience Woodland on this exciting weekend!
Here’s the lineup of events you will enjoy.
Friday, September 5
In the evening, Experience Woodland kicks off with the First Friday Art Walk, featuring art and architecture form local artist Russ Reich. Visitors can enjoy a variety of art displays at several venues from 5:30 to 9pm. The evening includes the continuing Music on Main series, with lots of live music, including a Beatles tribute, on Main Street in historic downtown Woodland.
For the complete schedule of artists, venues, and events, visit www.yoloarts.org.
Saturday, September 6
On Saturday morning, the regularly scheduled and highly popular Woodland Farmers Market will take place at the centrally-located Heritage Plaza from 9am to noon. Visitors can meet local farmers and purchase locally grown produce, fresh baked goods, and gifts.
The Big Wheels Car Show, featuring a rare vintage vehicle collection, will be parked along Main Street in downtown for public display from 11am to 2pm.
The centerpiece of Experience Woodland is the 26th Annual Stroll Through History, with events throughout the day. The Stroll Through History is designed to increase awareness of the social history of Woodland and will include heritage home tours and landmark building tours throughout the city. Events begin at the Kiwanis Pancake Breakfast at Heritage Plaza downtown from 7:30am to10am, after which visitors can purchase bus tour tickets at the Stroll Through History booth in Heritage Plaza.
A variety of tours are available, including 10 free docent-led walking tours. A trained guide will explain the architecture and history of the landmarks along the way; each tour lasts 45 to 60 minutes and has its own start and end location.
For those interested in cycling, there are two free 90-minute bike tours of about 1 to 2 miles each. As in the walking tours, a trained guide will lead the riders on a tour of historic Woodland sites starting at Dead Cat Alley behind the Woodland Opera House.
Or you can beat the heat with two bus tours at 1pm and 3pm, each 1.5 hours long and led by historian David Wilkinson and preservation architect Roger Klemm. The tours will stop once each for a short glance into an exceptional Woodland home. Tickets can be purchased for $15 online or at the Stroll Day Information Booth at the Heritage Plaza on Saturday.
More than a half-dozen historical houses will be hosting Open Home tours on Saturday as well, including the Colonial Watson home, Tudor Bell home, and the oldest recorded home in Woodland, the plantation-style Beamer House. Architecture aficionados can enjoy historic arched entryways, gabled bay windows, mission-tiled roofs, and deep front porches in their tours.
Additional activities on the Stroll Through History day include the Hands on History for Kids at Dingle Elementary School, during which students in Victorian period costumes will be involved in a variety of old-fashioned activities for children. Hands on History runs from 9am to 1pm. Next, the Woodland Elks Lodge will open its historic building to the public and host an ice cream social for Heritage Home ticket holders from 11am to 3pm. And popular Mojo’s Lounge and Bar will be displaying the entries into this year’s Stroll Poster Art Contest. Enjoy delicious food and drinks while admiring Woodland residents’ artistic handiwork!
For more information on all Stroll Through History activities, tour departures, ticket prices, and other details, visit www.strollthroughhistory.com.
To cap the day, join the Luna Vista Rotary Club for the 2nd Annual Yolo Microbrew Festival at the Yolo County Fairgrounds. From 3pm to 9pm bring friends and family for live music, food, and beer tastings from regional breweries including Sierra Nevada, Sudwerk, and Lagunitas. Tickets can be purchased online for $35 or $40 at the door, and kids 12 and under are free! Proceeds go to the Woodland Schools Foundation. For more details: www.yolomicrobrewfest.com.
Sunday, September 7
Velocity Island Park, Woodland’s brand new wakeboard and paddleboard water park, will be open for normal business hours for adrenaline-seekers on Sunday. For more information, visit www.velocityislandpark.com.
From 4-8pm, the popular Woodland Food Truck Mania will take place on the cordoned-off section of First and Main Streets in historic downtown. Over a dozen gourmet food trucks including Drewski’s, Krush Burger, and Green Papaya will be serving meals. Live music will accompany the event; afterward, explore local businesses and stroll Woodland’s tranquil downtown district.
All Weekend Long – Special Hotel Offer from Holiday Inn Express ~ Here’s a special offer from Holiday Inn Express hotel in Woodland: Book a room during the weekend, mention “WOW” when you make your reservation or when you check in, and you will get a 10-percent discount on your stay!
The Woodland Holiday Inn Express has 70 comfortable rooms, free wi-fi, swimming pool, and complimentary breakfast. It’s close to of the WOW events in downtown, just minutes from the Heidrick Ag History Center and convenient to the Sacramento International Airport.
For more information and reservations, call (530) 662-7750 or toll-free (800) 919-7750, or visit the website: www.hiexpress.com.
The Experience Woodland weekend has something for everyone, so come make it a long weekend and enjoy the best of Yolo County in historic Woodland.
I was floored when I watched the report on TV and read in the Vanguard of Davis about the issue of the community pool leaking 7,500 gallons of water a day. AND – city leaders knew have known about the issue for a while. How disappointing.
The city lists on the website http://city-managers-office.cityofdavis.org/press-releases/davis-water-well-update-and-conservation-measures the measures they have taken to reduce water usage. Lots of words like analyze, review, devote staff time to developing conservation… Pretty limited in the overall scope of actual water use reduction.
Meanwhile they hired a private company to send those stupid post cards telling citizens what bad people they are for using more water than their neighbors. Turns out the CITY is the biggest scofflaw of them all!
They KNEW the pool was leaking 7,500 GALLONS a day, they worked to identify the issue, and then did… nothing… except talk about raising our taxes. NOW they can’t stop filling the pool because it may cause more problems. Ok – I hear that. How about, since the city official stated that the constant use pushed the water into the gaps around the pool which causes the daily loss – you close the pool without emptying it until you can fix the issue.
Do this BEFORE you come to the citizens and demand we use less water and pay more taxes! Why doesn’t our city lead by example and stop this wasteful use of an extremely limited and vulnerable resource???
I’m sure swimming advocates will get upset that somebody is advocating closing the pool until the problem is fixed. However, desperate times call for desperate measures!
It’s the science behind flat-screen televisions, HIV treatments, and chocolate manufacturing. Yet few non-scientists are familiar with crystallography.
That’s the problem the International Union of Crystallography wants to address with the International Year of Crystallography, which commemorates X-ray crystallography’s 100-year anniversary.
X-ray crystallography is a technique that scientists from all disciplines use to find the structure of molecules and compounds.
“If you can get (a chemical compound) into the solid state, you can usually grow a crystal of it,” said Marilyn Olmstead, professor of chemistry at UC Davis. “Once we have the crystal, we can use the technique of X-ray crystallography to determine the exact structure.”
In X-ray crystallography, a small sample of a crystal is placed in an instrument where it is bombarded with X-rays. The X-rays bounce off the electrons surrounding the atoms in the sample, overlapping and interfering with each other.
The pattern of X-rays bouncing off the sample is collected as image data. Then a computer digests the data to find the sample’s structure: the arrangement and types of atoms in the crystal’s molecules.
“Essentially, what we’re doing is collecting this image data and using that to work backwards to figure out what comprised the (molecule),” Olmstead said. “Different atoms have different responses to X-ray radiation.”
Olmstead offered an analogy: X-ray crystallography is like listening to an orchestra play.
“You have all these different instruments, and the different sounds that the different instruments make are waves–sound waves,” Olmstead said. “Your ear picks up the combination of all these (waves), but your ear and your brain are smart enough to actually work backward and figure out which instrument made which sound.”
“It’s the same with crystals,” Olmstead said. “Different atoms have a different response to X-ray radiation,” like the different sounds instruments make. Computers work backwards to identify each atom based on its response to X-ray radiation, just like the human brain works backward to identify an instrument from the sounds it makes.
But why is crystallography important?
“One-eighth of all the Nobel Prizes in chemistry and physics have been awarded in crystallography,” said Martha Teeter, president of the American Crystallographic Association and Davisite. “It’s got enormous impact on society.”
Crystallography is behind a wide range of technological and medical advancements, with the potential for many more.
“Every single formula of every drug that’s ever been synthesized, we know the arrangement of atoms from the crystal structure,” Teeter said.
For example, Dorothy Hodgkin and her team found the structure of insulin in 1969 using X-ray crystallography. Today, these advancements allow insulin to be synthesized for the world’s 230 million diabetics, according to the International Year of Crystallography website.
DNA’s famous double helix shape was also found through X-ray diffraction, according to the International Union of Crystallography.
And in the 1960s, Hakon Hope, professor emeritus at UC Davis, and his team made significant advances in the science of crystallography at UC Davis, Olmstead said. Hope pioneered a technique for using X-ray crystallography with proteins that is now used all over the world, according to Teeter.
Crystallography research continues to be important at UCD today.
William Casey, a professor of chemistry, uses crystallography to find substances that could become the next generation of semiconductors, which are important for electronics. Louise Berben, a professor of chemistry, and her team use crystallography to hunt for catalysts that might let future scientists make fuel out of carbon dioxide and water.
Other crystallography-related projects at UCD include research on antibiotics, energy, and cancer therapeutics. Even the UCD entomology department sometimes uses X-ray crystallography to find the structure of insect pheromones, Olmstead said.
UCD’s crystallography facilities are large.
“We have three instruments running most of the time,” said James Fettinger, director of the x-ray crystallographic laboratory at UCD. The laboratory analyzes close to 900 samples a year, a comparatively high number of samples, Fettinger said.
Olmstead and Fettinger want to share crystallography’s importance with the community of Davis. According to Teeter, that’s the point of the International Year.
“The International Year is to bring the awareness of crystallography to the general public,” Teeter said. “A good way to do that is by bringing it to young scientists and families, so that’s why we’ve concentrated on schools. There are also lectures and activities at the university level.”
Olmstead and Fettinger are working on ideas for crystallography outreach for Davisites of all ages. In the past, Fettinger said, he’s made presentations at Da Vinci High School.
“(Students) like the idea of what you’re doing, but crystallography is hard to understand,” Fettinger said.
Olmstead sees crystallography as a way to impart a basic understanding of chemistry to students.
“Ultimately, you want them to have some sort of mental image of what a molecule is,” she said.
Teeter hopes to get Davis schools involved in the International Year’s crystal-growing contest for elementary and high-school students.
“(The contest) ties in to the next generation of science standards, which are very experience-oriented,” Teeter said.
Teeter sees the technique of crystallography as more important now than ever.
“Our young scientists are our future of science,” she said. “We would like to use crystallography to excite young people about science. ….We have really, really hard problems today, and in order to solve them we need a lot of people trained (in science).”
Meandering through downtown Davis, you may run across a life-size giraffe; or while strolling along a bike path, you may find bigger-than-life dominoes.
Davis likes to liven up its landscapes and neighborhoods is through public art.
A stroll through downtown might take you past “The Joggers” at Third and F streets, “Solar Intersections” at the train depot, “Clepsydra” clock and water feature on the E Street Plaza, the pieces in Central Park, or one of a couple of murals on downtown buildings.
In North Davis, a walk or bike ride would take you by several pieces on greenbelts — curious dogs or tumbling dominoes. In West Davis, a flying saucer crash-landed not long ago. At The Marketplace shopping center, ceramic pigs dance.
In South Davis, artist Troy Corliss built a rammed-earth wall titled “Alluvium” that varies in height and meanders in Walnut Park. Artist David Middlebrook’s “Ancient Shadows” adorn the Playfields Park bicycle tunnel.
International House Davis will be the location for a fundraiser for a new nonprofit called Teebo, a 501(c) 3 that provides humanitarian aid to the West African country of Burkina Faso. Come to 10 College Park in Davis for food, music, and a silent auction from 4 to 7 p.m. on Sunday, Sept. 14, to raise funds. Carl and Robin Treseder of Davis are your hosts.
“The Teebo connection to Davis comes through our son, William Treseder, who lives in San Francisco,” said Carl Treseder. “William met Pingdewinde N. Sam in a men’s group, and was later asked to become a member of the Teebo board of directors. We met PSam last spring at a dinner William held for a few friends in SF. That’s what generated our interest in Teebo.”
The Pingdewinde family, uncle and nephew from Burkino Faso, is eager to help alleviate suffering in their home country. PSam’s uncle, Beniwende, has created another nonprofit headquartered in Davis called Koom. This nonprofit focuses on water issues and several Davis residents are on the board include Ramin Yazdani, Kevin Whiteford and Lou Ziskind. Koen Van Rompay of Sahaya International is a consultant.
PSam described his hopes for the Sept. 14 fundraiser: “Our goal in mind is to raise funds for Teebo’s agricultural program. With the help of agricultural experts from a local university, we are launching a pilot program to End Starving Season by empowering farmers with simple plows, bags of fertilizers and oxen for a better harvest,” he said.
Burkino Faso is a landlocked country in West Africa with 17.3 million people, the vast majority involved in agriculture. Drought and poor soil make life difficult.
Tickets are $40 which includes dinner. For more information go to www.teebo.org or phone 415-713-5567.
Come to the dinner on Sept. 14 and learn about PSam’s efforts through Teebo (“hope”) and Beniwende’s efforts through Koom (“water”).
The city of Davis Parks and Community Services Department maintains a total of 48 acres or parks, which include play areas, sport facilities, picnic areas and open areas. Bike paths connect parks and greenbelts to each other, great for jogging, biking or walking.
A few notable parks include:
* Rainbow City: The park includes a huge play structure including a pirate ship, giant sand box, swings, slides, and other fun climbing structures.
* Central Park: Features two playgrounds — including a newly renovated all-access structure — the pedal-powered Flying Carousel of the Delta Breeze, several gardens, a horseshoe pit and plenty of shady grass.
* Mace Ranch Community Park: This 23-acre area has baseball fields, a soccer field and a burrowing owl habitat.
* Toad Hollow Dog Park: Dogs are thrilled to have their own place to play in Davis, at 1919 Second St.
For a complete listing of facilities, parks and services, visit Davis City Hall, 23 Russell Blvd., call 530-757-5626, or check the city’s website at http://archive.cityofdavis.org/pgs/.
Tuleyome Tales: Hiking Safety in The Berryessa Snow Mountain Region
by Bob Schneider
In August, in extreme heat, there were at least two rescues of hiking groups in our region. Heat stroke is definitely life threatening and we are pleased that all are now safe. Thank you to our emergency personnel. But, let’s be perfectly clear. These rescues should never have been need. One of my goals in writing this column is to prevent the need for rescues that can be avoided. Rescues that can be avoided put people unnecessarily at risk. They can be expensive and they take vital emergency personnel and resources away from our communities where they may be needed.
Check the weather. Don’t hike on high temperature days. Take LOTS of water. Be prepared to turn around when temps increase and water runs low.
I plan my hikes carefully. I am on the trail when the sun comes up. I know my route. I take lots of water, sunscreen, and wear a hat. I am off the trail by 11 AM on hot days. Please, be safe!
One way to learn about the hikes in our region and to learn about hiking is to first go with others. Tuleyome, the Sierra Club, and many “Meet Up” groups offer hikes. Check them out. You will learn to enjoy the outdoors safely and you will meet fellow hikers.
Sometimes accidents do happen. We are truly fortunate to have dedicated public safety men and women who take time away from their families and incur personal risks to aid those in need. But let’s be sure that we take personal responsibility to avoid unnecessary rescues and do our best to let them enjoy their time at home.
Top Ten Safety Pointers:
1. Know where you are going – and let others know. There are maps online and trail books at outdoor stores. Plan your trip and let your family and friends know your plan. I suggest that new hikers first take trips with hiking groups in the region.
2. A whistle? Signal mirror? Cell Phone? It’s nice to be able to call for help when really necessary but keep in mind that often trails can be well out of cell phone range. Before you make that “rescue me” call, ask yourself: Is somebody injured? Is this a life-threatening emergency? Do I really need help or can I figure this out for myself?
3. Take a hat, dark glasses and sunscreen with you – and use them.
4. It is good to have some basic First Aid supplies. Super glue and duct tape are invaluable but you can also purchase small First Aid kits at outdoor stores.
5. Keep up your energy level. A sandwich, nuts, dried fruit and energy bars can give a quick boost and make for a happier hiking experience.
6. Mountain lions: attacks are extremely rare but it’s wise to be particularly aware if you’re walking with pets or children at dawn or dusk. I have not seen a mountain lion in our region (yet) but I vividly recall seeing footprints on two frost-covered steps at Cold Canyon. It was exciting and just a bit scary! And, yes, there are also rattlesnakes out there. They don’t always rattle and will generally avoid us unless startled, provoked or stepped on. Personally, I do not recommend getting closer for a photo.
7. Starting your hike late and getting “be-nighted” is not a reason for recue! Flashlights or headlamps can allow you to hike during those unplanned nights out.
8. Take lots of water; at least two quarts for a day hike. I use a water bladder and hose for sipping. Whenever I think of water or thirst I always take a sip to stay hydrated.
9. Weather can change dramatically on the trail so be prepared for everything.
10. Lastly, stay on the trails. Trails are built through careful planning and with the landscape in mind. Cutting switchbacks causes erosion and habitat destruction… and ultimately someone has to pay to repair the damage caused by inconsiderate hikers.
I want everyone to enjoy our region and to do so safely. Our first responders want to help when really needed but let’s avoid all unnecessary call-outs. When hiking, have fun, be smart and keep safe! And, as always, don’t litter; pack out what you take in.
Tuleyome Tales is a monthly publication of Tuleyome, a 501(c)(3) nonprofit conservation organization based in Woodland. Go to: www.tuleyome.org. Bob Schneider is Tuleyome’s Senior Policy Director. He has climbed and hiked over much of the planet but now focuses much of his exploration in the Berryessa Snow Mountain region.
Membership, Volunteer and Lecture Series Coordinator
So you’ve searched every place in town and just can’t seem to find that right chair, cabinet, printer or microscope.
Well head out of town to UC Davis and check out the Bargain Barn, on the south side of LaRue Road between Garrod Drive and Putah Creek Lodge. The store is open from 4 to 7 p.m. the first Thursday of the month.
The Bargain Barn features previously owned items. It has sold everything from VCRs to fire engines.
Individuals may shop online at bargainbarn.ucdavis.edu/4sale/, in the store or at departments.
For more information, call 530-752-2145.
In addition to public art work, Davis is overflowing with live music year round.
There are major events like the Davis Music Festival, sponsored by Music Only Makes Sense, along with smaller performances put on by the Davis Live Music Collective, Thursday Live!, Village Homes Productions and TimnaTal.
In addition, bands can be found at home concerts, Picnic in the Park, E Street Plaza, Sophia’s Thai Kitchen, The Odd Fellows Hall, Monticello Seasonal Cuisine and more.
The musical stylings are as varied as the venues.
Those are Maggie’s photos. Here are the cutlines:
Photo by Maggie Burns
Shorter, single-headed female sunflowers grow in front of the branched male flowers in this field east of Winters.
Photo by Maggie Burns
A Turkovich sunflower harvester cuts dried heads from rows of female flowers.
Photo by Maggie Burns
A sunflower harvester pours black sunflower seeds into a waiting truck.
By Peter Hotton
Readers submitted their questions on the dos and don’ts of hanging artwork. Say something good here.
Q. What’s the best way to hang a picture on a plaster wall? The picture is 20 inches by 24 inches and weighs about 10 pounds.
A. The simplest way (not necessarily the easiest) is the best one. Use picture hooks, sold in hardware stores. They come in several sizes. For your size and weight picture, use large hooks. Make sure there is a wire strung from each end of the picture a few inches down from the top. It’s the hanging wire. Use two hooks whether you are hanging the picture vertically or horizontally. You need two to keep pictures from going askew whenever an 18-wheeler passes by. Do not use any other gadgets that might be available. You can do a good job with only a 2-foot spirit level to make sure the hangers are level with each other.
To determine where the hooks will go, hold the picture against the wall, and mark the hook spots with a pencil. Now, place a 4-by-4-inch piece of duct tape over each pencil spot, and make sure you mark the spot on the tape. Now drive the hooks. They are designed to be nailed at a steep angle. This angle, plus the duct tape, will prevent breaking the plaster, whether is it is truly plaster or plasterboard or blueboard and skimcoat.
Q. What is the best way to prepare and paint a rusted wrought-iron railing?
A. I was looking at my own rusted wrought iron just yesterday when I was pointing brick steps, and this is what I will do. Sand off the rust as much as possible, paint those areas with Rust Reformer, and then spray or brush on one or two coats of Krylon wrought-iron paint.
Q. My daughter bought a house on Cape Cod and found an old mahogany table that was stained red. She tried to paint it. Oh, woe. The red stain bled right through the paint. What can she do?
A. Ah, yes, stained mahogany is virtually impossible to paint without the bleeding. Sanding down to the bare wood probably won’t work because mahogany is open-pored, and any stain gets stuck in the pores forever, it seems. Even heavy sanding and using a stain killer did not succeed on a similar table I had. I ended up resanding to the bare wood, staining it a darker color, and varnishing it.
Q. What do you think of air-duct cleaning? The ducts in my home are for hot-air heat and air conditioning. I don’t know how long they have gone without being cleaned, and I get no bad smells from either the heat or the air conditioning.
A. I think air-duct cleaning is good but expensive. If you don’t know when the ducts were cleaned, chances are they need it. My ducts were 50 years old and there was no smell, but you should have seen what came out of them when they were cleaned. Have them cleaned every 10 years. And make sure to clean out the dryer vent at least once a year: These can fill with lint and cause fires.
Q. I had trouble with my back door. The carpenter installed a new frame that was short, so he used filler pieces, which are coming off. What now?
A. Hoo-boy! You have a carpenter from hell, so get rid of him and find someone who can build a new frame, including jambs and possibly the threshold. If you need a new door, however, you can buy a setup that includes the casing (frame) and threshold.
Q. Any ideas on how to get that ugly green stuff off my shed roof?
A. There are two kinds of “green stuff” on roofs, always on the shady side. I am surprised you didn’t see my earlier columns on the subject, in which I jabbered away on two green things. One is algae, a form of seaweed that is bright green and does not have any form or height; it sits there on the roof. Treat it with a solution of one part bleach and three parts water, or douse it with vinegar, which will kill it. Dead, it does not have to be scraped.
The other, if it has a shape like little dull green plants, is moss, and it must be removed because it can damage the roof. Treat it the same way you would algae, but after it dies, scrape it off with a wood spatula.
And here is how you can keep it from coming back. Buy zinc strips at a hardware store or from a roofer. They are 3 to 6 feet long and 6 inches wide. Slip them under the second-highest row of shingles parallel to the ridge with 2 to 3 inches of zinc exposed. Rain washing over the strips will deliver dissolved bits of zinc down the roof, preventing new growth. This is also effective against mold. The strips will prevent new growth, but will not kill existing green stuff.
Aye, there’s the rug
The Handyman received several complaints after he advised the use of area rugs. The writers said area rugs are accidents waiting to happen, especially for older people, who can trip over the edges.
My reply: Just what are area rugs? To me, they are not scatter or throw rugs, but large ones (8 by 12 feet), padded, and definitely not wall to wall. To guard against tripping, I suggest tacking down the edges. In the future, I promise to write “large area rugs.”
— The Boston Globe
By Lee Reich
In the heat of summer, it’s hard to imagine that the weather will ever be cool again. And with dry weather it’s hard to imagine it becoming rainy again.
But of course the weather does change, and you’ve got to plan what vegetables to grow for the cool and rainy days ahead that sap the vitality from tomatoes, cucumbers, peppers and other summer vegetables.
Growing fall vegetables is like having another whole growing season in the garden. Cool weather brings out the best flavor from vegetables such as kale, broccoli and carrots. And the harvest season is long; fall vegetables just sit pretty, awaiting harvest at your leisure. In spring and summer, cool-season vegetables like spinach, radishes and lettuce bolt, sending up a flower stalk and becoming poor for eating if not harvested quickly enough.
Before beginning to plan for fall vegetables, you need to make three commitments. The first is to maintain soil fertility. Remember, you are getting another growing season out of your garden, so apply fertilizer and liberal amounts of compost or other organic matter to the soil. Fall’s predominantly leafy vegetables are heavy feeders.
Second, don’t forget to water. Seedlings beginning life in summer often cannot get enough water for themselves. Natural rainfall and cooler temperatures eventually will lessen or eliminate watering chores as fall approaches.
And third: Weed. Summer weeds compete with vegetable plants for water, space and nutrients.
Timing is important
To figure out when to sow any fall vegetable, look on the seed packet for the “days to maturity.” Cool weather and shorter days dramatically slow growth as fall approaches, so count on any vegetable being fully grown and ready for harvest around mid-September in northern gardens, and a few weeks or months later the further south you garden.
For vegetables that usually are transplanted, such as broccoli, cauliflower and cabbage, add three weeks, which is how long they need to grow to transplant size.
In northern climes, it’s too late to sow fall broccoli, endive, cabbage, carrots, beets and parsley, all of which need a relatively long season to mature. Mark your calendar for next year.
Enough time remains, though, even in northern regions, for a second wave of planting of such vegetables as lettuce, Chinese cabbage, kale and collards.
Check the days to maturity for Chinese cabbages; there are many varieties, and quicker maturing ones will bolt if sown too early. This sowing of lettuce should be the first of a few. Sow small amounts every couple of weeks and you will have a continuous supply of tender leaves for your salad bowl. Include some extra cold-hardy varieties, such as Winter Density, Rouge d’Hiver and Arctic King.
Vegetables in this second wave of planting for fall might follow your earlier plantings of bush beans or sweet corn, or you can sow in seed flats for transplanting three weeks later. The nice thing about using transplants is that there is no need to plant a whole row at once — you can tuck plants in here and there as space becomes available.
Later this month, when you have gathered up mature onions and perhaps dug up cucumber vines that finally succumbed to bacterial wilt, it’s time for yet a third wave of fall planting. Sow directly in the ground seeds of spinach, mustard, arugula and turnips. Also plant small radishes, the kind you normally sow in spring. And consider trying some offbeat fall greens, such as mache, miner’s lettuce and shungiku, an edible chrysanthemum.
A final sowing, for your soil
The final crop for the fall vegetable garden — sown any time before the end of September — is not for you, but for the soil. This would be a so-called cover crop, usually rye grain or oats, sown to protect the soil from rain and wind, conserve nutrients and improve tilth.
Legumes, such as peas or alfalfa, add nitrogen to the soil via symbiotic bacteria in their roots and garner it from the atmosphere.
A cover crop also looks nice, a verdant blanket over the ground late into fall.
Local seed racks are often cleared out after midsummer. If this is the case, or if you seek varieties that are unavailable locally, you can order seeds by mail.
The city of Davis Recycling Program with private local hauler Davis Waste Removal picks up materials from 64,000 Davis residents once a week.
The city’s website, recycling.cityofdavis.org, features information on what is and is not permitted in bins.
The site encourages the five R’s: reduce, reuse, recycle, rot (composting) and rebuy (recycled materials).
There are occasional workshops to explain recycling basics. Check The Davis Enterprise or Facebook.com/DavisRecycling.org for announcements.
For scheduling or pick-up questions, call DWR at 530-756-4646. For billing, call the city of Davis at 530-757-5651.
There are nearly as many registered vehicles in California as there are people in all of Canada.
The latest population figures have Canada at 34.88 million, while the Dec. 31, 2013, DMV records show 32.9 million vehicles legally rolling in the Golden State.
One way to keep the number of vehicles from growing is Zipcars (www.zipcar.com). The hourly/daily rental program that is available around the U.S., including eight locations in Davis. With cars parked and waiting from the Avis lot on Olive Drive to West Village Square, Davisites have fast easy access to wheels.
The system is as easy as 1) join, 2) reserve, 3) unlock, 4) drive. It includes gas and insurance and features a varying rate scale.
Read somewhere the other day where one of our more affluent Davis residents was complaining about the City spending money to tear down a “perfectly good playground” in Central Park and replacing it with a more elaborate (and expensive) play structure. The writer obviously did not give a (expletive deleted) about the disabled kids who now enjoy a playground right alongside of their more fortunate friends. Further, the affluent resident did not appear to recognize that the “extra” s/he has to pay in taxes is what we “ordinary” folk charge our more privileged neighbors to live in this caring community.
No matter how much you compost and reuse, you may still have some items that fall into the garbage and recycling category.
The city of Davis allows for three different size garbage carts: 35, 65 or 95 gallons. There also are carts for paper and container recycling. They are supplied by Davis Waste Removal, 530-756-4646, which also picks up the carts once a week.
DWR’s website, http://www.dwrco.com/, contains rules and regulations to insure proper pick up.
Billing questions go to the city at 530-757-5651.
What better way to celebrate a historical library building than to turn it into a museum.
That’s exactly what the city of Davis did with the first branch of the Yolo County Free Library. The 1911 building, originally at 117 F St., was moved to its current home at the corner of Fifth and C streets, 445 C St., where it became the Hattie Weber Museum, named after the first paid librarian in Davisville.
The free museum features exhibits on the history of Davis and Yolo County along with hands-on exhibits for kids: ring a bell, use an antique typewriter, play with antique reproduction toys or a piano.
It is open from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. Wednesdays and Saturdays year round. Donations are accepted.
Commentary: The Man Who Blew the Whistle
By JOE NOCERA
c.2014 New York Times News Service
Late last month, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued an oblique news release announcing that it was awarding an unnamed whistle-blower $400,000 for helping expose a financial fraud at an unnamed company. The money was the latest whistle-blower award — there have been 13 so far — paid as part of the Dodd-Frank financial reform law, which includes both protections for whistle-blowers and financial awards when their information leads to fines of more than $1 million.
The law also prevents the SEC from doing anything to publicly identify the whistle-blowers — hence, the circumspect press release. But through a mutual friend, I discovered the identity of this particular whistle-blower, who, it turned out, was willing to tell his story.
His name is Bill Lloyd. He is 56 years old, and he spent 22 years as an agent for MassMutual Financial Group, the insurance company based in Springfield, Massachusetts. Although companies often label whistle-blowers as disgruntled employees, Lloyd didn’t fit that category. On the contrary, he liked working for MassMutual, and he was a high performer. He also is a straight arrow — “a square,” said the mutual friend who introduced us — who cares about his customers; when faced with a situation where his customers were likely to get ripped off, he couldn’t look the other way.
In September 2007, at a time when money was gushing into variable annuities, MassMutual added two income guarantees to make a few of its annuity products especially attractive to investors. Called Guaranteed Income Benefit Plus 6 and Guaranteed Income Benefit Plus 5, they guaranteed that the annuity income stream would grow to a predetermined cap regardless of how the investment itself performed.
Then, upon retirement, the investors had the right to take 6 percent (or 5 percent, depending on the product) of the cap for as long as they wanted or until it ran out of money, and still be able, at some point, to annuitize it. It is complicated, but the point is that thanks to the guarantee, the money was never supposed to run out. That is what the prospectus said, and it is what those in the sales force, made up of people like Lloyd, were taught to sell to customers. It wasn’t long before investors had put $2.5 billion into the products.
The following July, Lloyd — and a handful of others in the sales force — discovered, to their horror, that the guarantee didn’t work as advertised. In fact, because of the market’s fall, it was a near-certainty that thousands of customers were going to run through the income stream within seven or eight years of withdrawing money.
Lloyd did not immediately run to the SEC. Rather, he dug in at MassMutual and, as the SEC news release put it, did “everything feasible to correct the issue internally.” For a while, he thought he was going to have success, but, at a certain point, someone stole the files he had put together on the matter and turned them over to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, which is the industry’s self-regulatory body. It was only when the regulatory authority failed to act that his lawyer told him about the whistle-blower provisions in Dodd-Frank and he went to the SEC, which began its own investigation.
The Dodd-Frank law has provisions intended to protect whistle-blowers from retaliation, but there are certain aspects of being a whistle-blower that it can’t do anything about. “People started treating me like a leper,” recalls Lloyd. “They would see me coming and turn around and walk in the other direction.” Convinced that the company was laying the groundwork to fire him, he quit in April 2011, a move that cost him both clients and money. (Lloyd has since found employment with another financial institution. For its part, MassMutual says only that “we are pleased to have resolved this matter with the SEC.”)
In November 2012, MassMutual agreed to pay a $1.6 million fine; Lloyd’s $400,000 award is 25 percent of that. It was a slap on the wrist, but more important, the company agreed to lift the cap. This will cost MassMutual a lot more, but it will protect the investors who put their money — and their retirement hopes — on MassMutual’s guarantees. Thanks to Lloyd, the company has fixed the defect without a single investor losing a penny.
Ever since the passage of Dodd-Frank reform, the financial industry has been none too happy about the whistle-blower provisions, and there have been rumblings that congressional Republicans might try to roll back some of it. The SEC now has an Office of the Whistleblower, and a website where potential whistle-blowers can report fraud. It has given out $16 million in whistle-blower awards.
There are, without question, parts of the Dodd-Frank law that are problematic, not least the provisions dealing with the Too Big to Fail institutions.
But the whistle-blower provisions? They are working as intended. That is the moral of Bill Lloyd’s story.
Commentary: Will the Ends, Will the Means
By THOMAS L. FRIEDMAN
c.2014 New York Times News Service
Hillary Clinton recently reignited the who-lost-Syria debate when she suggested that President Barack Obama made a mistake in not intervening more forcefully early in the Syrian civil war by arming the pro-democracy rebels. I’ve been skeptical about such an intervention — skeptical that there were enough of these “mainstream insurgents,” skeptical that they could ever defeat President Bashar Assad’s army and the Islamists and govern Syria. So if people try to sell you on it, ask them these questions before you decide if you are with Clinton or Obama:
1. Can they name the current leader of the Syrian National Coalition, the secular, moderate opposition, and the first three principles of its political platform? Extra credit if they can name the last year that the leader of the SNC resided in Syria. Hint: It’s several decades ago.
2. Can they explain why Israel — a country next door to Syria that has better intelligence on Syria than anyone and could be as affected by the outcome there as anyone — has chosen not to bet on the secular, moderate Syrian rebels or arm them enough to topple Assad?
3. The United States invaded Iraq with more than 100,000 troops, replaced its government with a new one, suppressed its Islamist extremists and trained a “moderate” Iraqi army, but, the minute we left, Iraq’s “moderate” prime minister turned sectarian. Yet, in Syria, Iraq’s twin, we’re supposed to believe that the moderate insurgents could have toppled Assad and governed Syria without any U.S. boots on the ground, only arming the good rebels. Really?
4. How could the good Syrian rebels have triumphed in Syria when the main funders of so many rebel groups there — Qatar and Saudi Arabia — are Sunni fundamentalist monarchies that oppose the very sort of democratic, pluralistic politics in their own countries that the decent Syrian rebels aspire to build in Syria?
5. Even if we had armed Syrian moderates, how could they have defeated a coalition of the Syrian Alawite army and gangs, backed by Russia, backed by Iran, backed by Hezbollah — all of whom play by “Hama Rules,” which are no rules at all — without the United States having to get involved?
6. How is it that some 15,000 Muslim men, from across the Muslim world, have traveled to Syria to fight for jihadism and none have walked there to fight for pluralism, yet the Syrian moderates would not only have been able to defeat the Assad regime — had we only armed them properly — but also this entire jihadist foreign legion?
The notion that the only reason that the Islamist militias emerged in Syria is because we created a vacuum by not adequately arming the secular rebels is laughable nonsense. Syria has long had its own Sunni fundamentalist underground. In 1982, when then-President Hafez al-Assad perpetrated the Hama massacre, it was in an effort to wipe out those Syrian Islamists. So, yes, there are cultural roots for pluralism in Syria — a country with many Christian and secular Muslims — but there’s also the opposite. Do not kid yourself.
That is why on a brief visit to Darkush, Syria, in December 2012, I was told by the local Free Syrian Army commander, Muatasim Bila Abul Fida, that even after Assad’s regime is toppled there would be another war in Syria: “It will take five or six years,” he added, because the Islamist parties “want Shariah, and we want democracy.” There were always going to be two civil wars there: The liberals and jihadists against Assad and the liberals and jihadists against each other.
Don’t get me wrong. My heart is with the brave Syrian liberals who dared to take to the streets and demand regime change — unarmed. These are decent, good people, the kind you would like to see running Syria. But it would take a lot more than better arms for them to defeat Assad and the jihadists.
Here Iraq is instructive. You need to go back to the 2010 elections there when Ayad Allawi, a secular Shiite, who ran with Sunnis, Shiites and Christians on a moderate, pluralistic platform — like Syria’s moderates — actually won more seats than his main competitor, Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki.
What enabled that? I’ll tell you: The United States decapitated Saddam’s regime, then helped to midwife an Iraqi Constitution and elections, while U.S. (and Iraqi) special forces either arrested or killed the worst Sunni and Shiite extremists. We took out both extremes without reading them their Miranda rights. That is what gave Iraq’s moderate center the space, confidence and ability to back multisectarian parties, which is what many Iraqis wanted. When our troops left, though, that center couldn’t hold.
I don’t want U.S. troops in Syria any more than anyone else, but I have no respect for the argument that just arming some pro-democracy rebels would have gotten the job done. Yes, there has been a price for Obama’s inaction. But there is a price for effective action as well, which the critics have to be honest about. It’s called an international force. We are dealing not only with states that have disintegrated but with whole societies — and rebuilding them is the mother of all nation-building projects. Will the ends, will the means. Otherwise, you’re not being serious.
Please consider the below op-ed on behalf of Caroline Little, CEO and President of the Newspaper Association of America (NAA), on how newspapers are still making money and why they remain a good investment.
This summer, the industry has seen a wave of spin-offs – most recently with Tribune and Gannett both forming publishing-only companies. As with investments last year, these spin-offs have been spun into more gloom and doom for the industry amongst naysayers. And this perception is simply not accurate.
If interested, I can provide you with Caroline Little’s updated headshot. Thank you in advance for your time.
All the best,
On behalf of the NAA
o: (484) 385-2937
m: (484) 620-5781
Newspapers are still here and still making money
By Caroline Little, NAA president & CEO
The sky is always falling and newspapers are always dying.
For more than a decade, that has been a common and constant refrain. While working at washingtonpost.com, the Guardian US, and now, the Newspaper Association of America, I have been asked frequently about the state of the industry as people search for the worst.
Though newspaper media is enjoying the largest audiences ever as well as continuing to play a unique and critical role in our communities, there is one fact that always tends to be obscured or outright ignored – newspapers are still making money and newspapers remain a good investment.
A year ago at this time, John Henry and Jeff Bezos made high-profile acquisitions of The Boston Globe and The Washington Post, respectively, which confirmed that newspapers are viable investment options with the ability to grow. Earlier this month, The Washington Post announced record web traffic for July as well as hiring more than 60 people in the first seven months of the year.
A company hiring 60 people in seven months sounds like a healthy one to me.
This summer, the newspaper industry has seen a wave of spin-offs, with Tribune and Gannett both forming publishing-only companies. E.W. Scripps and Journal Communications spun their combined publications off into a new company, Journal Media Group. This is an exciting time for the newspaper industry as these companies will now devote their undivided attention to their publications.
However, as with the investments last year, these spin-offs have been spun into more gloom and doom for the industry. It is simply not accurate.
In fact, buried in the depths of one particular article that signaled the death of newspapers is this gem of a sentence: “Newspapers continue to generate cash and solid earnings.”
Think about that for a moment – an industry that generates cash and solid earnings is on its death bed? I refuse to accept that.
What is true is our industry’s business model has changed dramatically in the past half-dozen years. In 2007, 80% of newspaper media revenue was generated from advertising. In 2013, less than half of total revenue (46%) was from advertising in the daily and Sunday print newspaper. Revenue from readers paying for print and digital news and information accounted for nearly three out of ten revenue dollar, up from less than two in ten in 2007. Income from new, non-traditional sources is now rising rapidly.
What is also true is that the public’s thirst for news keeps rising.
Data from the digital measurement firm comScore show that 161 million people visited newspaper websites in the month of March. We are witnessing audience increases across the country, from the aforementioned Washington Post to The Times-Picayune, which announced 5.6 million unique visitors to NOLA.com this July.
There is more demand than ever for news and journalism. There are also more competitors. There was no BuzzFeed or Facebook or Huffington Post 15 years ago. New digital channels offer consumers a dazzling array of options, all of which compete for time and attention. And advertisers face challenges in trying to catch up to these fragmenting audiences.
In my three years as CEO of NAA, I have witnessed an amazing transformation. Newspaper companies look drastically different in 2014 compared to 2011. There has been an increased focused on digital properties. Newspaper reporters and columnists have taken advantage of Twitter to build brands and large readerships. Innovation on the design side has led to beautiful works of long-form journalism include The Unforgotten by the Boston Globe and Breaking Ball from The Wall Street Journal that ran in July. Newspaper companies are using the power of their brands to create new, non-traditional streams of revenues from event hosting to digital marketing.
The evolution of the newspaper industry continues every day. The explosion of mobile readership thanks to smartphones and tablets have caused newspapers to create new mobile strategies. There is increasing demand from readers for more targeted content, which has given rise to niche sites and blogs developed by newspapers devoted to special areas of interest, such as food, high school sports and fashion.
For me and many in the newspaper industry, it is a fascinating and exhilarating time. We are in the midst a dramatic, historic shift for an industry that has been around as long as the United States of America.
The world has changed and newspapers have changed. The notion of what a newspaper company is should change for the general public. It is no longer simply about print. It is about all platforms. People don’t think, “I’m reading the newspaper” when scrolling through nytimes.com but they should.
Despite all the changes, one thing remains the same – newspapers still make money.
Are you new to Davis, have new neighbors or just looking for an excuse to party, then the ninth annual Davis Neighbors’ Night Out on Sunday, Oct. 12, is just what you’ve been waiting for.
The community celebration is a get-to-know-you event that builds a sense of connection and safety among residents.
Neighborhoods are encouraged to have parties between noon and 7 p.m, noting it will start getting dark at about 6 p.m. Keys to successful party include inviting everyone in the neighborhood, with a personal invitation to new neighbors. Blocks should pick a Party Sponsor, who can pick up a party packet from the Davis Police Department. For assistance with invitations or have questions, please contact: Stacey Winton, 757-5661, firstname.lastname@example.org; Kellie Vitaich, Police Dept. 747-5400, email@example.com; Gary Sandy, 754-2187, firstname.lastname@example.org
The city of Davis has — by its own admission — a “robust noise ordinance.” It’s also full of addendums and exceptions, which may be found online at http://qcode.us/codes/davis/.
How stringent is the ordinance? In 1994, it gained national headlines when a resident was ticketed for “audible snoring.”
The amount of noise allowed depends on the when and where the sound is being created and by whom: garbage trucks are allowed to be noisy in the morning, while individuals in a residential area at 1 a.m. are not.
Permits are available for social and community gatherings and may be found on the city’s website, www.cityofdavis.org.
On July 1 — after two years of working on the project — the city of Davis joined more than 100 California cities banning single-use plastic bags in an effort to reduce waste and environmental impact.
Ordinance 2422 allows business to sell paper bags for 10 cents each. However, shoppers are encouraged to bring their own bags. Stores keep the dime to help offset the costs of retooling their bagging systems. No money from the fee is given to the city. In addition, some stores offer a 10-cent discount for customers who bring their own bags.
Exemptions to the 10-cent fee include take-out food, produce bags and small paper bags for greeting cards.
Read Long excerpt of Good Old Dog; contact UCD Vet Med about gerontology for dogs
Sunday Best: Good Old Dog — Cornell’s vet faculty put out a book by this name about caring for older dogs and making end-of-life decisions. I think a Sunday feature about caring for elderly animals and the new challenges people face with pets living longer and longer. There’s animal dementia, for instance. I’d be interested in writing about end of life decisions: at what point are you keeping an animal alive just because you can’t bear to part with it? Also: UCD apparently has a nice area for pet owners that Julie Rooney told me about. You can stay there on a couch with your pet, etc. Finally, UCD has what I think is the original hotline for people grieving over the loss of a pet.
Dog sidebar — Veterinary insurance: Worthwhile or scam?
Hello everyone. I hope you all had a terrific summer. If it was anything like mine it passed too quickly in a big blur of sunshine, car trips and … essays.
Yes, summer is actually a busy time for rising seniors. Quick shout out to you seniors, the UC Application and the Common Application are available online now. Get a jump start on these applications before the school year heats up.
But rather than tread through the world of application requirements which I have done before (see my website for my October 2012 column on applications), I want to delve into some fresh topics this season. Namely, I want to acquaint you with the range of options when it comes to types of college programs.
Don’t like to be graded? No problem. Why not choose a college that uses learning contracts or written evaluations instead of grades? Want to create your own major? You’re in luck. Check out schools that encourage students to combine areas of study to fit their own unique interests. And the list goes on.
So, let’s start by examining the difference between structured versus unstructured programs. Some colleges are more free-form and permit students to chart their own paths to graduation. Others are much more regimented in the courses that are required.
Two basic criteria to assess college programs are:
1. Type of curriculum. Are there specific courses, often called a core curriculum, that all students must take before college graduation? Core curriculum courses are separate from classes that are required as part of a major.
2. Distribution requirements. Colleges set these guidelines to delineate the number of classes a student must take in each academic area.
More freedom in college curriculum
On one side of the continuum are schools that are more unstructured and have open curricula — few, if any, requirements other than completing eight semesters (or 12 quarters) and completing a major. Examples of colleges with relatively open curricula include:
* Eugene Lang College, the New School for Liberal Arts
* Evergreen College
Notice this is a mix of public and private schools. Many colleges, however, do not have this level of flexibility but have some degree of openness regarding curriculum and distribution requirements. Examples are Hampshire College in Massachusetts and the University of Redlands in Southern California.
At Hampshire College “students design their own programs of study instead of following predetermined academic pathways,” but there are distribution requirements. The University of Redlands, on the other hand, is more traditional overall but has the Johnson Center for Integrative Studies which allows students who select this path to negotiate a “contract” with respect to their intended studies, including their own specific degree requirements.
More structure in college curriculum
In contrast, colleges that are structured usually have a core curriculum comprised of basic survey courses that are offered to familiarize students with historical, cultural, political and scientific foundations of their society. All students are required to take these same courses to gain the knowledge the college considers critical to an undergraduate experience.
Columbia College and the University of Chicago are the forerunners of this type of program. Examples of core curriculum classes at Columbia College are: contemporary civilization; literature humanities; university writing; art humanities; music humanities; and frontiers of science.
There are many public universities, such as University of Texas at Austin and the UC San Diego, that are in line with this approach.
Among schools with structured programs there is variation, though, and there may be room for choice. Students often can select courses from within small groups of courses. In general, though, choice is more restricted during lower-division years and there is little room for interdisciplinary and/or self-determined majors. Students who prefer clear guidelines and appreciate order and organization would feel right at home at colleges with core curricula.
Until next time
This variation in college programs is a good thing — more options to fit all the many types of students. So, take time to ask yourself what type of student you are and what type of program would allow you to get the most out of your college experience. Do research on college websites or ask during a college tour to learn if the requirements match your style of learning. And, remember, there is a right college out there for you!
— Jennifer Borenstein is an independent college adviser in Davis and owner of The Right College For You. Her column is published on the fourth Tuesday of the month. She lives in Davis with her family. Reach her at email@example.com, or visit www.therightcollegeforyou.org.
1720 OAK STREET, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405
FOR RELEASE: FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 19, 2014, OR THEREAFTER
BY THOMAS D. ELIAS
“SIGNS INDICATE CALIFORNIA RECOVERY WILL LAST”
There are still skeptics who maintain the California economy remains in recession, that talk of economic recovery amounts to whistling past the proverbial graveyard when unemployment remains above 7 per cent.
Gov. Jerry Brown labeled these folks “declinists” two years ago, when unemployment was much higher and the signs of recovery were not nearly as strong as they are today.
But those signs are now seemingly almost everywhere, even though a few major corporations are in the process of moving headquarters elsewhere.
For one thing, in midsummer, California – like the rest of America –finally had gained back all jobs lost in the recession of 2007-11. The new jobs may be in different places and of somewhat different types than those that were lost, but the fact is there actually has been a little bit of job growth since 2008, something that befuddles the declinists. The figures come from a report by the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas.
Then there’s the fact that California lawmakers are starting to realize this state has serious competition for some of its key industries, with other states and even some foreign countries willing to grant large subsidies to companies that move headquarters or parts of their businesses.
One example is the upcoming move of Toyota’s national headquarters, complete with its sparkling museum of classic cars the company has produced since the 1930s, to a Dallas suburb. Not only will Toyota get large tax reductions for at least its first eight years in Texas, but it will pay far less for the land it needs than it figures to get when it sells the land it will vacate in the Los Angeles suburb of Torrance.
That’s standard procedure in many states. Louisiana, for example, has attracted large amounts of film and TV production not only because of its green scenery, but also because production companies save as much as 30 percent of their costs by going there. That’s through a combination of subsidized hotel rates and equipment rentals, tax relief and lower-priced labor. The same happens in places like North Carolina, Idaho and New York.
The first step in California lawmakers wising up came when the Legislature during the summer expanded and extended tax exemptions for movie and TV production here. Then they passed a bi-partisan bill sponsored by Democratic Assemblyman Steve Fox and Republican state Sen. Steve Knight, both of Palmdale, giving military contractors Boeing Co. and Lockheed Martin as much as $420 million in tax credits over 15 years for production of a new strategic bomber to replace the B-2, which was also developed largely in the Antelope Valley. In case they don’t get the Defense Department contract for that project, another bill with the same benefit for Northrop Corp. would provide similar help – about $28 million a year, or 17 percent of wages paid to manufacturing workers.
There has been reluctance here to subsidize big industries, one reason California has lost a lot of them to other states and countries. There is good reason for that hesitance, as subsidies raise questions of favoritism and special interest influence. But with others offering so much, California at least now realizes it must get into this game.
Then there’s venture capital, where the Silicon Valley this spring absolutely dominated the world scene. Fully 41 percent of all venture dollars invested around the world from April through June went to San Francisco Bay area startups, a big improvement from the first quarter, when places like Texas and Massachusetts drew significant investment.
But last spring, all of Europe got less than half what went to Silicon Valley, according to a report from PitchBook Data. The end result of this should be more companies headquartered in California, to join former startups like Google, Intel, Yelp and Twitter.
Put it all together and you get a dynamic picture of job recovery, the prospect of great job growth and a reborn determination to preserve what the state already.
That’s all bad news for the declinists who enjoy putting California down even while it pulls itself back up toward the golden stature it long enjoyed.
Email Thomas Elias at firstname.lastname@example.org. His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, visit www.californiafocus.net
1720 OAK STREET, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405
FOR RELEASE: TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 16, 2014, OR THEREAFTER
BY THOMAS D. ELIAS
“TIME FOR UTILITY EXECS TO START WORRYING”
Executives of California’s large privately-owned utility companies don’t usually have to worry about much. Their companies enjoy virtual monopolies in vast regions, their profits are guaranteed, their shareholders are generally assured of regular dividends – which means they can count on collecting large salaries indefinitely.
This security is enhanced by the fact that when the folks who run companies like Pacific Gas & Electric, Southern California Edison and San Diego Gas & Electric have made mistakes, they’ve never been held personally liable for anything.
But times have changed since the state’s abortive venture into electricity deregulation led to selloffs of many power plants and an energy supply crisis in 2000-2002, with no penalties to decision-making executives for the bankruptcy of PG&E and the almost simultaneous near failure of Edison.
Since that time, actions and policies decided by officials of those companies have led to two more disasters of a different nature. There was the 2010 PG&E gas pipeline explosion that killed eight persons and destroyed 35 houses in the Crestmoor area of San Bruno. And there was Edison’s decision to allow installation of faulty major parts in its San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station, leading to the retirement of SONGS, for which Edison and minority partner SDG&E now want to dun customers billions of dollars.
In both cases, customers have already paid plenty. PG&E, like counterparts Southern California Gas and SDG&E, regularly collects funds for gas pipeline maintenance via monthly bills and has done so since the 1950s. Since federal authorities after San Bruno fingered PG&E maintenance as negligent, it’s fair to ask what the company did with all the money it collected, a question not yet addressed.
Similarly, since Edison and SDG&E customers have paid monthly for decades for the eventual retirement of San Onofre, it’s hard to see why they should pay even a nickel more, especially when a federal report concluded the early retirement was caused by the knowing actions of Edison bosses.
So far, no utility executive has paid anything close to a personal price for those problems. But the utility brass involved in gas pipeline management and the San Onofre decisions ought to be quaking a bit today, in part because a San Mateo County judge in August cleared the way for lawsuits against executives whose alleged mismanagement led to San Bruno.
On the same day that legal decision came down, another court action about 6,000 miles away in London, England should also have gotten executive attention.
This one saw three former top executives of the Associated Octel Corp., also known as Innospac, sentenced to prison for bribing Indonesian and Iraqi government officials to continue their nations’ importation of a toxic tetraethyl lead fuel additive that is banned in America and most of the rest of the world.
The Colorado-based company sustained profits for its lead product by making millions of dollars in illicit payments between 2002 and 2008.
Of course, an English court’s decision to send the threesome away for terms ranging from two years to four years cannot be a legal precedent in any American court. But it certainly could give federal prosecutors here the idea that the long era of personal immunity may be over for corporate executives and the decisions they make.
So far, there have been no court actions against Edison for its mismanagement that easily could have endangered the millions who live within range of a potential San Onofre radiation leak.
But PG&E is now under criminal indictment for alleged obstruction of justice along with a variety of counts for regulatory violations.
Legal experts take the obstruction charge as a sign federal prosecutors plan to pursue the San Bruno case aggressively, with the likelihood of at least a huge fine for the corporation.
That, in turn, could open the so-far nameless executives responsible to shareholder lawsuits for lost profits and dividends, if the penalty is steep enough.
And it opens the door to asking why, if PG&E did in fact both act negligently and then obstruct justice by impeding the investigation that followed San Bruno, the executives who guided those actions should escape personal penalties?
If personal penalties can be exacted in England, prosecutors should be asking themselves, why not here, too, especially when the direct cause of multiple deaths is much easier to prove here?
Elias is author of the current book “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” now available in an updated second edition. His email address is email@example.com. For more Elias columns go to www.californiafocus.net
1720 OAK STREET, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405
FOR RELEASE: FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 12, 2014 OR THEREAFTER
BY THOMAS D. ELIAS
“IF NOT SIX CALIFORNIAS,” HOW ABOUT ONE, SOVEREIGN CA?”
Two years from now, Californians will not only be thinking about electing a U.S. senator, 53 members of Congress and a President, but most likely also about the possibility of carving up their state into six new ones.
The ballot initiative to do this is the brainchild of billionaire venture capitalist Tim Draper, who observes to reporters that “bad government is not to be tolerated” and that “California is ungovernable.”
His idea of creating new states like Silicon Valley, Jefferson and West California and possibly making state capitals of places like Santa Ana, Redding and Fresno comes after many other failed efforts to rip California apart, mostly motivated by water politics or Republican frustration at living in a Democratic-dominated state.
But just as Californians for the next two years will bandy about the idea of Balkanizing their state, some may also want to consider using their state’s sheer size and scale to secede from the Union.
Granted that the last time anyone made a serious effort at something like this, a four-year Civil War resulted. But still, California takes occasional stabs at semi-sovereignty and even manages to pull some of them off.
One example is on smog, where the federal government for 44 years has let this state set rules tougher than those in force elsewhere.
California governors sometimes even broach the topic of sovereignty. Example: On a July junket to Mexico City, Jerry Brown observed that “Even though California is a mere sub-national entity, it is equivalent to the eighth largest country in the world and we intend to operate based on that…clout.”
Brown referred to gross domestic product, where California ranks just behind Brazil and Russia, but is gaining on them, and well ahead of prominent nations like Italy, India, Mexico and Argentina.
Like his predecessors going back to Goodwin Knight in the 1950s, Brown has signed international memoranda of understanding on subjects like trade, environment and tourism. But MOUs don’t have the force or standing of treaties, which a stand-alone California could make.
A sovereign California also would no longer have to pour money into the federal government’s sinkhole, getting back only about 77 cents for every dollar its taxpayers put in while the likes of Mississippi, West Virginia, Maryland and Florida get far more than a buck back in federal spending for every one they kick in.
Six Californias would give the current state 12 senators to the two it has now, guaranteeing that small states like Wyoming, Delaware and Wyoming will fight to kill this idea. They could do that if and when it comes up for congressional approval, as it must if the voters approve Draper’s idea.
A sovereign California would also avoid the pesky worries that plague the six-state idea, like how to split up the state’s universities and how to finance states like Jefferson (northern counties whose public services, including fire protection, are often subsidized by the rest of California) and Central California, which would instantly become America’s poorest state.
Right next door to the poorest state, of course, would be the richest, Silicon Valley, perhaps making the Google headquarters in Mountain View its Capitol building. That would likely be the de facto headquarters, anyway.
While there are questions about whether six new states could stay afloat financially and intellectually, there would be no such qualms about a sovereign California, which could create as many senators as it wanted.
This, after all, is the idea capital of the world, a place where world-changing enterprises from the Google search engine to Apple’s family of i-Products originate. It’s where film companies like Paramount and Warner Bros. and Disney and Dreamworks create global dreams. It’s where public universities became great and its farms feed much of the human race. As a nation, it would rank sixth worldwide in producing solar power and boast the world’s fourth-highest human development index score, while having only the 35th-highest population.
But splitting into six would create have- and have-not states with plenty of foreseeable grudges and grievances against each other.
California could avoid all that by becoming independent. Or, of course, by simply remaining a single state.
Email Thomas Elias at firstname.lastname@example.org. His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough, The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, visit www.californiafocus.net
1720 OAK STREET, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405
FOR RELEASE: FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 5, 2014, OR THEREAFTER
BY THOMAS D. ELIAS
“TOP TWO CHANGING RUNOFF VOTES, NOT JUST PRIMARIES”
When California voters adopted the “top two” primary election system four years ago via Proposition 14, they meant to make state politics more moderate, to ease some of the sharp divides between Republicans and Democrats that led to legislative and budgetary gridlock.
It’s working, but still a work in progress. For the relatively new system that pits the two leading vote-getters in each primary against each other the following November regardless of their party affiliations is now changing some runoff campaigns as profoundly as it quickly did many primaries.
A classic example comes in the 25th Congressional District, a solidly Republican area stretching from Simi Valley in Ventura County through a sliver of the San Fernando Valley and on into Santa Clarita and the Antelope Valley cities of Palmdale and Lancaster. The seat has long been held by the retiring Buck McKeon, now chairman of the House Armed Services Committee.
No Democrat will win this seat, for the two men who survived the June primary are both Republicans. Former Ventura County state Sen. Tony Strickland got 29.6 percent of the June 3 vote to 28.4 percent for current state Sen. Stephen Knight of Palmdale. The leading Democrat, Lee Rogers, netted a mere 22 percent of the primary vote.
Those numbers make it clear that even if Rogers had reached the November ballot, as he did two years ago, he’d have been trounced by any Republican opponent. But top-two means Democrats will have a strong influence on the eventual outcome, anyhow.
This is a classic district where one party – the GOP in this case – so thoroughly dominates that the minority party in the district has no chance to win. But Proposition 14 intended that members of the minority party in such districts should still have a voice – perhaps even a decisive one.
And in the 25th, where Strickland and Knight ran about equally well among their GOP cohorts, Democrats likely will decide things. Strickland and Knight well know this, as signaled by their appearing at an August forum of an Antelope Valley Democratic club.
Before top two, there’s no way either of these candidates would have been caught in any roomful of Democrats, nor would the Democrats have wanted them. But things are different now, and the eventual winner will know Democratic votes put him over the top.
It’s similar in the 26th state Senate district in coastal Los Angeles County, where two Democrats are vying for one seat. How likely would it have been before top two that Ben Allen, the leading vote-getter in the primary, would trumpet an endorsement from Don Knabe, a Republican county supervisor. Not very, but the other day he put out a press release to brag about it.
Allen, a Santa Monica school board member, ran well ahead of runoff opponent Sandra Fluke in the primary despite the fact that Fluke has a much higher national profile, the result of her being gratuitously belittled during a spat over birth control with far-right radio host Rush Limbaugh. But she has little local political experience and so far has collected no endorsements from significant Republicans even though GOP voters will likely decide this race in a mostly-Democratic district.
The scene is much the same in the San Jose-based 17th Congressional District, where incumbent Democrat Mike Honda won 48 percent of the primary vote to 28 percent for well-funded fellow Democrat Ro Khanna. Here, too, Republicans could provide the decisive votes in a Democratic-dominated area.
After these races and a dozen or so similar ones, the winners will be well aware that the minority party voters who put them in office are watching whether they revert to the kind of doctrinaire, non-compromising partisanship that has plagued American politics for the last decade or so.
That’s likely to produce at least some spirit of compromise from the winners, assuming they want to hold their seats. If it does – and there are indications this happened with some 2012 winners – it will mean that top two is gradually achieving its purpose of moderating the politics of both California and the nation.
Email Thomas Elias at email@example.com. His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, go to www.californiafocus.net
1720 OAK STREET, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405 FOR RELEASE: TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 2, 2014, OR THEREAFTER
EDITORS: TO ENSURE TIMELINESS, DISREGARD EMBARGO DATE
BY THOMAS D. ELIAS
“TESLA HAS STATE WALKING A TIGHTROPE”
And so California government now walks a tightrope, put in that position by one of the latest in the large corps of successful high-tech startups this state has spawned over the last few decades.
Make a misstep in one direction and the state stands to lose a huge battery plant and 6,500 jobs. Stumble the other way and the state’s most important environmental law could be discredited, tainted by favoritism.
This quandary features Tesla Motors, whose luxury electric cars are made in the former General Motors and Toyota automotive assembly plant in the East Bay city of Fremont. Tesla parlayed a good idea, a derelict factory and a variety of state and federal government subsidies into huge success. Now it’s playing off the state that nurtured it against places like Texas, Arizona, Nevada and New Mexico.
The car company, whose advanced batteries allow its Model S to go farther on a single charge than any other commercially sold electric vehicle, plans a new “giga-factory” to make even better lithium-ion batteries. Company owner Elon Musk will likely decide sometime this fall where to locate his 10 million-square-foot facility.
California wants that plant, likely to be built in or near Stockton, within easy reach of the Fremont factory. But state environmental laws could help send it elsewhere, if only because the required environmental impact reports and other evaluations likely can’t be done in Musk’s timeframe.
But Gov. Jerry Brown and state legislators are tired of high-profile companies that start here, then move factories and headquarters out of state. Texas, with its lack of a state income tax and its offers of cheap land, relatively low-wage labor and promises of eight years or more of tax exemptions, has made the most such inroads. Most recently, it lured Toyota’s national offices from Torrance to the Dallas area.
So negotiations are underway to give Tesla major exemptions from the landmark California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), which has often been used to stymie or delay large construction projects.
Among ideas proposed are limits on environmental reviews prior to construction and letting Tesla mitigate any damage from the plant after it’s open. It was probably no coincidence that on the day word of these possible concessions reached Wall Street, Tesla stock jumped about 30 points.
These kinds of concessions are not completely unique, but they have rarely been put into operation. National Football League stadiums proposed for the City of Industry and downtown Los Angeles – the NFL won’t go for both – won similar concessions from the Legislature earlier in this decade.
But such sweetheart deals for large projects upon which elected officials place a high premium anger both environmental groups and some local politicians.
Back in 2011, when concessions were made to the Anschutz Entertainment Group for the proposed Farmers Field in Los Angeles, Beverly Hills Councilman John Mirisch questioned in an online essay whether “we should be granting CEQA exceptions…for individual projects.”
“There is no doubt CEQA is sometimes abused,” he said, noting that businesses sometimes emploit it to stifle expansion by competitors. “Yet for all its flaws, CEQA serves a fundamental…purpose, which is to specify the impacts of a project…and to allow policy-makers to require mitigations.”
No one knows what mitigations either Tesla or an NFL stadium might have to make, or how expensive they could be. But once a project is built, it’s a lot easier for the owners to try to fight off added expenses and inconveniences.
And the Sierra Club called a large-scale exemption for Tesla “simply unacceptable.”
But legislators have been known to favor politically potent industries before, just this year passing tax benefits for military airplane makers in an effort to keep high-paying jobs here, with vastly expanded tax breaks for movie and TV producers coming soon.
It’s also true that Brown called in his 2010 campaign for “reform” of CEQA, but hasn’t gotten anything much through the Legislature.
All of which sets up the tightrope walk: Brown and the Democrats who dominate the Legislature can’t afford to lose the support of environmentalists. They don’t want to make CEQA a laughingstock. They also want to keep the ultra-green Tesla, whose cars produce no smog, operating in California. So they’ll compromise, and they still may not keep all Tesla’s jobs and money here.
Email Thomas Elias at firstname.lastname@example.org. His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough, The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, visit www.californiafocus.net
Twenty years ago one of the world’s most devastating events blazed in Africa, leaving tragedy in its wake. The Rwandan Genocide is infamous for its systematic destruction of the Tutsi people, one of three ethnic groups in Rwanda, by the Hutu people, the majority ethnic group. The genocide killed as many as one million people, including 20% of Rwanda’s total population and 70% of Tutsi peoples. The one hundred days of violence are still vividly remembered today.
Local man Faustin Rusanganwa, whose roots draw him back to Rwanda, mourns the genocide as the 20th anniversary passed this year. Rusanganwa was born in Kigali, Rwanda in 1954. With the exception of his brother, Rusanganwa’s entire family resided in Rwanda until the genocide – his sister and her children still live there today.
Rusanganwa was born a Tutsi. Memories of his childhood are sprinkled with discrimination and violence based on his ethnicity. “If you were Tutsi it was very difficult to get an education,” said Rusanganwa. Rusanganwa recalled times when teachers would ask all of the Tutsi children to raise their hands so they knew who they did not have to focus attention on. “I was branded,” he said.
Hutu and Tutsi people lived and ate together as neighbors, but violence was still prevalent, recalled Rusanganwa. One night when Rusanganwa was a child, a group of youth slashed open the roof of his family’s home. He and his siblings laughed when they awoke to see stars overhead. “We never realized what it was when we were kids,” he said, “but I will never forget that.”
Years before the Rwandan genocide, “hit-and-run” robberies and vandalism where commonplace to the Tutsi people.
In 1973, a coup detat, placed Juvenal Habyarimana into power in Rwanda. The onslaught of further civil unrest pushed Rusanganwa and his brother to leave the country. After years of trying to get on his feet in bordering country Burundi, Rusanganwa enrolled in Duke University program and made his way to the United States in 1985. After two years in North Carolina, Rusanganwa moved to Davis to be closer to the multicultural community he discovered in California.
On April 6th, 1994, Juvenal Habyarimana’s airplane was shot down. This occurred amidst the Rwandan Civil War which began in 1990. The civil war was largely a conflict between Hutu and Tutsi groups. Though the facts still remain blurred to this day, Habyarimana’s Hutu-led government traced the attack on the Habyarimana’s plane to Tutsi groups, instigating the Rwandan genocide.
“As soon as we saw the president’s plane crash, we said ‘That’s it,’” said Rusanganwa. Watching the events unfold from his American television was a nightmare. “You see these things happen in another country on the news all the time, very rarely is it your own country,” he said. As he stood by watching his television 9,000 miles away, all Rusanganwa could do was hope that his family was still alive.
Through these times, Rusanganwa mentioned that his community gave him consistent support, never forgetting to ask him how he and his family were doing.
The genocide ended on July 15th when anti-Hutu forces took the capital. Rusanganwa returned to Rwanda in December to search for his family. He brought with him a sliver of hope that his family survived. What he found, however, was what Rusanganwa described as a “warzone” – streets littered with debris, broken windows, shoeless civilians, and overflowing orphanages. “When I went back my house was gone,” he said, “everything was gone…they took everything.”
After speaking with his family’s neighbors, Rusanganwa discovered that only his sister was still alive. She had run away to a neighboring country with her children. After endless searching and speaking with locals, “Miraculously I found my sister,” said Rusanganwa, “Finding her was a very powerful moment.”
Today, Rwanda has recovered from the genocide. Adoption programs that placed many of the orphans left behind from the genocide into any homes that had space, described Rusanganwa.
Since the genocide, the region has continued to go through periodic war and unrest. Political changes such as putting an end to discriminatory policies against Tutsi people, have helped the country to recover from the horrors of the genocide, according to Rusanganwa. After his visit in 2010, Rusanganwa observed that Rwanda was more developed that he had ever seen it before.
What is left behind, however, are the tragic memories and relatives lost. “My kids will never meet grandma, or their uncle,” said Rusanganwa, somberly.
Remembering the Rwandan genocide should be “educational,” commented Rusanganwa. “We see it in Israel and Sudan today. All of these are the same,” said Rusanganwa, “No one wins a war.”
Commentary: From Sneakers to O’Bannon
By JOE NOCERA
c.2014 New York Times News Service
“When I first heard about the decision, I was speechless,” said Sonny Vaccaro.
Speechless as in he never thought this day would come.
Vaccaro is the former sneaker marketer turned anti-NCAA crusader, and he was talking about Friday’s decision in the O’Bannon case — the one in which Judge Claudia Wilken ruled that the principle of amateurism is not a legal justification for business practices that violate the nation’s antitrust laws.
Although he is not a lawyer, Vaccaro is as responsible for the O’Bannon case as anyone. (Disclosure: One of the O’Bannon lawyers works for same law firm as my wife. She has no involvement in the case.)
Vaccaro first got the idea for the lawsuit in the late 1990s, around the time that ESPN bought Classic Sports Network for $175 million. ESPN Classic, as it was renamed, replays games from the past, many of which involve college teams. The players in those games have long since left college, yet they have no rights to their names and likenesses, just as had been the case when they were in school.
How, wondered Vaccaro, could that possibly be OK?
Vaccaro is probably best known for coming up with the idea of the “sneaker contract” during his heyday as a marketer for Nike. That’s a deal in which a college coach receives payment for having his team wear a particular brand of sneakers. In the 1980s, still with Nike, he took the idea a step further, paying a university to have all its athletes wear the same brand. There is not much question that Vaccaro helped fuel the commercialization of college sports. Though, as he likes to remind people, “the schools could have turned the money down. They never did.”
In 2007, Vaccaro quit his final job in the sneaker industry — he was at Reebok at the time — to devote his time to fighting the NCAA, an organization he had come to loathe. He began going around the country making anti-NCAA speeches at universities. Five years ago, while in Washington to make a speech at Howard University, he had dinner with a lawyer friend and laid out his idea of bringing a lawsuit revolving around the names and likenesses of former college athletes. Before long, he was put in touch with Michael Hausfeld, a plaintiffs’ lawyer who was looking for a high-profile case to run with.
And one other thing: He found Ed O’Bannon, the former UCLA basketball star who became the lead plaintiff. Or, rather, O’Bannon called Vaccaro after seeing an avatar, clearly based on himself, in a video game, asking if he had any recourse. Vaccaro, in turn, put O’Bannon together with Hausfeld. And the rest, as they say, is history.
In the cool light of day, Wilken’s decision does not appear likely to radically reshape college sports. The relief she granted the plaintiffs is likely to put some money into the pockets of athletes who play big-time football or men’s basketball. But it is certainly not going to make anybody rich, and the average fan won’t even notice the difference. It is not like the kind of change that took place when major league baseball players gained the right to become free agents in the 1970s. For instance, she ruled that players still won’t be able to endorse products for money. In so ruling, she bought into one of the NCAA’s core views — namely that college athletes need to be protected from “commercial exploitation.”
What is radical about her decision — and what could pave the way for further changes in other lawsuits — was her dismantling of the various rationales the NCAA has put forth over the years as its justification for insisting on amateurism as the bedrock of college athletics. Assuming her decision stands up on appeal, the NCAA will lose its ability to argue that amateurism is so noble an ideal that, in and of itself, it justifies anticompetitive behavior.
“Do I wish the decision had gone further?” Vaccaro said Monday. “Sure. It vindicated people like me, who have been voices in the wilderness for so long.”
“We have exposed them,” Hausfeld said. “We have gotten rid of their implicit immunity from the antitrust laws.”
In March, another antitrust suit was filed against the NCAA, by Jeffrey Kessler, a lawyer best known in the sports world for bringing the suit that gained free agency for professional football players.
Kessler’s suit is much more ambitious than O’Bannon’s. He is arguing that the “matrix of restrictions” (as he put it to me) that prevent universities from deciding how to value and compensate players is anticompetitive and violates the antitrust laws.
Thus does O’Bannon now pass the baton to Kessler, as the NCAA’s critics begin the next leg of this race.
(EDS: SUBS final graf to RECAST.);
Commentary: Intervening in Our Name
By CHARLES M. BLOW
c.2014 New York Times News Service
Americans, it must be admitted, are not always the most engaged people on world issues. It’s a sad truth.
But the world, at this moment, is aflame, and more Americans must perk up and pay attention. Before we know it, we will have already been drawn into these conflicts.
On Thursday, President Barack Obama said he had authorized limited airstrikes against the Islamic State, which the president said threatens some citizens of northern Iraq with “genocide.” The president, ever-conscious of his own commitment to extract us from the war in Iraq and of American weariness about our re-engaging, added: “As commander in chief, I will not allow the United States to be dragged into another war in Iraq.”
Most Americans probably had not heard of the Islamic State until a few months ago, but we have known about the civil war in Syria for years. Many Americans, understandably, didn’t want to engage in another foreign conflict, but from this region sprang the Islamic State. We, understandably, were eager to exit Iraq, but into that void flowed the Islamic State.
Russia annexed the Crimea, a commercial airliner was shot down over eastern Ukraine — likely by Russian-backed Ukrainian separatists — and now Russia appears to be gathering a menacing troop presence on the Ukrainian border. As Reuters reported last week:
“Russia has amassed around 20,000 combat-ready troops on Ukraine’s eastern border and could use the pretext of a humanitarian or peacekeeping mission to invade, NATO said.”
The on-again, off-again cease-fires in Gaza have yet to produce a lasting peace. Before last week’s cease-fire, according to United Nations figures, there had been “1,814 Palestinians killed, including at least 1,312 civilians, of whom 408 are children and 214 are women.” By comparison, the report said there were “67 Israelis killed, including 64 soldiers, two civilians and one foreign national.”
An NBC News/Wall Street Journal survey released last week asked Americans if they were satisfied with, dissatisfied with or didn’t know enough about how the U.S. was dealing with many of these topics, and the answers were thoroughly depressing.
On the Islamic State in Iraq, Syria, the Russia-Ukraine conflict and Israel and Hamas, at least 32 percent — and as high as 42 percent in the case of Syria — said they didn’t know enough to have an opinion. Of respondents who did have an opinion, those who were dissatisfied far outnumbered those who were satisfied, and most of the dissatisfied said their dissatisfaction was rooted in their belief that the U.S. wasn’t involved enough.
More Americans need to be more engaged, because these conflicts are complicated. There are no easy answers. Sometimes there will be no clear choices between good guys and bad guys but only choices among lesser demons. Sometimes conflicts are a swirl of history, ambition, grievance, vengeance and egos. Sometimes actors can only see righteousness in their wrong. Sometimes nobility and savagery coexist.
But if America, as the world’s last remaining superpower, is to faithfully play a role — if we must play that role — as a check against tyranny and terror in the world, its citizenry must be up to the task of discernment.
You don’t necessarily have to be privy to national security reports to be part of the national conversation. Those who know more don’t always know better. It has been my experience that truth has a way of revealing itself to those willing to search for it.
We have a responsibility to stay abreast of the conflicts in the world so that we can support or reject our leaders’ efforts to navigate them.
Abdicating that responsibility inevitably seems to grant more power to the war machine and its warmongers who have never seen a fight they didn’t want to join.
But we continue to be reminded that what’s left in the wake of force can be worse than what existed before it.Sadly, not every population can be freed, nor every life saved, by an exterior force when threatened by the reign of dictators or the rise of terrorists. This is a hard truth to swallow in the land of the free and home of the brave. Our hearts hurt for the oppressed and the slain.
But sometimes, we must use softer power. As the president said in May at West Point: “Just because we have the best hammer does not mean that every problem is a nail.”
Sometimes sanctions will be the more appropriate path, sometimes appeals for peace. And regardless of our approach, we have no guarantees of success. There are limits to all expressions of power. Sometimes we can only influence — but not dictate — events.
Sometimes the best we can do is to maintain constant pressure, so that we slowly bend the world toward freedom and justice.
Whatever our politics, we must at least make an effort to know enough about the issues to take a position.
Copyright The New York Times News Service.
Tuleyome Home Place Adventures invites the public to their upcoming “Wise Ones” picnic dinner at the Conaway Ranch.
During this activity, youths are introduced to a variety of “elders” — leaders and successful individuals who will share their stories about their connection to the natural world and how it shaped their choices and success in life. Youths also will have the opportunity to ask questions and learn more about the different career paths each elder has taken.
This event will take place from 5 to 8 p.m. Friday, Sept. 12, at the Conaway Ranch in Woodland.
What: Wise Ones
When: 5 to 8 p.m. Friday, Sept. 12
Who’s invited: Youths ages 12-17
Where: Conaway Ranch, 45332 County Road 25 in Woodland
Admission: $5 per person. Space is limited. Purchase tickets online at http://tuleywiseones.bpt.me
Bring: A picnic dinner or snacks, water, warm or long sleeved clothing appropriate for being outdoors in the evening, closed toed shoes, and insect repellant
Tuleyome Home Place Adventures is an outdoors program that encourages people of all ages to become more connected to the natural world. The programprovides engaging outdoor experiences and service projects which encourage our community to become leaders in conservation, sustainability and land stewardship, and also offers free guided hikes and outings for the public. The goal of Tuleyome Home Place Adventures is to educate and empower people in the region to care for and help protect the land and resources that we enjoy and depend on.
— Tuleyome Home Place Adventures is made possible by the Conaway Preservation Group, the Wynant Foundation, U.S. Bank, The Norcross Wildlife Foundation, Inc., and the Pacific Gas and Electric Company. More information available online at www.tuleyome.org
1720 OAK STREET, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405
FOR RELEASE: FRIDAY, AUGUST 29, 2014, OR THEREAFTER
BY THOMAS D. ELIAS
“CHANGING LOCAL ELECTION DATES: DEMS SEEK MORE DOMINATION”
No one knows better than Democratic Party politicians that voters who tend to support them are at high tide in November general elections during even-numbered years when offices like President and governor and U.S. senator are at stake.
Turnouts are far lower in primary elections, special elections and those held in some cities during odd-numbered years.
That’s the main reason why voters last June saw no citizen-inspired initiatives on their primary election ballots – and also a big reason why the turnout then was a record low for a primary election. Turnout was also depressed because Gov. Jerry Brown was virtually unopposed in his party and a shoo-in to move on to November.
Knowing all this, Democrats who control city councils from Sunnyvale to Livermore to Santa Monica have for several years been placing measures on local ballots aiming to consolidate their votes with the wider elections held every other November.
These measures usually pass by margins of 70 percent or greater, as voters would rather do their chores all at once and not be bothered in odd-numbered years. They also don’t mind the fact that consolidation saves millions of tax dollars around the state.
If maximum public participation is the goal, this is a good thing. Look what happened in the last municipal election in Los Angeles, California’s largest city: Eric Garcetti became mayor by about a 54-46 percent margin over fellow Democrat Wendy Gruel in balloting where only about 13 percent of city residents voted. This means Garcetti, whose position makes him influential in both state and national affairs, was actually elected by about 7 percent of U.S. citizen Angelenos. How representative is that?
So it should be no surprise that an election reform commission appointed by Garcetti and City Council President Herb Wesson (a former state Assembly speaker) now calls for a local proposition to move Los Angeles elections into even-numbered years.
There’s also no doubt that shifting votes to even-numbered years, with runoffs in November, is good for Democrats. “This will especially increase turnout of African Americans, Latinos and Asian Americans,” said Loyola Marymount University Prof. Fernando Guerra, the commission chairman.
As it happens, all those groups have voted overwhelmingly for Democrats over the last decade or more, the only exceptions coming when muscleman actor Arnold Schwarzenegger twice ran for governor.
So the election consolidation moves, besides increasing voter turnout, are also likely to increase Democratic control of cities making those changes.
The same theory applied to ballot initiatives when the Democratic-dominated Legislature voted three years ago to put them all in Novembers of even-numbered years, except when a statewide special election is called before then.
When he signed that switch into law, Gov. Jerry Brown took note of the hugely greater turnout in general elections over primaries. “This is the essence of democracy,” Brown said. He noted that in 2010, when he ran in both June and November, 10.3 million voters turned out in the fall compared with just 5.7 million in the June primary. At the time, a Field Poll found that majorities of voters of all parties supported the switch.
But this spring, with no initiatives on the primary ballot and nothing much else at stake in most districts, turnout fell to a record low, well below 2010 levels.
It will likely come back up again this fall, when measures on subjects from gambling to health insurance rates should galvanize voter interest.
The switch to autumn-only for initiatives gets California back to where things were prior to 1970, when citizen-inspired measures first appeared in primary votes. Republicans plainly don’t like the reversion, knowing important issues will be decided when Democratic voting is at its apex.
“This kind of political game-playing sends a clear message that the governor and Legislature have no intention of working in a bipartisan manner,” Bob Dutton, then the state Senate’s minority leader, said when Brown signed off on the switch.
Right now, though, there’s only one thing Republicans can do to avoid having more cities and more initiative results dominated by Democrats: Sign up new voters and try to get their party – now trailing by about 15 percent in voter registration – back to parity with the Democrats.
Email Thomas Elias at email@example.com. His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough, The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, visit www.californiafocus.net
Commentary: Inequality Is a Drag
By PAUL KRUGMAN
c.2014 New York Times News Service
For more than three decades, almost everyone who matters in American politics has agreed that higher taxes on the rich and increased aid to the poor have hurt economic growth.
Liberals have generally viewed this as a trade-off worth making, arguing that it’s worth accepting some price in the form of lower GDP to help fellow citizens in need. Conservatives, on the other hand, have advocated trickle-down economics, insisting that the best policy is to cut taxes on the rich, slash aid to the poor and count on a rising tide to raise all boats.
But there’s now growing evidence for a new view — namely, that the whole premise of this debate is wrong, that there isn’t actually any trade-off between equity and inefficiency. Why? It’s true that market economies need a certain amount of inequality to function. But American inequality has become so extreme that it’s inflicting a lot of economic damage. And this, in turn, implies that redistribution — that is, taxing the rich and helping the poor — may well raise, not lower, the economy’s growth rate.
You might be tempted to dismiss this notion as wishful thinking, a sort of liberal equivalent of the right-wing fantasy that cutting taxes on the rich actually increases revenue. In fact, however, there is solid evidence, coming from places like the International Monetary Fund, that high inequality is a drag on growth, and that redistribution can be good for the economy.
Earlier this week, the new view about inequality and growth got a boost from Standard & Poor’s, the rating agency, which put out a new report supporting the view that high inequality is a drag on growth. The agency was summarizing other people’s work, not doing new research of its own, and you don’t need to take its judgment as gospel (remember its ludicrous downgrade of U.S. debt). What S&P’s imprimatur shows, however, is just how mainstream the new view of inequality has become. There is, at this point, no reason to believe that comforting the comfortable and afflicting the afflicted is good for growth, and good reason to believe the opposite.
Specifically, if you look systematically at the international evidence on inequality, redistribution, and growth — which is what researchers at the IMF did — you find that lower levels of inequality are associated with faster, not slower, growth. Furthermore, income redistribution at the levels typical of advanced countries (with the U.S. doing much less than average) is “robustly associated with higher and more durable growth.” That is, there’s no evidence that making the rich richer enriches the nation as a whole, but there’s strong evidence of benefits from making the poor less poor.
But how is that possible? Doesn’t taxing the rich and helping the poor reduce the incentive to make money? Well, yes, but incentives aren’t the only thing that matters for economic growth. Opportunity is also crucial. And extreme inequality deprives many people of the opportunity to fulfill their potential.
Think about it. Do talented children in low-income U.S. families have the same chance to make use of their talent — to get the right education, to pursue the right career path — as those born higher up the ladder? Of course not. Moreover, this isn’t just unfair, it’s expensive. Extreme inequality means a waste of human resources.
And government programs that reduce inequality can make the nation as a whole richer, by reducing that waste.
Consider, for example, what we know about food stamps, perennially targeted by conservatives who claim that they reduce the incentive to work. The historical evidence does indeed suggest that making food stamps available somewhat reduces work effort, especially by single mothers. But it also suggests that Americans who had access to food stamps when they were children grew up to be healthier and more productive than those who didn’t, which means that they made a bigger economic contribution. The purpose of the food stamp program was to reduce misery, but it’s a good guess that the program was also good for U.S. economic growth.
The same thing, I’d argue, will end up being true of Obamacare. Subsidized insurance will induce some people to reduce the number of hours they work, but it will also mean higher productivity from Americans who are finally getting the health care they need, not to mention making better use of their skills because they can change jobs without the fear of losing coverage. Overall, health reform will probably make us richer as well as more secure.
Will the new view of inequality change our political debate? It should. Being nice to the wealthy and cruel to the poor is not, it turns out, the key to economic growth. On the contrary, making our economy fairer would also make it richer. Goodbye, trickle-down; hello, trickle-up.
Commentary: Introspective or Narcissistic?
By DAVID BROOKS
c.2014 New York Times News Service
Some people like to keep a journal. Some people think it’s a bad idea.
People who keep a journal often see it as part of the process of self-understanding and personal growth. They don’t want insights and events to slip through their minds. They think with their fingers and have to write to process experiences and become aware of their feelings.
People who oppose journal-keeping fear it contributes to self-absorption and narcissism. C.S. Lewis, who kept a journal at times, feared that it just aggravated sadness and reinforced neurosis. Gen. George Marshall did not keep a diary during World War II because he thought it would lead to “self-deception or hesitation in reaching decisions.”
The question is: How do you succeed in being introspective without being self-absorbed?
Psychologists and others have given some thought to this question. The upshot of their work is that there seems to be a paradox at the heart of introspection. The self is something that can be seen more accurately from a distance than from close up. The more you can yank yourself away from your own intimacy with yourself, the more reliable your self-awareness is likely to be.
The problem is that the mind is vastly deep, complex and variable. As Immanuel Kant famously put it, “We can never, even by the strictest examination, get completely behind the secret springs of action.” At the same time, your self-worth and identity are at stake in every judgment you make about yourself.
This combination of unfathomability and “at stakeness” is a perfect breeding ground for self-deception, rationalization and motivated reasoning.
When people examine themselves from too close, they often end up ruminating or oversimplifying. Rumination is like that middle-of-the-night thinking — when the rest of the world is hidden by darkness and the mind descends into a spiral of endless reaction to itself. People have repetitive thoughts but don’t take action. Depressed ruminators end up making themselves more depressed.
Oversimplifiers don’t really understand themselves, so they just invent an explanation to describe their own desires. People make checklists of what they want in a spouse and then usually marry a person who is nothing like their abstract criteria. Realtors know that the house many people buy often has nothing in common with the house they thought they wanted when they started shopping.
We are better self-perceivers if we can create distance and see the general contours of our emergent system selves — rather than trying to unpack constituent parts. This can be done in several ways.
First, you can distance yourself by time. A program called Critical Incident Stress Debriefing had victims of trauma write down their emotions right after the event. (The idea was they shouldn’t bottle up their feelings.) But people who did so suffered more post-traumatic stress and were more depressed in the ensuing weeks. Their intimate reflections impeded healing and froze the pain. But people who write about trauma later on can place a broader perspective on things. Their lives are improved by the exercise.
Second, we can achieve distance from self through language. We’re better at giving other people good advice than at giving ourselves good advice, so it’s smart, when trying to counsel yourself, to pretend you are somebody else. This can be done a bit even by thinking of yourself in the third person. Work by Ozlem Ayduk and Ethan Kross finds that people who view themselves from a self-distanced perspective are better at adaptive self-reflection than people who view themselves from a self-immersed perspective.
Finally, there is narrative. Timothy Wilson of the University of Virginia suggests in his book “Strangers to Ourselves” that we shouldn’t see ourselves as archaeologists, minutely studying each feeling and trying to dig deep into the unconscious. We should see ourselves as literary critics, putting each incident in the perspective of a longer life story. The narrative form is a more supple way of understanding human processes, even unconscious ones, than rationalistic analysis.
Wilson writes, “The point is that we should not analyze the information (about our feelings) in an overly deliberate, conscious manner, constantly making explicit lists of pluses and minuses. We should let our adaptive unconscious do the job of finding reliable feelings and then trust those feelings, even if we cannot explain them entirely.”
Think of one of those Chuck Close self-portraits. The face takes up the entire image. You can see every pore. Some people try to introspect like that. But others see themselves in broader landscapes, in the context of longer narratives about forgiveness, or redemption or setback and ascent. Maturity is moving from the close-up to the landscape, focusing less on your own supposed strengths and weaknesses and more on the sea of empathy in which you swim, which is the medium necessary for understanding others, one’s self and survival.
It seemed all about the left turns Tuesday morning on Fifth Street near F and G streets.
No more scrambling to go west on Fifth Street from F Street, trying to beat
Yolo County Advisory Boards Vacancies
(Woodland, CA) – The Yolo County Board of Supervisors believes that effective citizen involvement is essential to good governance, and that a respectful and informed exchange of ideas between the county and citizens will result in the best polices and decisions for Yolo County. To that end, the Board of Supervisors is actively seeking candidates to fill vacancies on the following county advisory bodies. For more information on advisory bodies, specific vacancies, and to submit an application, visit: www.yolocounty.org (go to Residents > Advisory Bodies), call the Clerk of the Board’s office (530) 666-8195 or contact your Yolo County Supervisor.
Board of Supervisors Advisory Committees
Area 4 Agency on Aging
Capay Valley General Plan Citizens’ Advisory Board
Childcare & Development Planning Council
Commission on Aging and Adult Services
Community Services Action Board
Dunnigan General Plan Citizens’ Advisory Board
Emergency Medical Care Committee
Esparto General Plan Citizens’ Advisory Board
In-Home Supportive Services Advisory Board
Knights Landing General Plan Citizens’ Advisory Board
Library Advisory Board
Madison General Plan Citizens’ Advisory Board
Maternal, Child & Adolecent Health Advisory Board
Parks, Recreation & Wildlife Advisory Committee
Transportation Advisory Committee
Waste Advisory Committee
Yolo County Housing Commission
Yolo-Zamora General Citizens’ Advisory Board
County Service Areas
Dunnigan County Service Area
North Davis Meadows County Service Area
Snowball County Service Area No. 6
Wild Wings County Service Area
Willowbank County Service Area
Community Service Districts
Knights Landing Community Service District
Fire Protection Districts
Knights Landing Fire Protection District
Commentary: Knowledge Isn’t Power
By PAUL KRUGMAN
c.2014 New York Times News Service
One of the best insults I’ve ever read came from Ezra Klein, who now is editor in chief of Vox.com. In 2007, he described Dick Armey, the former House majority leader, as “a stupid person’s idea of what a thoughtful person sounds like.”
It’s a funny line, which applies to quite a few public figures. Rep. Paul Ryan, the chairman of the House Budget Committee, is a prime current example. But maybe the joke’s on us. After all, such people often dominate policy discourse. And what policymakers don’t know, or worse, what they think they know that isn’t so, can definitely hurt you.
What inspired these gloomy thoughts? Well, I’ve been looking at surveys from the Initiative on Global Markets, based at the University of Chicago. For two years, the initiative has been regularly polling a panel of leading economists, representing a wide spectrum of schools and political leanings, on questions that range from the economics of college athletes to the effectiveness of trade sanctions.
It usually turns out that there is much less professional controversy about an issue than the cacophony in the news media might have led you to expect.
This was certainly true of the most recent poll, which asked whether the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act — the Obama “stimulus” — reduced unemployment. All but one of those who responded said that it did, a vote of 36-1. A follow-up question on whether the stimulus was worth it produced a slightly weaker but still overwhelming 25-2 consensus.
Leave aside for a moment the question of whether the panel is right in this case (although it is). Let me ask, instead, whether you knew that the pro-stimulus consensus among experts was this strong, or whether you even knew that such a consensus existed.
I guess it depends on where you get your economic news and analysis. But you certainly didn’t hear about that consensus on, say, CNBC — where one host was so astonished to hear yours truly arguing for higher spending to boost the economy that he described me as a “unicorn,” someone he could hardly believe existed.
More important, over the past several years policy makers across the Western world have pretty much ignored the professional consensus on government spending and everything else, placing their faith instead in doctrines most economists firmly reject.
As it happens, the odd man out — literally — in that poll on stimulus was professor Alberto Alesina of Harvard. He has claimed that cuts in government spending are actually expansionary, but relatively few economists agree, pointing to work at the International Monetary Fund and elsewhere that seems to refute his claims.
Nonetheless, back when European leaders were making their decisive and disastrous turn toward austerity, they brushed off warnings that slashing spending in depressed economies would deepen their depression. Instead, they listened to economists telling them what they wanted to hear. It was, as Bloomberg Businessweek put it, “Alesina’s hour.”
Am I saying that the professional consensus is always right? No. But when politicians pick and choose which experts — or, in many cases, “experts” — to believe, the odds are that they will choose badly. Moreover, experience shows that there is no accountability in such matters. Bear in mind that the American right is still taking its economic advice mainly from people who have spent many years wrongly predicting runaway inflation and a collapsing dollar.
All of which raises a troubling question: Are we as societies even capable of taking good policy advice?
Economists used to assert confidently that nothing like the Great Depression could happen again. After all, we know far more than our great-grandfathers did about the causes of and cures for slumps, so how could we fail to do better? When crises struck, however, much of what we’ve learned over the past 80 years was simply tossed aside.
The only piece of our system that seemed to have learned anything from history was the Federal Reserve, and the Fed’s actions under Ben Bernanke, continuing under Janet Yellen, are arguably the only reason we haven’t had a full replay of the Depression.
(More recently, the European Central Bank under Mario Draghi, another place where expertise still retains a toehold, has pulled Europe back from the brink to which austerity brought it.)
Sure enough, there are moves afoot in Congress to take away the Fed’s freedom of action. Not a single member of the Chicago experts panel thinks this would be a good idea, but we’ve seen how much that matters.
And macroeconomics, of course, isn’t the only challenge we face. In fact, it should be easy compared with many other issues that need to be addressed with specialized knowledge, above all climate change. So you really have to wonder whether and how we’ll avoid disaster.
— The New York Times
1720 OAK STREET, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405
FOR RELEASE: FRIDAY, AUGUST 22, 2014, OR THEREAFTER
BY THOMAS D. ELIAS
“BOXER, FEINSTEIN: DIFFERENT ROUTES IN BACKING ISRAEL”
Few things in a rather absurd world are more deserving of ridicule than the United Nations Human Rights Council, a 47-nation group that includes some of the world’s leading human rights violators, from China and Cuba to Kuwait, Russia, Saudi Arabia and Venezuela, to take just a few in alphabetical order.
Thus it was completely appropriate when Democratic U.S. Sen. Barbara Boxer recruited a bipartisan group of 35 fellow senators to sign a letter to the U.N. secretary general protesting the Human Rights Council’s announced investigation into alleged war crimes by Israel during its latest campaign in Gaza.
It was equally unsurprising the U.N. group would single out Israel, as it often has. What else would you expect from an outfit that includes China and Saudi Arabia, among the leading suppliers and financiers of Hamas, designated a terrorist group by all recent American presidents even as it rules the 25-by-seven mile Gaza Strip?
The surprise was the absence of California’s other Democratic senator, Dianne Feinstein, from the signers of the Boxer letter.
Every senator had a chance to sign this letter, and it was inked by some of the most liberal, like Boxer and Maryland’s Barbara Mikulski, as well as some of the most conservative, like Utah’s Mike Lee and Tom Coburn of Oklahoma.
But the Senate’s top brass, Majority Leader Harry Reid of Nevada and Minority Leader Mitch McConnell of Kentucky did not sign. Maybe Feinstein, chair of the Senate Intelligence Committee, didn’t want to break with Reid. Foreign Relations Committee Chair Robert Menendez of New Jersey also did not sign.
Feinstein’s non-explanation: “I strongly supported passage of (a resolution) which condemned the U.N. Human Rights Council vote…which made no mention of Hamas’ indiscriminate rocket attacks and policy of using Palestinian civilians as human shields. I believe support for this resolution is the correct course of action in this case.” The resolution, passed three days before the Boxer letter was sent last week.
Feinstein, long a steadfast Israel supporter, did not quarrel with anything in the far more specific Boxer letter, co-written by Republican Sen. Kelly Ayotte of New Hampshire.
The open letter to Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon said “The fact that there was no call for an investigation into actions by Hamas – including indiscriminate and deliberate rocket attacks on Israeli civilians and intentionally putting Palestinians in harm’s way – is …wholly unacceptable as it turn(s) a blind eye to Hamas’ brazen and depraved use of civilians as human shields (and) the tunnels it has built to cause mayhem in Israel.”
The letter also noted that the U.N. group ignored the missiles other U.N. personnel discovered hidden in some of its schools in the Gaza Strip, along with those stored or fired from homes, hospitals and mosques. Nor, the letter said, did the Human Rights Commission mention that Hamas officials have stopped Palestinian civilians at gunpoint when they tried to leave areas Israel warned them to evacuate prior to strikes or artillery fire.
The questionable council also claims most Palestinian dead have been civilians, an allegation based wholly on Hamas reports. One analysis of the fatalities by the Committee for Accuracy in Middle East Reporting instead shows 57 percent of all war dead have been males aged 17 to 39, which that group says suggests most of the dead have really been combatants.
The Boxer letter also stresses that it’s Hamas which has repeatedly broken cease-fires and put Palestinians in danger. It notes the entire campaign started with persistent rocket fire from Gaza that did not stop despite numerous warnings from Israel. “The fact that Israel has effective defenses against the rockets aimed at its citizens is no excuse to overlook Hamas’ hostile behavior,” Boxer said.
Hamas behavior, of course, has been consistent with its charter, which states that “Israel will exist (only) until Islam will obliterate it” and that “The Day of Judgment will not come about until Moslems fight and kill the Jews.” Not just Israelis, the charter says, but all Jews.
The behavior of Hamas is no mystery, nor is the bias of the U.N.’s ludicrous Human Rights Commission. The mystery is why Feinstein didn’t join in calling both of them out in very specific terms, as did Boxer and dozens of their fellow senators.
Elias is author of the current book “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” now available in an updated third edition. His email address is firstname.lastname@example.org
For the “Briefly” section (to run the week before the Welcome)
UFC Newcomers Welcome
University Farm Circle (UFC) invites new and prospective members to a Newcomers Welcome on Tuesday, September 23, from 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. at the home of Bonnie Lam 1524 Arena Drive in Davis.
Beginning on the UC Davis campus 101 years ago and extending out into the community, the University Farm Circle (UFC) has a long tradition of welcome. Whether you are a woman who is new to the area or new to UFC, you are invited to our Newcomers Welcome on Tuesday, September 23, from 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. at the home of Bonnie Lam 1524 Arena Drive in Davis. At this informal event you will meet some of the 500+ current members and other prospective members. You will learn about the UFC general programs and monthly interest sections and newcomers activities that are held throughout the year. Should you decide to join, your newcomer year will help you acclimate. Our small group activities are designed to give you an opportunity to build a core group of friends among the newcomers of 2014-2015, to help you explore the various facets and friendships of UFC beyond newcomers, and to give you a feel for what UC Davis and our local community has to offer.
For more information contact co-chairs Karen Fess (713-504-5113) or Bonnie Lam (530-756-6473). To learn more about University Farm Circle, visit ufcdavis.org.
What: University Farm Circle Newcomers Welcome
When: 4:00pm – 6:00pm, Tuesday, September 23, 2014
Where: 1524 Arena Drive, Davis CA
Why: So women of all ages can meet new friends and learn about UFC
Call: 530-756-6473 or (713) 504-5113
University Farm Circle is pleased to invite new and prospective members to our Newcomers Welcome on Tuesday, September 23, from 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. at the home of Bonnie Lam 1524 Arena Drive in Davis. We will give an overview of our UFC general programs, interest sections and newcomers activities which are held throughout the year.
Beginning on the UC Davis campus 101 years ago and extending out into the greater community, the University Farm Circle (UFC) has had a long tradition of welcome. Should you decide to join our group of over 500 members, your newcomer year will help you acclimate. Our newcomer small group activities are designed to give you the opportunity to build a core group of friendships among the newcomers of 2014-2015, to help you explore the various facets and friendships of UFC beyond newcomers, and to give you a feel for what UC Davis and our local community has to offer.
Newcomers activities for this year will include an “Oktoberfest” celebration where spouses/partners are also invited, monthly “First Friday Coffees and Happy Hours” beginning in November, volunteer opportunities at the UFC Holiday Home Tour in December, a “Treasures of Davis” tour in January, “Tea” at the Dixon Linde Lane Teahouse in February, a “Day on UC Davis Campus” in March, a talk by Dr. Varjra Watson on the “Sacramento Area Youth Speaks” program in April, and an “Appetizers and Libations” party as our final event in May.
Newcomer Activities are only part of what we do. All members, including newcomers are encouraged to participate in UFC general programs and interest sections, which begin in October with the annual UFC Fall Tea on Thursday, October 8. At the Tea, you will have the opportunity to learn more about—and sign up for—UFC general programs and interest sections. The highlight of the Tea is the presentation of UFC scholarships to UC Davis students.
Other UFC general programs after the Fall Tea include shopping in Walnut Creek in November , the annual Candlelight Dinner in December, a trip to see the show, “Beach Blanket Babylon” in San Francisco in January, and much more. Beyond newcomers activities and general programs we also run 55 monthly Interest Sections, one or more of which will surely interest you!
For more information about the Newcomers Welcome on September 23rd, contact co-chairs Karen Fess (713-504-5113) or Bonnie Lam (530-756-6473). To learn more about University Farm Circle, visit ufcdavis.org.
Age of Identity
By CHARLES M. BLOW
c.2014 New York Times News Service
“Hair is political.”
That was the line that stuck with me when my 17-year-old daughter recently regaled me with the minutiae of a lighthearted argument she’d had with a friend. It was about my daughter’s staunch resistance to straightening or altering her hair in any way.
The friend had insisted that such alterations were no big deal, to which my daughter took umbrage and shot back, “Hair is political.”
In my daughter’s view, such alterations were a sign of suppressive concepts of worth and beauty of which she would have no part. Presenting herself as nature made her was an act of self-loving defiance that demanded not her alteration but the alteration of others’ attitudes about how we expect people to bend in order to belong, about how many destructive subliminal messages we’ve all absorbed and how we must search ourselves for the truth of our own prejudices.
It reminded me of the profound commentary on the subject by actress Tracie Thoms in Chris Rock’s 2009 documentary “Good Hair”: “To keep my hair the same texture as it grows out of my head is looked at as revolutionary. Why is that?”
But to me, my daughter’s message was bigger than her, or hair, or a debate between teenagers. It was a life lesson that we all have to learn, over and over: Self-acceptance, of all stripes, large and small, is always an inherently political and profoundly revolutionary act.
We are so suffused in a mix of misogyny, patriarchy, racism, sexism, homophobia and hetero-normative exclusionary idealism that we can easily lose sight of the singular acts of ordinary bravery that each of us displays every time we choose not to play along.
Life is an endless negotiation with ourselves and with the world about who we are — the truest truth of who we are — and whether we have the mettle to simply be us, all of us, as we are, backlash notwithstanding.
And every time we answer “yes” to the question of courage, we stand an inch taller and we rise closer to the light.
In fact, Michaela Angela Davis, a self-described “image activist,” calls this the “Age of Identity and Intersections.”
It is a time when more people are asserting themselves as nonconformists as they recognize that there is a variety of intersections to subjugation. It’s a twist on the idea of diversity: not simply honoring a variety of origins as positive, but uniting under a banner that reminds us that the diminution of the very concept of variance has been a historical tool of psychic violence against those deemed “different.”
It is about developing kinship and alliance among the historically alienated.
It is about understanding that open hatred of — or even subtle, sometimes subconscious devaluing of — women, minorities (racial, ethnic, religious or otherwise) and people who don’t hew to sexual or gender norms are not discrete dysfunctions, but are of a kind, a cousin of flawed consciousness.
And when that is understood, the fight against them all becomes more focused. You stop hacking at the branches and start digging at the root.
Sometimes, when we are confronted by another overt act of intolerance in the news — another racial epithet, a further effort to erode women’s access to a full range of reproductive options, one more state attempting to hold on to its bans against marriage equality, another manifestation of rape culture — it can seem that we are going backward in this fight rather than forward.
But I don’t think so. I think that, as the saying goes, it’s darkest before the dawn, that these cases stand out not necessarily because they are growing, but because they are so at odds with this country’s moral trajectory. (Although, it must be said that there are increasing efforts, particularly in Republican-controlled states, to restrict women’s health care.)
Young people in America are growing up in a country that is quickly becoming brown, where women outnumber men in colleges, where acknowledgment of sexual identity is increasingly met with shrugs.
This doesn’t mean that they are immune to bias, but it does give hope that bias will diminish as difference becomes more mainstream, historical privileges become more identified and gender roles become less rigid.
That is why I greet with overwhelming optimism the continuous stream of people who refuse to conform and who insist on acknowledgment of their own identities, as they are, in all of their inherent glories and by way of their “revolutionary acts.”
As e.e. cummings once put it: “To be nobody-but-yourself — in a world which is doing its best, night and day, to make you everybody else — means to fight the hardest battle which any human being can fight; and never stop fighting.”
And when we understand that that struggle against conformity and control is a shared, unifying experience, the accomplishment is made a little bit easier — and a whole lot sweeter.
Truth is political.
Commentary: None Dare Call It Impeachment
By GAIL COLLINS
c.2014 New York Times News Service
Let’s talk about something cheerful. How about impeachment?
Hey, it’s been a depressing month for news. If you want to look on the bright side, you’ve got to work with what you’ve got.
The possibility of actual impeachment is not something that keeps Barack Obama up at night. Modern history suggests there’s nothing Congress could do that the American public would hate more. Yet impeachment talk has been bounding around the Republican right for ages. The South Dakota Republican Party passed a resolution calling for impeachment at their annual convention this year. (We all know the famous saying: “As South Dakota goes, so goes North Dakota.”) Sarah Palin brings up impeachment virtually every day. Some members of Congress use it to energize the crazy base.
For instance, Rep. Ted Yoho of Florida once posted a list of arguments for impeachment on his campaign website. I am mentioning this in part because it’s always fun to write “Ted Yoho.” Also because I don’t think I’ve ever had an opportunity to note that during his previous election season, Ted Yoho told a church group that he wished the right to vote was limited to property owners.
Last week, the Democrats started picking up the impeachment banner in the form of pretending to take the Republican threats seriously. White House senior adviser Dan Pfeiffer said it would be “foolish to discount the possibility.” Democratic fundraisers sent out warnings of impending impeachment danger to their own base and were tickled by the enthusiastic response.
Now, Republican leaders are desperately trying to change the subject. House Speaker John Boehner called impeachment talk “a scam started by Democrats at the White House.” Karl Rove claimed Obama was trying to create a “constitutional crisis where none exists.”
“Do you think anyone in Washington in the GOP is serious about impeachment?” demanded radio host Glenn Beck. “Do you think one person? Have you spoken to one person? No one. So who wants it? The president does.” Actually, as Kendall Breitman pointed out in Politico, Beck had called for impeachment his very own self about a year earlier.
Meanwhile, in the House of Representatives, the majority party was busy showing the nation its serious side by voting to sue Obama for violating the Constitution. Look, everybody has their own way of demonstrating that they’re sticking to the business at hand. Republicans are upset about the president’s attempt to deal with problems by executive order when Congress fails to address them with legislation. Obama’s record when it comes to executive orders is actually rather paltry compared with some of his Republican predecessors. Nevertheless, the Republicans have many, many complaints, all of which involve mention of the Founding Fathers.
You could not help but suspect that if Boehner had it to do all over again, he’d never have brought this idea up. Democrats cheerfully urged a really, really long debate on the subject, but the Republican-dominated Rules Committee decided that the whole thing should be dispatched with as quickly as possible. So fast, in fact, that it gave the lawsuit against the president the same debate time as a bill on deregulating pesticides.
The Republicans focused on — yes! — the Founding Fathers. It was, said Rep. Candice Miller of Michigan, a battle against “tyranny, Mr. Speaker. Tyranny.” She is the leader of the Committee on House Administration, the only woman to lead a House committee under the current leadership. We will not dwell on the fact that Miller’s committee is basically in charge of housekeeping.
Meanwhile, the Democrats kept bringing up the I-word. “I sincerely believe that you are trying to set the stage for a despicable impeachment proceeding,” said Rep. G.K. Butterfield of North Carolina. Rep. Pete Sessions of Texas, the House Rules chairman, denied that suing the president was a step on the slippery slope to impeachment. He did that by defending the impeachment of President Bill Clinton, which was, of course, so exceedingly successful that Clinton now is the most popular individual in the nation except perhaps for Boo the World’s Cutest Dog and the hamster that eats tiny burritos.
Rather than suing the president for everything he’s ever done, the Republicans tried to improve their legal prospects by picking a particular executive order. They settled on the one postponing enforcement of part of Obamacare that requires businesses to provide health coverage for their employees. “Are you willing to let any president choose what laws to execute and what laws to change?” demanded Boehner.
“Not a single one of them voted for the Affordable Care Act,” said Louise Slaughter, the top Democrat on the House Rules Committee. “They spent $ 79 million holding votes to kill it. And now they’re going to sue him for not implementing it fast enough.”
We will look back on this moment in Washington as The Week That Irony Died.
BRANCHING OUT … the downtown Davis business community lost one of its best when Union Bank branch manager Darla Young left for a similar position in Yuba City … Darla took the notion of personal, face-to-face banking to a whole new level … she will be missed … then again, I may just open an account in Yuba City …
ANOTHER BLOW TO THE TOWN IMAGE … my friend Hiram is absolutely perplexed that our beloved hometown failed to make the list of the “Top 10 Snobbiest Small Cities” in the country … worse yet, Palo Alto was No. 1 … maybe if the Aggie football team can chop Stanford down to size when the two meet Aug. 30, it’ll knock the wind out of those prideful Palo Altoans …
BAG THIS … when I attempted to purchase a large carton of Tillamook’s absolutely unbelievable “Oregon Strawberry” ice cream on a 105-degree day, I jokingly asked the kind folks at Nugget if they’d pack it in dry ice so it didn’t turn into Oregon Strawberry Soup before I got home … I was informed that the store does, indeed, sell dry ice, which apparently means we do not yet have a dry ice ban in town to prevent the spread of excess carbon dioxide into the atmosphere …
As an alternative, the helpful clerk packed Tillamook’s finest in what she described as an “ice cream bag,” made of sturdy plastic … how much protection this provided against the 105-degree heat is debatable, but when I requested a similar bag when purchasing ice cream at Rite-Aid, the clerk looked at me as if I were an ordinance-busting scofflaw from Woodland … clearly, each store is exercising its own interpretation of our new, toughest-in-the-nation plastic bag ban ordinance …
EVEN MORE BAG ‘N TELL … the Red-Headed Girl of My Dreams and our Red-Headed Daughter returned from Forever 21 with several pieces of apparel packed neatly into two bright yellow reusable plastic bags with “Forever 21” plastered all over the outside … I checked the ordinance closely, then looked at their receipt, and realized they had not been charged 10 cents for each of these attractive bags, which I plan to bring with me the next time I attempt to buy ice cream … book ‘em, Danno …
EVEN MORE BAGHEADEDNESS … although I’ve asked a hundred times in a hundred different ways, no one in officialdom can explain to me why stores must charge a dime for a paper bag … they claim it’s to “discourage” the poor and uneducated folks of this town from ever using paper bags in the first place, but if paper bags are the problem, why not just ban them, too … I mean, when was this town ever shy about banning something? …
FRUGAL FAMILY OUTING … I have always felt major college football was the best game God invented, and, with Cal hosting those wild and crazy Oregon Ducks at the new Levi’s Stadium come October, this seemed like the perfect game to attend with my sports-minded family … at least that’s what I thought until I learned ticket prices ranged from $100 for a truly bad seat to $289 for a seat where you could actually witness the game …
This to see a Cal team that was 1-11 last year and failed to win a single game in its own division … worse yet, a kid’s seat costs just as much as an adult’s … and they probably confiscate your food and drink at the gate just as UC Davis does for its much more modestly priced games … Go Bears, Go Ducks … may the better team profit …
— Reach Bob Dunning at email@example.com
Commentary: The Fight Over ‘Impeachment Lite’
By CHARLES M. BLOW
c.2014 New York Times News Service
Rather than getting on with the country’s business and focusing solely on can’t-wait issues before they jet out of town this weekend — like the unfinished bill to fix veterans’ health care and the stalled bill to deal with the humanitarian crisis of Central American children arriving at the border — House Republicans are gearing up for a grand maneuver: an apparently unprecedented move by the House to sue the president over his use of executive orders.
Talk about misplaced priorities.
But this isn’t about the public’s priorities, not even close. This is about base-voter activation; this is about midterm turnout. The president’s most ardent opposition wants more punishing actions taken. There is an insatiable vengeance-lust for the haughty president who refuses to bend under pressure or fold under duress.
He must be brought to heel. He must be chastened. He must be broken. So, House Republicans are throwing the red meat into the cage.
Even Paul Ryan, fresh off his “Opportunity Grant” move to address poverty in this country — a plan that the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities said “would likely increase poverty and hardship” rather than decrease it — said Friday that he would vote for the measure to sue the president.
I’m not sure Ryan is aware that people making less than $30,000 a year voted for Barack Obama nearly 2-to-1 over his opponents in 2008 and 2012. Low-income people are Obama’s people. You can’t make a show of supposedly extending them a hand one day and use that hand to take a slap at their political hero the next. Or maybe you can, if your sense of cognitive dissonance is strong enough.
The White House is returning in kind, picking up the language of the most extreme among the far right to invoke the word “impeachment.”
Dan Pfeiffer, the Obama administration senior adviser, said Friday, “I think Speaker Boehner, by going down the path of this lawsuit, has opened the door to impeachment sometime in the future.”
It should be noted that most senior Republican leaders are not clamoring for impeachment — and John Boehner has flatly ruled it out, for now — but the idea that a lawsuit is akin to “impeachment lite” is one Democrats would love to take hold for the same reason that the lawsuit exists in the first place: politics.
But the concept isn’t completely without underpinning. In a recent Los Angeles Times article titled “Why Experts See Little Hope for GOP Plan to Sue Obama Over Law’s Delay,” David G. Savage pointed out: “While the Constitution does not authorize the legislative branch to sue the president, it says the House of Representatives may vote on articles of impeachment if it believes the president has committed ‘high crimes and misdemeanors.’ If Republicans believe Obama has broken the law, impeachment is the appropriate vehicle, analysts say.”
Adding an unprecedented legal maneuver to a long list of what Democrats view as extraordinary slights against this particular president is likely to excite a liberal base in dire need of excitement.
As a report by the Pew Research Center for the People and the Press pointed out: “Barack Obama is as powerful a motivating factor for Republican voters as he was in 2010: about half (51 percent) of those who say they will vote Republican this fall consider their vote as a vote ‘against’ Obama, little changed from June 2010 (52 percent). And Obama has become a less positive factor for Democrats — 36 percent of those who plan to vote for the Democrat in their district view their vote as being ‘for’ Obama, down from 44 percent four years ago.”
But the anti-Obama Republican lawsuit could change all that.
A CNN/ORC poll released Friday found that while 45 percent of respondents said they believed the president had gone too far in expanding the power of the presidency and the executive branch, 52 percent believed that he “has been about right” or “has not gone far enough.”
For comparison, in 2006, the sixth year of the George W. Bush administration, 48 percent believed that he had gone too far, while just as many thought he was about right or hadn’t gone far enough.
Furthermore, only 41 percent of Americans believe House Republicans should sue the president, as opposed to 57 percent who believe they shouldn’t.
And if you believe that the lawsuit is simply, as some have called it, “impeachment lite,” the public truly has no appetite for that. Respondents in the CNN/ORC poll opposed impeachment by nearly 2-to-1.
This may all be political theater, but in this act Democrats appear to have the most compelling lines.
Commentary: No War Is an Island
By DAVID BROOKS
c.2014 New York Times News Service
It’s amazing how much of the discussion of the Gaza war is based on the supposition that it is still 1979. It’s based on the supposition that the Israeli-Palestinian dispute is a self-contained struggle being run by the two parties most directly involved. It’s based on the supposition that the horror could be ended if only deft negotiators could achieve a “breakthrough” and a path toward a two-state agreement.
But it is not 1979. People’s mental categories may be stuck in the past, but reality has moved on. The violence between Israel and Hamas, which controls Gaza, may look superficially like past campaigns, but the surrounding context is transformed.
What’s happened, of course, is that the Middle East has begun what Richard Haass of the Council on Foreign Relations has called its 30 Years’ War — an overlapping series of clashes and proxy wars that could go on for decades and transform identities, maps and the political contours of the region.
The Sunni-Shiite rivalry is at full boil. Torn by sectarian violence, the nation of Iraq no longer exists in its old form.
The rivalry between Arab authoritarians and Islamists is at full boil. More than 170,000 Syrians have been killed in a horrific civil war, including 700 in two days alone, the weekend before last, while the world was watching Gaza.
The Sunni vs. Sunni rivalry is boiling, too. Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Turkey and other nations are in the midst of an intra-Sunni cold war, sending out surrogates that distort every other tension in the region.
The Saudi-Iranian rivalry is going strong, too, as those two powers maneuver for regional hegemony and contemplate a nuclear arms race.
In 1979, the Israeli-Palestinian situation was fluid, but the surrounding Arab world was relatively stagnant. Now the surrounding region is a cauldron of convulsive change, while the Israeli-Palestinian conflict is a repetitive Groundhog Day.
Here’s the result: The big regional convulsions are driving events, including the conflict in Gaza. The Israeli-Palestinian conflict has become just a stage on which the regional clashes in the Arab world are being expressed. When Middle Eastern powers clash, they take shots at Israel to gain advantage over each other.
Look at how the current fighting in Gaza got stoked. Authoritarians and Islamists have been waging a fight for control of Egypt. After the Arab Spring, the Islamists briefly gained the upper hand. But when the Muslim Brotherhood government fell, the military leaders cracked down. They sentenced hundreds of the Brotherhood’s leadership class to death. They also closed roughly 95 percent of the tunnels that connected Egypt to Gaza, where the Brotherhood’s offshoot, Hamas, had gained power.
As intended, the Egyptian move was economically devastating to Hamas. Hamas derived 40 percent of its tax revenue from tariffs on goods that flowed through those tunnels. One economist estimated the economic losses at $460 million a year, nearly a fifth of the Gazan GDP.
Hamas needed to end that blockade, but it couldn’t strike Egypt, so it struck Israel. If Hamas could emerge as the heroic fighter in a death match against the Jewish state, if Arab TV screens were filled with dead Palestinian civilians, then public outrage would force Egypt to lift the blockade. Civilian casualties were part of the point.
When Mousa Abu Marzouk, the deputy chief of the Hamas political bureau, dismissed a plea for a cease-fire, he asked a rhetorical question, “What are 200 martyrs compared with lifting the siege?”
The eminent Israeli journalist Avi Issacharoff summarized the strategy in The Times of Israel, “Make no mistake, Hamas remains committed to the destruction of Israel. But Hamas is firing rockets at Tel Aviv and sending terrorists through tunnels into southern Israel while aiming, in essence, at Cairo.”
This whole conflict has the feel of a proxy war. Turkey and Qatar are backing Hamas in the hopes of getting the upper hand in their regional rivalry with Egypt and Saudi Arabia. The Egyptians and even the Saudis are surreptitiously backing or rooting for the Israelis, in hopes that the Israeli force will weaken Hamas.
It no longer makes sense to look at the Israeli-Palestinian contest as an independent struggle. It, like every conflict in the region, has to be seen as a piece of the larger 30 Years’ War. It would be nice if Israel could withdraw from Gaza and the West Bank and wall itself off from this war, but that’s not possible. No outsider can run or understand this complex historical process, but Israel, like the U.S., will be called upon to at least weaken some of the more radical players, like the Islamic State and Hamas.
In 1979, the Arab-Israeli dispute looked like a clash between civilizations, between a Western democracy and Middle Eastern autocracy. Now the Arab-Israeli dispute looks like a piece of a clash within Arab civilization, over its future.
Bryman College is on Mission Street in San Francisco. Google Maps/Courtesy photo
By Dr. Schrader
Survey Reveals Parents Drastically Underestimate the Time Kids Spend on Electronic Devices
Home and classroom digital device use is up among school-age children; Dr. Wayne Schrader recommends yearly back-to-school eye exams
According to the American Optometric Association (AOA), parents severely underestimate the time their children spend on digital devices. An AOA survey reports that 83 percent of children between the ages of 10 and 17 estimate they use an electronic device for three or more hours each day. However, a separate AOA survey of parents revealed that only 40 percent of parents believe their children use an electronic device for that same amount of time. Eye doctors are concerned that this significant disparity may indicate that parents are more likely to overlook warning signs and symptoms associated with vision problems due to technology use, such as digital eye strain.
Eighty percent of children surveyed report experiencing burning, itchy or tired eyes after using electronic devices for long periods of time. These are all symptoms of digital eye strain, a temporary vision condition caused by prolonged use of technology. Additional symptoms may include headaches, fatigue, loss of focus, blurred vision, double vision or head and neck pain.
“When parents think about their kids’ mobile consumption habits, they often don’t think about how much time they spend on devices in the classroom,” said Dr. Wayne Schrader. “Each year when school starts we see an increase in kids complaining of symptoms synonymous with eye strain. Essentially, they’re going from being home over the summer with a minimal amount of time spent using their devices back to a classroom full of technology, and their time on devices often doubles, leading to a strain on the eyes.”
Optometrists are also growing increasingly concerned about the kinds of light everyday electronic devices give off – high-energy, short-wavelength blue and violet light – and how those rays might affect and even age the eyes. Today’s smartphones, tablets, LED monitors and even flat screen TVs all give off light in this range, as do cool-light compact fluorescent bulbs. Early research shows that overexposure to blue light could contribute to eye strain and discomfort and may lead to serious conditions such as age-related macular degeneration (AMD), which can cause blindness.
When it comes to protecting eyes and vision from digital eye strain, taking frequent visual breaks is important. Children should make sure they practice the 20-20-20 rule: when using technology or doing near work, take a 20-second break, every 20 minutes and view something 20 feet away. According to the survey, nearly one-third (32 percent) of children go a full hour using technology before they take a visual break instead of every 20 minutes as recommended.
Additionally, children who normally do not require the use of eyeglasses may benefit from glasses prescribed specifically for intermediate distance for computer use. And children who already wear glasses may find their current prescription does not provide optimal vision for viewing a computer screen. An eye doctor can provide recommendations for each individual patient.
The AOA suggests the following guidelines to help prevent or reduce eye and vision problems associated with digital eye strain:
Check the height and position of the device. Computer screens should be four to five inches below eye level and 20 to 28 inches away from the eyes. Digital devices should be held a safe distance away from eyes and slightly below eye level.
Check for glare on the screen. Windows or other light sources should not be directly visible when sitting in front of a computer monitor. If this happens, turn the desk or computer to prevent glare on the screen. Also consider adjusting the brightness of the screen on your digital device or changing its background color.
Reduce the amount of lighting in the room to match the computer screen. A lower-wattage light can be substituted for a bright overhead light or a dimmer switch may be installed to give flexible control of room lighting.
Adjust font size. Increase the size of text on the screen of the device to make it easier on your eyes when reading.
Keep blinking. To minimize the chances of developing dry eye when using a computer or digital device, make an effort to blink frequently. Blinking keeps the front surface of the eye moist.
The AOA recommends every child have an eye exam by an optometrist soon after 6 months of age and before age 3. Children now have the benefit of yearly comprehensive eye exams thanks to the Pediatric Essential Health Benefit in the Affordable Care Act, through age 18.
“Parents should know that vision screenings miss too many children who should be referred to an optometrist for an eye examination to correct vision,” added Dr. Schrader. “Eye exams performed by an eye doctor are the only way to diagnose eye and vision diseases and disorders in children. Undiagnosed vision problems can impair learning and can cause vision loss and other issues that significantly impact a child’s quality of life.”
To find an optometrist in your area, or for additional information on children’s vision and the importance of back-to-school eye exams, please visit www.aoa.org and www.WayneSchraderOD.com.
About the American Eye-Q® survey:
The ninth annual American Eye-Q® survey was created and commissioned in conjunction with Penn, Schoen & Berland Associates (PSB). From March 20-25, 2014, PSB conducted 1,000 online interviews among Americans 18 years and older who embodied a nationally representative sample of the U.S. general population. (Margin of error is plus or minus 3.10 percentage points at a 95% confidence level)
About the Children’s Omnibus survey:
The children’s Omnibus survey was created and commissioned in conjunction with Penn, Schoen & Berland Associates (PSB). From March 24-31, 2014, PSB conducted 200 online interviews from March 24-31, 2014 with children ages 10 to 17. (Margin of error is plus or minus 6.93 percentage points at a 95% confidence level)
About the American Optometric Association (AOA):
The American Optometric Association, a federation of state, student and armed forces optometric associations, was founded in 1898. Today, the AOA is proud to represent the profession of optometry, America’s family eye doctors, who take a leading role in an individual’s overall eye and vision care, health and well-being. Doctors of optometry (ODs) are the independent primary health care professionals for the eye and have extensive, ongoing training to examine, diagnose, treat and manage disorders, diseases and injuries that affect the eye and visual system, providing two-thirds of primary eye care in the U.S. For information on a variety of eye health and vision topics, and to find an optometrist near you, visit www.aoa.org.
In response to the recent announcement by UCD to participate in the Davis Woodland Water Supply Project, the City of Davis intends to retain the rate consultant, Bartle Wells Associates, to analyze the potential impact of the University’s decision on water rates. UCD’s choice to use 1.8 million gallons per day (MGD) in surface water supply from the Project will result in a reduction in the amount of water that the City receives from the project, reducing the City’s participation by about $11 million.
Bartle Wells will analyze the impact of the reduction in overall project costs on proposed water bills for residential, commercial and irrigation uses. The reduction in total project costs has the potential to influence financing opportunities for the City and impact cash flow requirements. The City will also have to recognize the impact on operations costs and opportunities from soon-to-be-executed operations agreements with the University. In addition the City will ultimately have to determine how the 1.8MGD, no longer available to City residents, will be replaced through the development of alternative sources or reduced through demand side management.
The Bartle Wells study will be presented to the Davis City Council during the public hearing on water rates currently scheduled for September 16, 2014.
Deputy City Manager
City of Davis
23 Russell Blvd
Davis, CA 95616
“Nugget Dream House” Once Was a Pig Farm
No Longer Pigsty: Renovated Farmhouse Is the “New California Vernacular”
(other good titles abound )
by Christina Cogdell
As the metal siding went up on the newly constructed back wing of the house in 2010, passersby stopped and asked, “Is that a barn?” “Are you going to paint it?” “Are you going to have livestock?” Perhaps the cattle panel fence added to their perceptions, which in fact were true to past use of this original Davis farmhouse site.
The Mello family bought it in the early 1920s. They were immigrants from Portugal who went into dairy and pig farming, like many other Portuguese farmers in this part of the Central Valley. Possibly the house had been built just a few years before during World War I, or perhaps it dates to before the turn of the twentieth century. The moulding throughout the house is similar to that in San Francisco homes built before the 1906 earthquake. A Yolo County map in the UC Davis archives has a structure on the site in 1900 in the same place as the house, but maybe then it actually was a barn. The Robsons owned the property before the Mellos, farming the plot adjacent to the Hunts, whose land is where The Cannery is now being built.
Alfred (“Chat”) and “Nini” Zalunardo – the pillars of the neighborhood – say the barn was closer to Pole Line, and there may have been another down Claremont to the west (closer to where the cul-de-sac Mello Place is today). The Zalunardos have lived next door for fifty-four years, since 1960, when the Mellos sold most of their land to the city of Davis for construction of a new neighborhood. At that time, they say the farm included the land between Pole Line, Eighth Street, L Street, and Claremont drive, a sizeable tract.
Manuel (“Manny”) Mello lived here his entire life, sitting on the front porch steps, talking to anyone who would stop and listen. He was a character, everyone says. After he passed away in 2007, the house continued its decline. The front porch steps sagged, the railing was broken, there was no heating nor even a back door, and the back part of the house that the Mellos had added on in 1961 was actually collapsing. Water damage had cracked the basement wall beneath their addition. Originally the root cellar had been a separate structure, where every year Mr. Mello aged his famous homemade wine. The walls still bear the marks of the barrels.
“Just rent the house out until it falls down,” we heard one other prospective buyer say when the house went on the market in 2010. My then-husband Todd Gogulski – a sports commentator for professional cycling – and I were the only ones brave enough to put in an offer. Banks told us no financing was available unless it was a construction loan, and after the economic crash, these were very hard to find. However, local banks in Davis and Yuba City made it possible.
In March, bulldozers razed the back part of the house after chainsaws cut the kitchen in half from roof to foundation. The chimney for the old wood-burning cookstove remains, as does the “cooler.” Before ice-boxes, “coolers” offered cool-storage for food by simply having screens above and below the pantry-like space, so that as the attic heated up during the day, passive cooling would draw air from below the house up through the “cooler.”
Todd and I had designed and built before in Santa Fe, New Mexico, using our own hands and the knowledge and help of friends who were builders. We knew we wanted “vigas” and “latillas” in the master bedroom ceiling (a wooden ceiling with large cross beams). Most the contractors we approached said they would frame the house with 2×4’s and sheetrock it, and then “hang” the beams off the framing on the inside, to make for the finishing “decorative feature.” We laughed – not only did we want 2×6” walls, but why would anyone use a strong structural feature like cross beams unstructurally? I should mention that I am an architectural historian and UC Davis Design professor.
Jeff de Vault was game to build them structurally. We hired De Vault Construction to repair the basement wall and frame the addition above it, putting all the height up to the existing roofline on the inside of the house, making for twelve-feet-high ceilings.
The original farmhouse has generous nine-foot ceilings and lots of windows for cross-ventilation, as it was built long before air-conditioning existed. Today, these simple strategies make for “sustainable” design. So many Davis homes are dark with low ceilings, so we intentionally added skylights, six-foot-tall windows, and eight-foot-tall French doors to let in the maximum of light.
To cut construction costs, we did much of the work ourselves. We installed or sub-contracted the electrical work (including removing the old knob-and-tube wiring from the farmhouse and updating it), the metal roof and siding, and the beautiful orange spiral stair to the basement.
I refinished the original claw-foot tub and found vintage bathroom fixtures, learning my way around Urban Ore and other architectural salvage places in Berkeley. Our 1940 O’Keefe and Merritt stove was free for the taking off craigslist from an Oakland homeowner, and the nine-foot-long double stainless sink and cabinets came from the UC Davis Bargain Barn.
A most special feature in the kitchen are the three large vintage refrigerator doors we salvaged from the former UC Davis Food Science building – now Cruess Hall where the Design department is based. They were the cooler doors for the yeast storage for the viticulture and brewing programs.
UC Davis architectural historian Simon Sadler describes the house as the “new California vernacular.” “It is still somehow clearly a farmhouse even though it’s now an urban home,” he says. It is even an urban farm, given the size of the lot (10,400 sq ft) and the gardens. The passion flower vine on the front fence is home to the largest population of Gulf Fritillary butterflies that Davis has seen in the last thirty-five years, according to entomologists at UCD’s Bohart Entomology Museum. Orange butterflies fill the garden each July and August.
Technically, whoever next owns this special historic Davis property could have a goat, if the City would allow it, as this plot is exempt from the covenants and restrictions that are over the rest of the neighborhood. Sadler adds that the “strong color, corrugated metal, intriguing proportions and eclectic industrial detailing nicely link the two phases of the town’s history – from agricultural, to urban.”
The “Nugget Dream House” – as strangers call it – will be for sale by owner, listing at $695,000, starting August 1st. Open house will be from 9-6pm the weekend of August 1st, 2nd and 3rd. For more information, please see the photo album at https://plus.google.com/photos/109488425264260874476/albums/6033715281073280769 or contact the owner at firstname.lastname@example.org
Associate Professor, Department of Design
UC Davis Chancellor’s Fellow
1506 Claremont Drive
(EDS: SUBS 2nd graf to CORRECT wording of Boehner quote. NO other changes.);
Commentary: ‘The Buck Stops With Me’
By CHARLES M. BLOW
c.2014 New York Times News Service
In trying to lay the blame for the border crisis on the White House’s doorstep, House Speaker John Boehner exploded at a news conference on Thursday, saying of the president:
“He’s been president for 5 1/2 years! When is he going to take responsibility for something?”
The suggestion in the question — that the president doesn’t take responsibility for anything — is so outrageously untrue that it demands strong rebuttal.
President Barack Obama hasn’t taken all the blame Republicans have ascribed to him, nor should he have. But he has often been quick to take responsibility.
In 2009, after the administration came under fire for AIG executives’ receiving bonuses after the bailout, Obama said on the lawn of the White House:
“Ultimately I’m responsible. I’m the president of the United States. We’ve got a big mess that we’re having to clean up. Nobody here drafted those contracts. Nobody here was responsible for supervising AIG and allowing themselves to put the economy at risk by some of the outrageous behavior that they were engaged in. We are responsible, though. The buck stops with me.”
After the failed bombing plot on Christmas Day in 2009 by a young Nigerian man with plastic explosives sewn into his underwear, the president took responsibility for intelligence lapses, saying the next month:
“Moreover, I am less interested in passing out blame than I am in learning from and correcting these mistakes to make us safer. For ultimately, the buck stops with me.”
In a 2011 interview with CNN’s Wolf Blitzer, the president took responsibility for the economy and the rate at which it was being repaired, saying:
“Well, here’s what I remember, is that when I came into office, I knew I was going to have a big mess to clean up and, frankly, the mess has been bigger than I think a lot of people anticipated at the time. We have made steady progress on these fronts, but we’re not making progress fast enough.
“And what I continue to believe is that ultimately the buck stops with me. I’m going to be accountable. I think people understand that a lot of these problems were decades in the making. People understand that this financial crisis was the worst since the Great Depression. But, ultimately, they say, look, he’s the president, we think he has good intentions, but we’re impatient and we want to see things move faster.”
(It should be noted that this president has produced 45 straight months of job growth, and the June jobs report released this month was particularly strong.)
In an interview in the 2012 election cycle, the president reiterated his philosophy about presidential responsibility in response to a question about Mitt Romney’s relationship to Bain Capital:
“Well, here’s what I know, we were just talking about responsibility, and as president of the United States, it’s pretty clear to me that I’m responsible for folks who are working in the federal government and, you know, Harry Truman said the buck stops with you.”
In a 2013 interview with CNN’s Chris Cuomo, the president said he was accountable for Washington gridlock:
“Well, look, ultimately, the buck stops with me. And so any time we are not moving forward on things that should be simple, I get frustrated.”
In an interview with MSNBC’s Chuck Todd after the health care rollout, the president took responsibility for the problems rather than simply pin them on Kathleen Sebelius, then the health and human services secretary, saying: “My priority right now is to get it fixed. … Ultimately, the buck stops with me. I’m the president. This is my team. If it is not working, it is my job to get it fixed.”
(The site is now fixed, the law is working, and according to a Gallup report issued Thursday the uninsured rate has dropped to “the lowest quarterly average recorded since Gallup and Healthways began tracking the percentage of uninsured Americans in 2008.”)
This president is a habitual blame-taker. This is the anti-George W. Bush. The fess-upper in chief. He is the antidote to the eight previous years of obfuscation, fault-dodging and flat-out denial.
This is one of the traits that made Obama an attractive candidate, and it is one of his best traits as a president.
But taking his share of responsibility does not mean he must acquiesce to his opponents and absolve them of guilt, particularly not an intransigent Congress that would rather do nothing than something, particularly not Republican leaders who envision opportunity in opposition. The president has a duty to himself and the country to call them out for the part they play in our problems.
The real question, Boehner, is not when the president will take personal responsibility for something. He has. Many times. The real question is, When will you?
Commentary: Helping Big Companies Compete
By JOE NOCERA
c.2014 New York Times News Service
Last week, Standard & Poor’s issued a short report about Boeing. “Boeing Co. Faces Long-Term Credit Risks If The U.S. Export-Import Bank Isn’t Reauthorized,” read the alarming heading.
In dollar volume, Boeing is America’s single largest exporter. It is one of our country’s strongest manufacturers. It employs more than 150,000 people, and last year it sent checks worth $48 billion to some 15,600 subcontractors. In competing with the likes of Europe’s Airbus and Canada’s Bombardier, it takes advantage of loan guarantees and financings offered by the Export-Import Bank — just as those competitors rely on their own export credit agencies for loan guarantees and financings. Without the help it gets from the Ex-Im Bank, Boeing would undoubtedly lose business to those competitors.
And, as S&P was suggesting, it could also see its credit rating lowered if it had to finance and guarantee loans to its airline customers “in order to remain competitive.” Clearly, S&P did not view this a positive development. Nonetheless, on Monday, The Wall Street Journal’s editorial page — which is among the conservative voices leading the charge against the reauthorization of the Ex-Im Bank — hailed that same S&P report because it also said that, in the short term, Boeing would be able to find financing. Thus has the Ex-Im Bank become the current Rorschach test of American politics.
I am returning to this subject because I continue to find it mind-boggling that anyone in Washington would want to pursue a path that is so clearly destructive to the economy. But that is exactly what is happening. Conservative organizations like Heritage Action for America and Americans for Prosperity (financed by the Koch brothers) have made killing the Ex-Im Bank their cause. And it has been taken up by Tea Party Republicans in the House, as well as Jeb Hensarling, the powerful chairman of the House Financial Services Committee. Although it is likely that the Senate will pass a reauthorization bill this month, if the House doesn’t follow suit by the end of September, the Ex-Im Bank will not be reauthorized. Companies that rely on the Ex-Im Bank’s array of financing products to complete deals will, unquestionably, be hurt. Many of them will be small and medium-size companies that are able to export only because of the assistance they get from the Ex-Im Bank. I have written about them in previous columns.
But some will be big guns like Boeing, Caterpillar and General Electric. It’s worth dwelling on these large companies for two reasons. First, customers of these big companies get the bulk of the Ex-Im Bank’s assistance. Though this seems completely logical — the biggest companies do the biggest deals, after all — this has also made them a target of the right, which views the relationship between the bank and American multinationals as the paradigmatic example of “crony capitalism.”
Second, most of the arguments made against the Ex-Im Bank revolve around its help to the big companies, not the small ones. For instance, it is argued that big companies have their own means of helping customers finance deals. That’s true, but it’s the customers, not the companies, that are pushing for export credit guarantees. A Boeing source told me that it is hearing from customers and potential customers about the fate of the Ex-Im Bank. “It’s a big deal,” my source said, especially in places like Africa, where conventional financing for aircraft is hard to come by.
“Nobody is saying these companies are going to die if they can’t use the Ex-Im Bank,” said Gary Clyde Hufbauer, a senior fellow at the Peterson Institute for International Economics and a member of the Ex-Im Bank’s advisory board. “The issue is their ability to meet their competition.”
Hufbauer ticked off some of the competitors: Siemens of Germany is a huge company that competes with GE; Komatsu of Japan competes with Caterpillar; and, of course, Airbus competes with Boeing. Each of them gets assistance from their own export credit agency, none of which will go away if the U.S. decides not to reauthorize the Ex-Im Bank.
One thing the House Republicans have sought is a commitment from the Treasury Department to lobby for the elimination of export credit agencies around the world. But this is an ideological pipe dream. Other countries have no interest in walking away from export assistance; indeed, countries like China and Japan are far more wedded to this kind of assistance than the U.S. is.
In its editorial on Monday, The Journal mocked the phrase “unilateral disarmament” in regards to the Export-Import Bank. But that is what it would be. There are times when we have to accept the world as it is, rather than how we wish it would be. And like other countries, we ought to be helping our companies get business, and thus increase employment and economic growth — not forcing them to compete with one hand tied behind their backs.
Commentary: Order Versus Disorder, Part 2
By THOMAS L. FRIEDMAN
c.2014 New York Times News Service
I’ve argued for a while now that it is always useful to study the Israeli-Arab conflict because it is to the wider war of civilizations what off-Broadway is to Broadway. A lot of stuff starts there and then goes to Broadway.
So what’s playing off-Broadway these days? The Israeli-Arab conflict has become a miniature of the most relevant divide in the world today: the divide between the “world of order” and the “world of disorder.”
Israel faces nonstate actors in civilian clothes, armed with homemade rockets and drones, nested among civilians on four of its five borders: Sinai, Gaza, Lebanon and Syria. And what is most striking about this play is that the traditional means of bringing order seem ineffective. Israel, a mini-superpower, keeps pummeling the ragtag Islamist militias in Gaza with its modern air force, but the superempowered Palestinian militants, leveraging cheap high-tech tools, keep coming back with homemade rockets and even a homemade drone. You used to need a contract with Boeing to get a drone. Now you can make one in Gaza.
What to do? For starters, it would be great if the big powers of the world of order — the United States, Russia, China, Japan, India and the European Union — were able to collaborate more in stemming the spread of the world of disorder. That is certainly necessary. But the prospects for that are limited. No power these days wants to lay hands on the world of disorder because all you win is a bill. And even if they did, it would not be sufficient.
In my view, the only way Israel can truly curtail the Hamas rocket threat is if the Palestinians of Gaza demand that the rockets stop. Sure, Israel can inflict enough pain on all of Gaza to get a cease-fire, but it never lasts. The only sustainable way to do it is by Israel partnering with moderate Palestinians in the West Bank to build a thriving state there, so Gaza Palestinians wake up every day and say to the nihilistic Hamas: “We want what our West Bank cousins have.” The only sustainable controls are those that come from within.
That is how the U.S. military defeated the earlier version of the Islamic State of Iraq and the Levant, or ISIL, when the jihadists largely took over Iraq’s Anbar province in 2006-07. The United States partnered with the Sunni Muslim tribal leaders who didn’t want puritanical Islam, or their daughters to be forced to marry fundamentalists, or to give up their whiskey.
But we did not just arm them. We brokered an agreement of shared guns, shared power and shared values — about the future of Iraq — between those Sunni tribesmen and Iraq’s ruling Shiite president, Nouri al-Maliki. That is what ended the jihadist disorder there in 2007.
And then what did al-Maliki do as soon as we left Iraq? He stopped paying the Sunni tribal militias and tried to arrest moderate Sunni politicians. Rather than building on the foundation we laid of power-sharing, al-Maliki uprooted it. That is why ISIL found it so easy to move in. Iraqi Sunnis weren’t going to fight for al-Maliki’s government. No trust, no power-sharing — no order.
Jewish settlers in Israel have done all they could to build more settlements and undermine Palestinian trust that Israel will ever share sufficient power for a West Bank Palestinian state to emerge. And the moderate, secular Palestinian leadership in the West Bank all too often has shown too little courage to compromise at crunchtime. So no compelling West Bank alternative to Hamas’ nihilism exists. Israel, the moderate Palestinians and al-Maliki all wasted the quiet of the past few years. And al-Maliki and Israel’s leaders now insist on wiping out the military threats they face from radicals — before rebuilding or reconsidering any of the political alternatives that they themselves helped to scuttle. That won’t work.
Patrick Doherty, author of “A New U.S. Grand Strategy” in Foreign Policy magazine, argues that if you look at the traditional responses to the world of disorder by both U.S. and other leaders, you notice that there are a lot of “controllers and disrupters but no builders. Our leaders were trained in the control tactics of the Cold War — aka ‘crisis management.’ So it’s no surprise that we are using our power only to hedge risk and preserve a failing status quo. But now we need our leaders to be builders with enough foresight to shape a sustainable international order — and to support regional leaders committed to the same.”
Control, notes Doherty, is surely better than chaos. But as we have seen with the controllers America has tended to adopt in Egypt, Iraq and Israel, their brand of control “tends toward stagnation and excesses, as power is concentrated to counter the forces of chaos.”
When all the old means of top-down control are decreasingly available or increasingly expensive (in a world of strong people and strong technologies, being a strongman isn’t what it used to be) leaders and their people are going to eventually have to embrace a new, more sustainable, source of order that emerges from the bottom up and is built on shared power, values and trust. Leadership will be about how to cultivate that kind of order.
Yes, yes. I know that sounds impossibly hard. But when isolated Gazans can make their own drones, order doesn’t come easy anymore.
1. > Good Humus
2. >Full Belly
3. > Eat Well
4. > Terra Firma
5. > Pacific Star Gardens
6. > Del Rio Botanical
7. >Farm Fresh to You/Capay Organics
8. > Riverdog
9. > Devoda Gardens
10. > The Student Farm
11. > Soil Born
12. >Free Spirit Farm
13. > Say Hay Farms
14. > Heavy Dirt
15. > Shooting Star
16. > Coco Ranch
17. > Steiner College CSA
18. Capay Valley Shop Farmshares- http://capayvalleyfarmshop.com
19. UC Davis Student Farm – http://asi.ucdavis.edu/sf/studentharvest
Having just witnessed World Cup Fever by most members of planet Earth, I’m left reflecting on sports fandom. Namely, I’m trying to temper my disdain for feverish support of teams where not even one of the players is a member of your family.
I think this switch happened for me somewhere around July, 2011. Prior to that, I could muster a reasonable amount of excitement for college and professional sports.
The first big BIG game I attended was in 1986 when my UCLA Bruins went to the Rose Bowl. The Bruins played the Iowa Hawkeyes, and the game was exactly how a UCLA fan would want it.
I also attended many exciting Bruin-versus-Trojan match-ups, and with Troy Aikman and Reggie Miller playing their hearts out for UCLA during my college career, sports offered a lot of thrill.
Speaking of World Cup Fever, I actually attended a World Cup game in 1994. My husband’s parents lived in Palo Alto then, and they caught the fever with a vengeance when FIFA World Cup Group B played a series of games at Stanford Stadium. My in-laws would wander over to the stadium within an hour of game-time, buying tickets to whatever match was about to take place. Although my husband and I lived in Virginia at the time, we were visiting his parents who insisted we see one of the games.
We took in the Brazil versus Cameroon game, and what I distinctly remember was how insanely enthusiastic the crowd was. I thought it looked like fun to be so invested in a team.
“Invested” is an understatement when it comes to the NCAA Final Four (basketball) tournament my husband and I attended in April, 2013. The fans were out of their heads with excitement over their teams, and I envied their genuine joy.
Because me? I lost my ability to feel joy over sports unless a player is wearing a jersey with “Perez” on the back.
How watching my kids play sports has made it unsavory to watch sports where I’m not related to players. Debbie and I talked about how she’d been to the A’s World Series but it’s more fun to see (ask Debbie what game to include)
For me, I’ve been to the NCAA championships. Seen my school win the Rose Bowl, even a World Cup game when it was in Palo Alto (crowd was so into it) is nothing compared to my son’s pitching in the Juniors d64 championship. That was the pinnacle of sports spectating
Now I’ve gotten to where I’m not interested in my son’s soccer game unless has the ball. No team in I
This week my younger son is at track camp, and I would just as soon sit in the hot bleachers watching him practice the hurdles than I would …
But as the Enterprise headline said on Thursday, July 14, 2011, the game that mattered most was when “DALL juniors use an offensive explosion to capture D64 championship”
(Fresno, CA 7/10/14) On June 28th, Ashley Ott became the first UC Davis student and Sacramento representative in 23 years and the first UC Davis student in history to place in the top 5 at the 90 year-old Miss California competition.
The Miss America Organization is the largest scholarship foundation in the world for young women with more than 49 million dollars awarded annually to the 70,000 young women who participate in this program each year. This year, 54 local titleholders representing various counties and regions throughout the state competed for the title of Miss California and the opportunity to compete in the Miss America Pageant this September.
On Saturday night, 15 top state finalists were chosen to perform at the William Saroyan Theater in Fresno. Contestants were judged based on a panel-conducted interview and in the categories of physical fitness, evening gown, talent and the on-stage question. By the end of the night, five finalists remained: Marina Inserra, Miss Yosemite Valley, Felicia Stiles, Miss East Bay Cities, Bree Morse, Miss Orange County, Emily Tom, Miss County of San Francisco and Ashley Ott, Miss Sacramento County. Ott placed first runner up with her performance of George Gershwin’s Rhapsody in Blue while Inserra was crowned as the victor after her vocal performance of “Bring Him Home” from Le Miserables. Inserra was awarded $12,000 in scholarship monies and will continue on to compete for the title of Miss America this September.
Since being crowned Miss Sacramento County this past February, Ott has graduated from UC Davis with honors, a major in Cell Biology and minors in Chicano/a Studies and Art Studio and is currently in the process of applying to medical schools. Ashley currently works with the Children’s Miracle Network as a member of their business council and is busy promoting her platform, Trading Cope to Hope – Increasing Awareness and Support for Children with Cancer and has been working in the hospitals of Sacramento to improve the experiences of children within the pediatric oncology unit and to educate and inspire children in the community to take charge of their health from a young age.
At the conclusion of the competition, Ott was awarded $7,000 in scholarships and was also awarded the Miss America Community Service Award for her extensive volunteer work in Honduras, Mexico and the Sacramento area while also receiving the second highest interview score in the system. She will continue to represent California at the National Sweetheart Pageant, a competition for the runners up in the Miss America system, that will be held on August 31st in Hoopeston, Illinois. Ott looks forward to competing in the Miss California competition and representing the Sacramento area again next year. If you want to find out more information about Ashley or the Miss Sacramento County Program, please contact Miss_Sac_County@hotmail.com or go to our website at www.misssacramentocounty.org.
What the newspaper trends of 2014 mean for the industry’s future
By: Caroline Little, President and CEO of the Newspaper Association of America
Word count: 793
The newspaper industry has transformed in a way that we could not have imagined just a decade ago.
Across the globe, there is a renewed energy to innovate, strategize, and meet these growing opportunities and challenges. That was the theme of the World Newspapers Congress, which I had the pleasure of speaking earlier this month, and it rings very true for our industry in America.
We are already halfway through 2014. From the creative solutions and trends I am seeing, we are in an excellent position to further evolve and thrive for the rest of this year and far beyond.
Newspapers continue to command a huge audience and remain the most-trusted source of news and information. While that will not change, there has been a key shift in the way information is delivered and audience is engaged. The World Editors Forum revealed their Top 10 Trends in 2014 report and it is intriguing to explore the way those trends will impact our business.
The importance and influence of data and analytics on every part of our industry cannot be underestimated. It is only going to grow. Much has been made of recent ventures in data-focused journalism, such as statistics and data-driven predictions that will figure more and more heavily in mainstream journalism. Publishers and journalists across the country are now relying on hard metrics to assess the readership and engagement of a given story, and the more we do so, the more successful we will be as we understand what interests drive our unique audiences and tailor our offerings accordingly.
As I’ve noted before, data plays a critical role in our increasingly personalized world. The days of a one-size-fits-all solution to news are ending, and newspapers are in a strong position to capitalize. We have enormous amounts of data at our disposal to deliver a customized news experience. The opportunity lies in analyzing and leveraging that data to create and strengthen our products for consumers and advertisers.
As we do this, we will see advertisers follow. The advertising landscape has likewise changed dramatically, as consumers now choose whether or not they view ads and insist on relevant, personalized material. Advertisers are looking for precisely targeted audiences, and newspapers’ data on user engagement and experiences will enable them to deliver exactly that.
Another trend that will significantly shape our industry is thinking about mobile strategy first, instead of it being tacked on as an after-thought. Excellent video products have become critical storytelling vehicles for newspapers, with the possibility that our quick, agile videos – perfect for mobile platforms – can challenge traditional broadcasting. Our focus in video over the next few months should focus on refining individual formulas for creating successful videos and integrating them even better with our other content offerings.
The ways in which journalists report the news may be changing but the essence of a free press is not, despite being challenged on multiple fronts around the world. We have seen journalists in Venezuela and Hungary threatened with violence or had information suppressed in the past couple of months. Here in the United States, New York Times reporter James Risen could face stiff fines or jail time for not sharing confidential sources, which shows why we need a federal shield law for reporters to be able to covering our government without fear of prosecution.
Newspapers are at the forefront of researching and planning for the explosion of wearable tech, developing and refining the types of journalism that will be most successful. The ubiquity of social media, push notifications and short-form stories for apps has created a distinct, on-the-go audience that will look for even more immediately available, “snackable” content with the influence of wearables.
However, as Reuters’ Digital News Report points out, that will create greater audience segmentation as younger generations use smartphones and tablets to constantly consume news, while more traditional offerings remain the product of choice for other generations. Newspapers are tasked with balancing and integrating strategies across each platform and generation to effectively reach every audience. Indeed, one of the biggest mistakes leaders in any industry could make today is eschewing one platform for another, trendier medium without considering how they complement each other.
As we prepare for the second half of 2014, it is encouraging to look at the amount of growth, innovation and new investment we have seen in the first half. I am proud to say that next year, the NAA will be partnering with the World Association of Newspapers and News Publishers in bringing the World Newspaper Congress to our hometown of Washington, D.C.
I’m eagerly anticipating where our industry will be in 12 months. With the wealth of talent and energy at our disposal, I have confidence that these trends forecast a very bright year.
By Bill Decker
The Lafayette Advertiser
LAFAYETTE, La. (AP) — Add this to the list of things that get more difficult as we grow older: Going to the dentist.
If you’re in a nursing home, a trip to the dentist can be near impossible, financially or even physically. At the same time, our stake in good dental health grows, even to the point where a dental procedure is a matter of life or death.
Lafayette dentist Gregory Folse has built a practice, Outreach Dentistry, on providing dental care for such patients, including dozens each year who cannot pay. That’s why he was recently named Dentist of the Year by 232-HELP, the social service information and referral service.
“I’ve got a ‘no suffer’ policy in my office, that no patient will suffer from dental disease as long as we’re in this game,” Folse said. “We make sure all these folks are taken care of, regardless of the funding we may have. 232-HELP helps us organize that care.”
“It’s that kind of generosity of spirit that we look for in our Dentist of the Year,” said Rae Logan, executive director of 232-HELP.
Folse and dental assistant Abby Trahan were at Maison de Lafayette to begin the work of realigning dentures for two patients.
“I’ve found that most of my patients, as was the case this morning, have multiple differing diagnoses,” Folse said. “Sometimes they have 15 or 20 different diseases. They may have 15 to 20 medications.
“You tie that many diseases and that number of drugs with an abscessed tooth and an infection that won’t go away, then you’ve got a problem for a nursing home patient.”
Sometimes the problems can be lethal.
“Unfortunately, in my career I’ve seen numbers of patients who have passed away either directly because of poor oral health, due to an infection, or who have complications that come from the disease process combined with dental infections that worsen the diseases than they have.”
So Folse goes to the patients who can’t come to him.
A native of Raceland, Folse sometimes accompanied his grandfather, a physician, on house calls. After attending the University of Louisiana at Lafayette and the LSU School of Dentistry, Folse had a traditional dental practice for a few years.
“The need for what I do now is pretty profound,” he said.
Going into nursing homes meant leaving behind dental chairs and other pieces of major equipment. Folse carries portable versions of some of the tools of the trade with him.
Folse said that when he started treating nursing home patients in 1992, Medicaid, the state-federal health care coverage program, covered only dentures. Since then, reimbursements to participating dentists have improved. He also discovered that reimbursement rules let nursing home residents pay for dental care with Social Security money that would normally go to a nursing home. The state must make up for the lost revenue to the nursing home.
Folse receives a stipend from the nursing homes where he sees patients. Even so, Folse estimates that he gave away about $44,000 worth of care last year.
“He’s an amazing man,” said Logan at 232-HELP. “His dental practice focuses on the elderly, and a good part of our clients are the elderly and those who are disabled and unable to get dental services any other way. .
“If you live at the poverty level in Louisiana, you cannot afford to get your teeth cleaned. You’re unable to get your teeth pulled.”
Folse is advocating for nursing home dentistry and mobile dentistry at local public schools, publishing articles and talking to professional organizations and lawmakers.
“I look forward to making a patient who has poor oral function eat and chew,” Folse said, “and enjoy the three best events of the day, which are breakfast, lunch and supper.”
Information from: The Advertiser, http://www.theadvertiser.com
Soon, Davis residents may be biking like the Dutch.
With one of the highest bicycle-friendly ratings of any American city by the exacting League of American Cyclists, Davis has few places left to look for new bicycling standards but abroad.
Far away from sunny Davis, the Dutch and Danish have built cycling empires throughout their road networks tested over decades. The Swedes have their “Vision Zero” — just adopted by New York City — to radically ensure the fewest number of traffic-related deaths as humanly possible.
Their advice is sought after worldwide, they tend to advise what is, in America, vastly unfamiliar kinds of roadway solutions and Davis has been instructed by the City Council to seek out their vision on specific pieces in Davis’ East Covell Corridor Plan.
City Councilman Brett Lee convinced his colleagues to direct city staff to seek out the Dutch Cycling Embassy on April 22 to address where the best location and design of grade separated crossings would be at the Cannery development and the East Covell Corridor Plan.
Lee said in an interview that his motivation was not purely to seek out international advice, but instead noted experts.
“We were talking about $14 million,” he said, adding that a then-estimated $25,000 cost on the front end to ensure the designs would work was quality control.
“When Davis needs some advice on bicycle connectivity, I think in Holland and in Denmark they are leaders,” Lee said. “If we picked a random U.S. city out of a map, we would be ahead of them.”
Lee raised the issue after he determined that neighborhood meetings made the prioritization of projects, and not experts.
“The people taking the leadership should be the architects and engineers,” he said. Lee worked for many years as a project engineer himself. “I f we were planning on making a $100,000 improvement, we wouldn’t need outside experts to come in.”
Lee cautions that Davis doesn’t have to have a Dutch system, but the community can gain from the transfer of knowledge.
Davis has been talking with the Dutch Cycling Embassy for months, and could sign a contract with a member agency sometime in the near future, according to Dave “DK” Kemp, Davis active transportation coordinator.
Check out your options
Tawny Maya McCray
There are many reasons to put fences up in your yard. They allow you to enjoy your outdoor areas and often are used to provide a sense of privacy or security or to enclose pets and small children. And although there are a number of options, styles and materials to choose from when erecting a fence, some materials work better than others, depending on where you live.
Maria Prior, trade show manager for the American Fence Association, says that in places where the weather changes dramatically with the seasons, cedar wood or chain-link fences are typical. “You’re dealing with the fence post expanding and constricting because of the cold and hot weather,” Prior says.
In places where there is water and sea salt, Prior says common fence materials are vinyl, aluminum and ornamental iron.
She says glass fences, a new trend in fencing, also are popping up in areas along the seaboard or near lakes. “It’s very pretty, so a lot of places that have marinas (are) going with glass panel fencing to give it that aesthetic look,” Prior says.
Desert conditions lend themselves well to composite, vinyl, ornamental iron or aluminum fencing, Prior says.
She adds that just because certain materials lend themselves to certain regions doesn’t mean people can’t choose the exact fence they want. “Look at the different styles and the different options that are available to you, and most importantly, ask for a sample of what it is that you’re going to be getting,” she says.
Some fence materials, such as vinyl, can be used just about anywhere. “(Vinyl is) good for all weather. That’s what’s good about the fence,” says Monica Schraidt, a sales representative for USA Vinyl. “You don’t have to ever replace it. Once you put it up, it’s there to stay.”
Schraidt says USA Vinyl manufactures its vinyl with titanium dioxide, which acts like a sun blocker. “It doesn’t fade. It’s not going to get that yellowish color that other kinds of fencing will get from the sun,” she says.
Schraidt adds that there is also little maintenance required on vinyl fencing. She says people can opt to power-wash it once a year to keep it looking nice.
When it comes to choosing a fence installer, Prior says you should go for somebody who is affiliated with an association. “Those people are the best in the industry,” she says. “You can rely on them to follow some code of ethics.”
Prior says it’s also good to check to see whether a company is licensed, insured and bonded.
And most importantly, she says, check references. According to Prior, if the fence is for a residence, you want to get two residential references and one commercial reference from a fence contractor. If the fence is for a commercial property, you should get two commercial references and one residential reference.
“I can’t tell you how many times we get calls from consumers after the fact,” Prior says. “And it’s like: ‘No, I didn’t use an AFA fence contractor. No, I didn’t check his references. No, I didn’t know he wasn’t bonded. And the fence that they put up is completely wrong. I’m short 2 feet, and my dog keeps getting out. What can I do?’”
It’s good to check references to avoid that sort of situation. “That way, you can weed out and find out: If something wasn’t done correctly or to their satisfaction, how did that fence contractor correct the problem?” Prior says.
Prior says that if you go through an association, such as the AFA, which has more than 900 member companies and 29 chapters in the United States and about 17 members internationally, many times if there is a problem, the association can go back and try to correct the situation on the company’s behalf.
If you were to use a non-member company and things went awry, your option might be to follow through with the Better Business Bureau and make a complaint against the company “so that they don’t do it to another individual,” Prior says.
She says that if a fence contractor can’t provide at least three references for you to check, it’s best to eliminate it from the running.
“The biggest thing is to make sure you’re not being taken advantage of,” Prior says.
COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM
The City Council took on a new tax measure and water rates at a study session Tuesday, coming to no final conclusions but seeming to figure out where each other’s positions are staked out.
The council zeroed in on wanting to pay for roads, sidewalks and refurbish existing community pools with any money it might get from a parcel tax or a general tax, such as a surcharge on utility bills, but it couldn’t provide much direction to city staff on exactly what kind of tax it would like and how long a life it would have.
On water rates, the council split. Mayor Pro Tem Dan Wolk and Mayor Joe Krovoza want the Utility Rate Advisory Committee to focus on a pay-as-you-go conservation rate authored by residents Donna Lemongello and Matt Williams that would peg only 13 percent of its charge on fixed rates, leaving the rest up to how much water is used.
Brett Lee and Lucas Frerichs had concerns about tiers being unfair and wanted more information from city staff about how much money someone who used no water would be charged and the ease of finding financing for a largely volume-based rate, instead of a rate with a substantial fixed rate.
Newly-re-elected Councilwoman Rochelle Swanson was on vacation with her family and Councilman-elect Robb Davis, who sat in the audience and will be sworn in July 1, did not offer his views of specific tax measures or water rates during public comment. Mayor Joe Krovoza presided over one of his last public meetings as a member of the City Council.
Made in Yolo notes and assignments
Linda and Kim (Kim, I’m only telling you because this affects a couple of your interns):
(Other assignments to make:
* Farm to fork (side bar with CSAs, farm tours)
* Service orgs…profile R&R, new location, money to mental health; STEAC, Davis Community Meals; Team Davis (pull from Thomas’ LL story) — Rachel
* High tech story…Bio Consortia story from Jason McAlister
* RIKI profile on Ursula Labermeier who designs most (all?) fashions for the store. Crystal Lau
* Davis Live Music Collective story: 22 members so far, people pay quarterly to attend concerts; grew out of house concerts; sold out a recent show at the Vets Memorial; performers are people you’d pay to see but couldn’t sell out a big show. Feature on who they’ve brought to town, who they will bring. Danny Tomasello involved, Kyle Monhollen is the leader. Landon Christenson
Debbie and I brainstormed some stories for Made in Yolo, and here’s what we’ve come up with.
1. A lengthy farm-to-fork story that touches on many aspects. Assigned to Elizabeth:
Farmers markets are huge in this area (Davis, UCD’s, Woodland Healthcare, Sutter should all be mentioned, maybe just in a box, or maybe as a segment of the story.
Some details can be found in the following press release, and I grabbed a couple briefs about Sutter and Woodland Healthcare’s farmers markets (below that).
Also, Monticello Bistro in town is a farm-to-fork restaurant, and Ann Evans and Georgeanne Brennan are columnists for us who might be good to interview (pioneers for this movement in the area, and Ann Evans is a co-founder of the Davis Farmers Market…). We have a story in WordPress about the Farmers Market cookbook that Evans and Brennan wrote, in case that offers any info.
From press release for Yolo Farm to Fork (Jan. 7)
Yolo Farm to Fork is pleased to announce the appointment of Davis resident Beth Harrison as the nonprofit’s first executive director. Harrison brings more than 15 years of strategic leadership and nonprofit management experience to the organization.
“Beth Harrison comes to us with experience, energy and commitment to our mission and is a person of exceptional skills, both personally and professionally,” said Yolo Farm to Fork’s president, John Mott-Smith. “With a passion for farm-to-fork programs, she is perfectly suited to guide our organization’s continued growth and development.”
Having served in senior positions with large and small organizations based in the United States and abroad, Harrison’s expertise encompasses food and health, education, the arts, international development and the political landscape. She has managed fiscal operations and led and directed marketing communications, organizational fundraising and development, capacity building, media and public relations, and education outreach.
“I am thrilled to combine my professional background with my passion for good food, health, education and recycling, and to be an integral part of the continued growth and implementation of Yolo Farm to Fork’s programs,” Harrison said in a news release.
Yolo Farm to Fork has been providing farm and garden-based education, increasing local farm-fresh foods in school meals, and reducing sold waste through recycling and composting with the flagship and nationally recognized Davis Farm to School program for 13 years. The organization also recently initiated Kids Dig It garden-learning programs in Woodland schools.
“Over the years we have made enormous strides developing grants that have primarily supported Davis schools,” Mott-Smith said. “We have expanded our mission and are launching farm-to-fork-related initiatives throughout the county, as well as sustaining our current programs.
“Our leadership now represents many of the communities in Yolo County, including Davis, Woodland, West Sacramento, Winters, Capay and Clarksburg. We are confident in Beth’s ability to lead our growth at such an exciting time.”
In 2014, Yolo Farm to Fork will continue its landmark programs and present the fifth annual Tour de Cluck in May and the 10th annual Village Feast in August. To begin the new year, the organization is launching three new, groundbreaking initiatives: Harper Harvest, Taste Our Garden and Futures.
For the Harper Harvest project, broccoli and lettuce being grown at Harper Junior High on East Covell Boulevard in Davis will be served in Davis school lunches. School garden programs will be reimbursed for the 2,400 broccoli plants that will be harvested in February by volunteers.
The Taste Our Garden initiative, sponsored exclusively by Sutter Davis Hospital, will provide 10 grants to schools, with the highest priority being those where 50 percent or more students eligible for free or reduced-price meals.
The Futures program, supported by Orchard Hill Family Fund, will fund six schools to expand edible garden programs that will include a curriculum coach to help garden coordinators integrate garden learning activities into classroom instruction.
“I am honored to be selected as Yolo Farm to Fork’s executive director, especially at this defining moment in the organization’s history,” Harrison said. “I have seen the deep personal commitment that these dedicated professionals and volunteers have to Yolo Farm to Fork’s compelling mission and I share their profound sense of purpose.
“We are geared up and ready for significant expansion in 2014 and in the years to come.”
For more information, visit www.yolofarmtofork.org.
Farmers market returns to Woodland Healthcare (May 28)
The Woodland Farmers Market returns to the lawn of Woodland Healthcare’s Cancer and Neurosciences Center, 515 Fairchild Court, from 4:30 to 7 p.m. Tuesdays, beginning next week. The market, which continues every Tuesday through Aug. 26, is made possible by a donation from the John and Eunice Davidson Fund.
A Saturday farmers market takes place at Heritage Plaza, Second and Main streets in downtown Woodland.
Locally grown fruits and vegetables will be available for purchase at each market. The market accepts WIC coupons and Cal Fresh EBT cards, plus debit and credit cards as well as cash.
For information, contact Mora at 530-666-2626 or visit woodlandfarmersmarket.com.
Sutter farmers market (May 14, 2013)
The Sutter Davis Hospital Farmers Market will reopen Thursday and will continue from 10 a.m. to 1 p.m. Thursdays through Aug. 29, at the hospital’s entrance at 2000 Sutter Place in West Davis.
Opening-day festivities include cooking demonstrations and tastings, face time with Dinger and Sacramento River Cats players (bring your cameras), giveaways, plus a market filled with farm-fresh produce, local honey, baked goods, flowers, plants and garden starts.
The hospital’s market accepts EBT cards, WIC and senior coupons. Shoppers with no cash in hand also can purchase market scrip using debit or credit cards.
Enclosed is an op-ed on the Women’s Equality Treaty. The op-ed is written by Terry O’Neill, President of the National Organization for Women and Don Kraus, CEO of the Citizens for Global Solutions. Please let us know if you are interested in using the op-ed. Photos of the authors are available and credit to American Forum is appreciated.
How to Get and Keep Women’s Attention and Support
By Terry O’Neill and Don Kraus
There is a lot of talk these days about the importance of the women’s vote for the 2014 elections. Democrats and Republicans alike are courting women voters — Republicans are working as hard as they can to shed their anti-woman image stemming from the 2012 election cycle, while Democrats are working equally hard to shine as the party that fully supports women’s equality.
President Obama is in full courtship mode, speaking out on issues like the gender wage gap, workplace discrimination and sexual assault on college campuses. As well, perhaps, he should: he arguably owes his 2008 and 2012 wins to women voters, and neglecting them may have cost Democrats the House in 2010. Numerous polls show overwhelming support for the Treaty especially among young women and men.
But with control of Congress again at stake, the president should do something bolder to get women voters’ attention. One possibility is to call on the Senate to ratify the UN Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women, or the Women’s Equality Treaty.
The Women’s Equality Treaty is a landmark international agreement on fundamental human rights and equality for women everywhere. The United States helped draft the pact in the 1970s and signed it in 1981, but remains one of only seven countries that have not ratified it–along with Iran, Sudan, South Sudan, Somalia, and the two small Pacific Island nations of Palau and Tonga. These are embarrassing bedfellows.
The United States has a long history of leading the global drive for women’s rights. Eleanor Roosevelt helped ensure that the 1948 Universal Declaration on Human Rights included provisions on gender equality. The State Department, especially under former Secretary Hillary Clinton, worked to empower women in development, economics, post-conflict resolution and more.
But it hasn’t been enough. One in every three of the world’s women has suffered violent assault at some point in her life, and women worldwide are denied equal rights to education, health care, work, legal status, and more.
Even in the United States, problems like domestic violence, sexual assault, and workplace discrimination disproportionately plague women. Ratifying this agreement will not fix these or any other inequalities by itself, but it will give women’s rights advocates another tool to use in pressing legislators and employers to fix them, using our usual democratic processes.
And because we have not joined 187 other countries in ratifying the Women’s Equality Treaty, America is blocked from many conversations about women’s rights around the world.
The UN’s committee on the Women’s Equality Treaty, for example, oversees treaty implementation, issuing nonbinding recommendations for action toward gender equality. But committee members can only come from countries that are parties to the treaty. This means we cannot contribute our wide experience or our otherwise strong UN presence to promoting the rights of women.
Until we ratify this agreement, we can’t use all the tools available to combat violence and discrimination based on gender. And the treaty is just that – a tool. Some argue that ratification would threaten U.S. sovereignty, but that’s a red herring – the United States has ratified similar treaties under presidents of both parties with no such problem.
The real problem is that some senators flat-out oppose equal rights for women, and President Obama could galvanize women voters by saying so. In an election year, a ratification campaign would ignite instant controversy and excitement. But it might also generate bipartisan support in the Senate, where two-thirds of those present and voting would be needed for ratification.
As the president is routinely pointing out these days, U.S. women still are only paid an average of 77 cents for every dollar paid to a man, and they make up only 19 percent of members of Congress. We believe that voters deserve a clear opportunity to know which of their senators truly are willing to make women’s equality a priority.
Malala Yousafzai, the Pakistani teenager shot by the Taliban for defending girls’ education, said, “Some people only ask others to do something. I believe that, why should I wait for someone else? Why don’t I take a step and move forward?” Calling for Senate ratification of the Women’s Equality Treaty would be that step for President Obama.
Terry O’Neill, President , National Organization for Women and Don Kraus, CEO, Citizens for Global Solutions.
BEAN GENOME SEQUENCING YIELDS UNCOMMON FINDINGS
[Editor's note: A video about related bean-breeding research at UC Davis is available at: http://news.ucdavis.edu/search/news_detail.lasso?id=10946 .]
A newly reported genome sequence for the common bean — which includes a number of varieties that together rank as the world’s 10th most widely grown food crop — has been released by a research team including a UC Davis plant scientist. The results shed light on nitrogen fixation, how beans were domesticated and disease resistance.
The sequencing effort is key to helping boost production of this vitally important global food source, improving competitive production of the $1.2 billion U.S. crop and better understanding the genetic makeup of the broader group of related legume plants.
“The availability of this new whole-genome sequence for beans is already paying off,” said Professor Paul Gepts, a UC Davis plant scientist and co-author on the new sequencing study.
Gepts noted that the new sequence is already being used to confirm many of the findings made earlier by his UC Davis research group, including identification of the common bean’s two points of origin and domestication — one in the Andes and the other in the Mesoamerican area of Central America.
Gepts leads the UC Davis bean-breeding program, with responsibility for producing new varieties of common beans, as well as lima and garbanzo beans.
The new whole-genome sequencing is also helping to identify genetic “markers” that can be used to speed up breeding of new bean varieties in the United States, East Africa and other countries, Gepts said.
The nitrogen connection
The common bean, Phaseolus vulgaris, includes kidney, navy, string and pinto beans. All of these well-known bean varieties share with the closely related soy bean the highly valued ability to form symbiotic relationships with “nitrogen-fixing” bacteria in the soil.
Working together, the plants and bacteria convert nitrogen in the atmosphere into ammonia — which includes nitrogen in a form that enriches the soil and feeds crops. Nitrogen-fixing crop plants can actually reduce or eliminate the need for farmers to apply expensive fertilizers.
One of the goals of the sequencing project was to better understand the genetic basis for how such symbiotic relationships between nitrogen-fixing plants and bacteria are formed and sustained. This will be critically important for increasing crop yields for both fuel and food production.
The new sequencing identified a handful of genes involved with moving nitrogen around, which could be helpful to farmers who intercrop beans with other crops that don’t fix nitrogen.
Sequencing and bean ancestry
The common bean is thought to have originated in Mexico more than 100,000 years ago, but — as the Gepts group earlier discovered — was domesticated separately at two different geographic locations in Mesoamerica and the southern Andes.
“This finding makes the common bean an unusually interesting experimental system because the domestication process has been replicated in this crop,” Gepts said.
The sequencing team compared gene sequences from pooled populations of plants representing these two regions and found that only a small fraction of the genes are shared between common bean species from the two locations. This supports the earlier finding that the common bean was domesticated in two separate events, one at each location, but distinct genes were involved in each event.
Other important findings
The researchers also discovered:
* dense clusters of genes related to disease resistance within the common bean’s chromosomes;
* certain genes that are shared by both the common bean and the soybean, its most economically important relative; and
* evidence that the common bean’s genome evolved more rapidly than did the soybean genome, after the two species parted ways on the evolutionary pathway nearly 20 million years ago.
The project was led by researchers at the University of Georgia, U.S. Department of Energy Joint Genome Institute, Hudson Alpha Institute for Biotechnology and North Dakota State University. Findings from the study are reported this week online in the journal Nature Genetics.
Funding for the genome sequencing study was provided by the U.S. Department of Energy and the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
By Sara Moulton
What to do on Father’s Day when it’s time to eat and you want to serve something manly and filling? Other than steak, that is. Here’s a nominee that re-engineers a classic sports bar appetizer — jalapeño poppers.
Standard jalapeño poppers are thumb-sized hot peppers stuffed with cream cheese and cheddar cheese, then breaded and deep-fried. Yummy, but most home cooks aren’t too excited for the mess of deep-frying.
That’s why there also is a baked version — half a jalapeño stuffed with cheese and wrapped in bacon. Both types are delicious, but neither is all that healthy. After all, we want to keep Dad around for a while.
So my version delivers guy’s-guy gratification without overdoing it.
From a culinary point of view, jalapeño poppers make complete sense. Nothing tames a chile’s heat like dairy. That’s why so many cultures serve their fiery entrées with dairy as a side dish. The Mexicans team up spicy tortillas with crema. The Indians serve hot curries with yogurt-based raita. And that’s why cheese is right at home in a jalapeño popper.
But it doesn’t have to be high-fat cheese. The fresh goat cheese in this recipe delivers the required creaminess, while a very modest amount of Parmigiano-Reggiano delivers the required flavor.
I brightened up the filling with scallions and lemon zest, then wrapped the stuffed jalapeño in prosciutto, my substitute for bacon. Though it has a lot less fat than bacon, prosciutto boasts big pork flavor. And when it’s baked, as it is here, it’s nice and crispy, which eliminates the need to coat the pepper with breadcrumbs.
A couple of tips for preparing the jalapeños. First, be sure to wear rubber gloves when you’re halving and gutting the peppers. No matter how macho you’re feeling, you don’t want those capsaicin oils burning your hands. Also, use a grapefruit spoon, if you have one, to remove the pepper’s innards — its ribs and seeds — which are the hottest parts of a chile.
Then serve it to the big guy with pride. He’ll never notice that many of its typical ingredients have gone AWOL.
Baked Prosciutto-Wrapped Jalapeño Poppers
Start to finish: 45 minutes (30 minutes active).
4 ounces fresh goat cheese
1 ounce grated Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese
¼ cup finely chopped scallion greens
2 teaspoons grated lemon zesthttp://www.willitsnews.com/ci_25885683/fit-food-fathers-day-prosciutto-poppers-recipe#
Page 2 of 3 Jun 05, 2014 11:06:05AM MDT
6 jalapeño peppers
3 ounces (12 slices) prosciutto
Heat the oven to 450 F. Line a rimmed baking sheet with foil, then coat it with cooking spray.
In a medium bowl, combine the goat cheese, Parmigiano-Reggiano, scallion greens and lemon zest.
Halve the jalapeños lengthwise and carefully remove the ribs and seeds (wear rubber gloves if necessary
to protect your hands). Stuff each half with the cheese mixture, being sure to use all of the cheese
Wrap 1 slice of prosciutto around each stuffed jalapeño half, overlapping the ends of the prosciutto on the
bottom of the jalapeño. Arrange the poppers on the prepared baking sheet, then bake on the oven’s
center rack until the prosciutto is slightly crispy, about 15 minutes.
Nutrition information per serving: 110 calories; 60 calories from fat (55 percent of total calories); 7
g fat (4 g saturated; 0 g trans fats); 25 mg cholesterol; 2 g carbohydrate; 1 g fiber; 1 g sugar; 10 g
protein; 540 mg sodium.
Baked prosciutto-wrapped jalapeño poppers use fresh goat cheese for the required creaminess, while a very modest amount of Parmigiano-Reggiano delivers flavor. (Matthew Mead, The Associated Press)
1720 OAK STREET, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405
FOR RELEASE: TUESDAY, JUNE 17, 2014, OR THEREAFTER
EDITORS: TO ENSURE TIMELINESS, DISREGARD EMBARGO DATE
BY THOMAS D. ELIAS
“KASHKARI NOMINATION BRINGS GOP BACK FROM BRINK”
No candidate campaigned harder this spring that Neel Kashkari, the former federal Treasury Department official and ex-Goldman Sachs executive who just become the first Asian-American ever nominated to for governor of California.
He was someplace every day. His campaign issued a seemingly non-stop barrage of press releases. He willingly met with political reporters, who took him seriously even when he was at 2 percent in the polls.
Kashkari also won the endorsements of every prominent Republican who took sides in this month’s (Editors: say “this week’s” here if using this column before Sunday) primary election. These included ex-Gov. Pete Wilson, former presidential nominee Mitt Romney (now a La Jolla resident), possible GOP presidential candidate Jeb Bush and Rep. Darrell Issa of northern San Diego County, chairman of the House Governmental Oversight Committee. Ex-President George W. Bush made fund-raising calls for him. There are no bigger GOP guns.
But Kashkari’s campaign was so cash-starved that during the month before the vote, the candidate who once said he couldn’t fund his own campaign because his net worth was “only” about $5 million felt he had to put up $2 million of his own cash (by his reckoning, about 40 percent of all his resources).
This was still barely enough to put Kashkari into the November runoff election, beating out primary opponent Tim Donnelly, an assemblyman from the High Desert town of Twin Peaks best known for attempting to carry a handgun onto a Southwest Airlines flight at Ontario International Airport two years ago. Before that, the Tea Party favorite’s main claim to fame was being a co-founder of the Minutemen group battling illegal immigration. Imagine what that might have done to the Latino vote.
Donnelly’s campaign manager, Jennifer Kerns, quit in mid-March, amid reports the candidate consistently refused to take her advice. He compared President Obama to Adolf Hitler and groundlessly accused Kashkari of promoting Islamic Sharia law. Yet, somehow, Donnelly almost managed to make the runoff, primarily because much of the Republican Party’s California base believed he was the only purely anti-government candidate available.
Kashkari’s win meant that the Republican establishment beat back the grass roots GOP right this spring. In a contest that drew very few Democratic voters, Kashkari’s last-minute spending inspired just enough moderate Republican voters to back him. Many apparently feared having Donnelly top their ticket would drag down dozens of other Republicans in swing districts, while Kashkari might be a neutral factor.
As of early May, just over two weeks before the first absentee ballots went to voters, Kashkari had barely run any commercials. So he was undefined to most voters before his last-week ad campaign, even as Donnelly tried to tag him a purely establishment hack.
But at least Kashkari is a real candidate. While Donnelly railed vaguely against big government, Kashkari issued detailed position papers on job creation and education.
Kashkari’s primary win over Donnelly at least indicates the GOP does not have a total death wish, as it avoided nominating a candidate who could alienate even more voters than the California GOP already has. But in a very lightly-voted election, with Democrats having little at stake in most places, Brown still managed to win a large majority over both Republicans combined.
It’s possible Kashkari will make inroads into that cushion by the fall, for he’s promised that if elected, he will frequently compromise with Democrats who dominate the Legislature.
The vote also might indicate GOP feelings against illegal immigration have eased a bit, as the party nominated the son of immigrants while rejecting a leader of the vigilante-like Minutemen.
The bottom line is that after flirting with a potentially deep electoral disaster, just enough GOP voters realized that their party would be a dead duck on many levels if it sent Donnelly against Brown, whose job approval ratings in polls this spring were well over 50 percent.
All of which probably means Brown, sitting on a campaign war chest of more than $21 million, will still have a clear path this fall, but the GOP likely will at least avoid a Democratic clean sweep of every competitive race in the state, which Donnelly could have made a distinct possibility.
Email Thomas Elias at email@example.com. His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, visit www.californiafocus.net
REMEMBER FACEBOOK AS A PLACE TO FIND PHOTOS
“Flexibetical” listing…All As together, Bs together, etc.
Cover photos: main art should be Yolo County Fair, with a fireworks photo, pumpkin patch and bikes
USE “Courtesy photo” for all the shots from non-Enterprise photographers
Downtown trick or treat
Stroll through history
Yolo county fair
Movies in the Park
fun runs to include turkey trot write-up (from first edition)
Impossible Acres pumpkin patch (from first edition)
Davis Double Century
Ride 200 miles in one day through Yolo, Napa, and Lake counties on the most popular and one of the best supported double centuries in California. Always the 3rd Saturday in May.
Capay Almond Festival, Black history Day in Capay,
Pence Gallery Garden Tour
Misc notes about 2014 #1
Picnic Day needs to be its own entry
Grand Fondo and Double Century should be in bike events
Misc notes about 2014#2
Add Dock Store to Sudwerk
Add Third Space events/activities — include Art Theater of Davis
This would be good to hold on to for a future YOLO magazine piece (if you wanted something longish) or Welcome. It’s a great wrap-up of local agricultural stuff. It’s running as a guest opinion piece tomorrow.
By Alan Humason
When it comes to Sacramento’s Farm to Fork initiative, Yolo County is all in. How could it be otherwise?
Yolo County is the farm to Sacramento’s fork. This fact goes well beyond supplying produce and proteins to Sacramento restaurants. Here’s how:
Yolo County is one of the most diverse farming regions in the nation, producing several hundred commodities including tomatoes, wine grapes, rice, a variety of grains, almonds and walnuts, olives, honey and, of course, our signature sunflowers. In addition, Yolo County is one of the nation’s leaders in the highly technical world of seed research and development.
Yolo County is the home of leading nonprofits such as the Center for Land Based Learning — dedicated to creating the next generation of farmers through its California Farm Academy — and Yolo Farm to Fork — a leader in expanding local school nutrition and education programs.
Yolo County Supervisor Don Saylor’s visionary Farm to Every Fork initiative — embracing Yolo Food Connect, Yolo County Farm Bureau and other progressive groups — means to address food security, distribution and nutrition issues in myriad ways.
We have wonderful farmers markets in Woodland, West Sacramento and most famously in Davis.
Yolo County is home of Farm Fresh To You (by Capay Organic), perhaps the largest Community Supported Agriculture service in Northern California; they even have a presence in San Francisco’s Ferry Building, the Taj Mahal of Bay Area markets.
In fact, there are several CSA providers based in Yolo County. You can find them via Harvest Hub Yolo, an online resource created by Yolo County Agricultural Commissioner John Young, connecting numerous farm producers to the general public. Another unusual outlet for locally grown produce from small family farms is the online Capay Valley Farm Shop.
Yolo County isn’t “small potatoes.” We help to feed the world, exporting to 95 countries from Afghanistan to Yemen.
Our county is home to three dozen olive oil producers, many of them award winners, such as Bondolio in Winters, gold medal winner at the 2013 New York International Olive Oil Competition. We can also lay claim to the new, state-of-the-art olive mill press owned and operated by Séka Hills in Brooks.
On the dining scene, Yolo County has its share of farm-to-fork restaurants: Kitchen428 in Woodland, Seasons and Monticello Seasonal Cuisine in Davis, and The Eatery in West Sacramento, just to name a few.
Yolo County wines are undeniably outstanding; you can find them in Clarksburg, Davis, Winters and the Capay Valley. Several have been picked for the Legends of Wine event at the state Capitol. What’s more, the dessert course at the Tower Bridge dinner will feature Yolo County wines exclusively.
Yolo County farms and vineyards host tours and events throughout the year in our gorgeous countryside. In just this October, you can enjoy the Hoes Down Harvest Festival at Fully Belly Farm, the Palate Project at UC Davis, Fresh Press Weekend — a Roots to Wine event — throughout the county and the annual Taste of Capay.
We claim UC Davis and the Robert Mondavi Institute for Food and Wine Science. Enough said.
Yolo Arts in Woodland sponsors an innovative program called the Art & Ag Project, connecting artists, farmers and the community, stressing the importance of preserving farmlands and the visual arts, culminating in a top-flight art show this fall. This program is so good, it has been recognized by the National Endowment for the Arts.
I could go on, but you get the idea. You can find out more when you visit the Yolo County booth at the Farm-to-Fork Festival on Saturday in Sacramento.
But to really taste, experience and savor the farm of the farm-to-fork movement, come to Yolo County; you’ll love it here.
— Alan Humason is executive director of the Yolo County Visitors Bureau.
1720 OAK STREET, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405
FOR RELEASE: TUESDAY, JUNE 10, 2014 OR THEREAFTER
EDITORS: TO ENSURE TIMELINESS, DISREGARD EMBARGO DATE
BY THOMAS D. ELIAS
“NEW NUMBERS SHOULD EASE INTENSITY OF FRACKING DRIVE, DEBATE”
There’s a huge political implication in the big difference between 13.7 billion barrels of oil and 600 million.
Similarly, there’s meaning in the gigantic difference between 15 trillion cubic feet of natural gas and 6.4 billion (the average California household uses about two to three cubic feet of natural gas per day).
Taken together, it’s the difference between fueling the entire United States for several years and fueling it for only about one month.
Those are the differences between the amount of oil and gas the federal Energy Department in 2011 estimated lies trapped in the rocks of California’s Monterey Shale geological formation and what it now says can actually be recovered using current technology at today’s prices.
The gigantic Arabian- or Oklahoma-style resources first said to be available from the Monterey Shale, which stretches south from San Benito County along the western side of the San Joaquin Valley all the way into Southern California, gave rise to a strong drive for massive hydraulic fracturing. Better known as fracking, this technique sees many thousands of gallons of water and acid injected under high pressure deep into the ground, where it blasts apart shale rocks holding oil and gas deposits.
The 2011 Energy Department estimates, repeated in 2012 and 2013, gave rise to a boom mentality and changed the political balance of environmentalism and job creation in this state.
Gov. Jerry Brown, who consistently champions measures fighting climate change, refused to back an outright ban or moratorium on fracking in California despite concerns over both production of greenhouse gases and possible pollution of ever-more-vital ground water aquifers.
Onefactor:A USC study contended that full-blown fracking of the Monterey Shale would spur 2.8 million new California jobs in what seemed like it could become the biggest boom here since the Gold Rush era.
The author of that study has told reporters the reduction of about 95 percent in official estimates of what can be readily extracted from the Monterey Shale would similarly cut his job-creation forecast.
Through its information agency, the Energy Department explains the massive cut in its expectations for the Monterey Shale by saying rocks there are warped more than in other heavily-fracked areas like Ohio, North Dakota and Pennsylvania. Earthquakes did this. The convolutions they produced in subterranean rocks would make it far harder to extract oil by any current method than previously thought, the EIA said.
Of course, any estimate that can change by 95 percent in one direction seemingly overnight and for reasons that were long known prior to the initial estimate is not likely to remain stable long. Nor can it be considered highly reliable.
So the oil industry says it wsill keep driving for fracking, trusting that oil company scientists will devise ways to tap resources the firms have lately rushed to control.
The politics of all this are still murky. With the latest estimate of Monterey Shale resources now pretty similar to what’s known to exist in untapped offshore California oilfields, logic says a fracking moratorium would cost no more jobs than the current moratorium on new offshore oil drilling.
In short, environmentalists may argue that a moratorium – embodied in a bill now active in the Legislature – makes as much sense in one place as the other. And Brown, a decades-long supporter of the coastal oil moratorium, might just go along since for the moment, the bottom has fallen out of fracking job-creation forecasts.
So far, Brown has said nothing, and since he’s surely aware any fluctuating estimate can change right back to where it was before, he’s not likely to anytime soon. Former U.S. Treasury official Neel Kashkari, fighting to be Brown’s Republican opponent this fall, has for months made all-out fracking a centerpiece of his economic platform and has yet to change his stance.
Even so, the drive for fracking has definitely been changed. For the ratio of fracking risks to benefits has now shifted radically – at least for the next year or so – nor are the stakes as high as they were before the late May day when the Energy Department radically changed its tune.
Email Thomas Elias at firstname.lastname@example.org. His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough, The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, visit www.californiafocus.net
STUDY SHOWS WHY DENGUE FEVER PREVENTION EFFORTS OFTEN FAIL
Newly published research involving a 12-year study of dengue infections in Iquitos, Peru, helps explain why interventions to prevent the mosquito-borne disease are frequently unsuccessful.
The research, headed by professor Thomas Scott of the UC Davis department of entomology and mematology, was published Monday 19 in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.
“Defining variation in the risk of dengue transmission has been a roadblock to understanding disease dynamics and designing more realistic and effective disease prevention programs,” Scott said.
“This study is an important step toward overcoming that obstacle,” Scott said. “We hope our results will help reduce the burden of this increasingly devastating disease.”
Dengue, a mosquito-borne virus infecting nearly 400 million people a year, is difficult to model not only because the majority of all infections are hidden, but also because there are four distinct serotypes, or versions, of dengue, each having unique characteristics, said lead author Robert Reiner, a Research and Policy for Infectious Disease Dynamics (RAPIDD) postdoctoral fellow in Scott’s Mosquito Research Laboratory.
“Typically, most infections go unnoticed and as such, measuring and modeling transmission intensity is problematic,” Reiner said.
Dengue virus is transmitted by Aedes aegypti, a mosquito that bites during the daytime as people move about in their daily routines.
Over the 12-year period, from 1999 to 2010, the researchers periodically tested individuals in Iquitos for dengue virus infections, even if they never felt sick.
“We created a new modeling approach that was able to leverage the resulting 38,416 blood samples to create time-varying, serotype-specific estimates of transmission intensity, which we measured as the force of infection, or the rate at which susceptible individuals became infected,” Reiner said.
“By accurately estimating the force of infection within and between years, we were able to demonstrate that current control strategies that are typically based on one-time estimates of transmission intensity are underestimating the effort needed to eliminate this disease. This may help explain why most interventions are not successful,” he said.
Reiner said that the team’s work suggests that certain serotypes can infect up to 33 percent of the susceptible population in a single year and that 79 percent of the population of Iquitos would need to be protected from any further infection to eliminate transmission. Further, he said that the researchers’ estimates form a detailed description of virus-transmission dynamics that provides a basis for understanding the long-term persistence of dengue and for improving disease prevention programs.
“The marked variation in transmission intensity that we detected indicates that intervention targets based on one-time estimates of the force of infection could underestimate the level of effort needed to prevent disease,” the authors wrote in their abstract. “Our description of dengue virus transmission dynamics is unprecedented in detail, providing a basis for understanding the persistence of this rapidly emerging pathogen and improving disease prevention programs.”
Scott’s dengue research program recently received two new research grants totaling nearly $10 million to study the illness. The grants, $7.5 million from the National Institutes of Health and $2.2 million from Notre Dame University, will help fund the program for the next five years, said Scott, director of the Mosquito Research Program and the principal investigator of the dengue research program.
“There is no vaccine nor drug that is effective against this virus,” said Scott, who has studied dengue for more than 25 years and is recognized as the leading expert in the ecology and epidemiology of the disease.
While vaccines are under development, it is not clear how they can be best applied when they are available, including in combination with other interventions like mosquito control, Scott said.
“New disease-prevention tools, in addition to vaccines and an improved understanding of virus transmission dynamics, which will enhance surveillance and epidemic response, are needed to reduce the global burden of dengue,” he said.
1720 OAK STREET, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405
FOR RELEASE: FRIDAY, JUNE 6, 2014 OR THEREAFTER
BY THOMAS D. ELIAS
“TWO CALIFORNIA DISTRICTS KEY IN DEMO CONGRESS HOPES”
With memories of last fall’s federal government shutdown and several national debt default crises already faded from the public mind, national Democrats no longer appear to believe they have a realistic chance of retaking control of the House of Representatives from the Republicans who wrested it away from them unexpectedly almost four years ago.
But they might still gain some ground in a few places. Democrats harbor that hope primarily because every poll shows most Americans – even about half those who call themselves Republicans – assign primary blame for government gridlock to the GOP.
To take control and make San Francisco’s Nancy Pelosi speaker again, Democrats would need to win back 17 seats now held by Republicans. That’s probably not going to happen. Because of gerrymandering in many states, Democrats have no chance in the vast majority of the 235 districts now held by the GOP.
But they still could improve their numbers. Democrats have identified 24 so-called swing seats where Republicans won close elections last year, and two of their most prominent pollsters say they are ahead in 17 of those. If they won all those – not likely – and hung onto every seat they now hold, they could rid themselves of Speaker John Boehner. Not realistic.
Every Democratic scenario for making progress in the House, though, requires wins in two of the three California districts among those 24 swing seats.
In one of those three, Republican David Valadao’s 21st District, Democrats don’t have much realistic hope. Even though voter registration is about even in that Visalia-centered district, Valadao is favored by a 50-40 percent margin over just about any Democrat, say the Democrats’ own surveys.
But Democrats are in much better shape in the district now held by retiring Republican Gary Miller and on Jeff Denham’s Central Valley turf.
In Miller’s 31st district, covering much of San Bernardino County, four Democrats and a couple of Republicans are vying for runoff election slots. Before Miller pulled out, the Public Policy Polling firm had him trailing 51-39 percent when voters were asked to compare him with just about any Democrat.
Democrats have a 41-34 percent voter registration edge in the district, with another 20 percent giving no party preference (Democrats have lately won majorities among these undeclared voters in most places). Miller had the good fortune to face a fellow Republican in his last election, after he and state Sen. Bob Huff topped a fractured list of Democrats in the 2012 primary.
There’s a good chance one Republican could make the runoff in this district, but the polling numbers suggest it is the Democrats’ to lose. Most likely, the leading Democrat will be either Redlands Mayor Pete Aguilar, activist Eloise Gomez Reyes or former Congressman Joe Baca. Aguilar has the backing of the Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee and endorsements from more than a dozen Southern California Democratic members of Congress, including most of those from neighboring districts. Gomez draws a slew of endorsements from the likes of Democratic Congress members Xavier Becerra and Raul Grijalva, the National Women’s Political Caucus and several big labor unions.
Denham, whose 10th District encompasses Modesto, Manteca and Tracy, beat Democrat Jose Hernandez, a former astronaut, by 53-47 percent in 2012, a margin of about 11,000 votes out of 209,000 cast. The Public Policy Polling survey currently shows 37 percent of district voters approve his performance in office, even with the 37 percent who disapprove. He trailed by four percentage points when the poll asked voters whether they’d vote for Denham or a Democrat, without naming any possible opponent.
Once the opposition acquires a name and face, of course, everything can change in any political race. So even though Democrats look in good shape in those districts, primary election results deciding the candidate finalists will speak loudly about the eventual outcomes.
Email Thomas Elias at email@example.com. His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, visit www.californiafocus.net
1720 OAK STREET, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405
FOR RELEASE: TUESDAY, JUNE 3, 2014 OR THEREAFTER
BY THOMAS D. ELIAS
“FUNDRAISING BLACKOUT ONE SMALL STEP TOWARD TRUST”
With polls showing Californians distrust their state government more than citizens of almost any other state, it’s high time legislators at least began taking small steps toward earning back some of the public faith they have squandered.
One way to start might be to adopt an idea advanced this spring by Democratic state Sen. Alex Padilla of Los Angeles, now a candidate to become secretary of state, California’s chief elections officer.
Even before the spring corruption indictments of fellow Democratic Sens. Ron Calderon of Montebello and Leland Yee of San Francisco, Padilla realized that one of the least seemly things lawmakers now do is raise campaign dollars right when they are deciding how to vote on important bills.
Even for the rare senator or Assembly member strong enough to heed the half-century-old advice of former Assembly Speaker Jesse Unruh (“If you can’t drink their booze, (sleep with) their women, eat their food and then vote against them, you don’t belong in politics.”), decision-time fund-raising still looks bad and erodes public trust.
Especially when a legislator then votes precisely the way big-money special interest donors want. It’s often a “which came first, the chicken or the egg” question when trying to determine whether lawmakers attract special interest support because of their own voting proclivities or vote the way they do because of special interest donations. Whichever, the practice stinks and looks terrible.
So Padilla proposes to ban campaign contributions to lawmakers during the final 100 days of each legislative session. That’s not as extreme as forbidding donations during the entire session, but the longer ban (legislative sessions run seven or eight months yearly) might be impractical. For sure, outlawing donations for entire sessions could put legislators seeking reelection at a disadvantage against challengers not subject to a ban, while leaving millionaire self-funded candidates with an even bigger advantage than they often enjoy now.
A shorter, 100-day ban is something incumbents could live with. They usually enjoy huge advantages over challengers in both fund-raising and the name-recognition that’s so important to political survival in a large state where most voters never lay eyes on a candidate.
But some of Sacramento’s most prolific fund-raisers say it wouldn’t change much if either fundraising during entire sessions or during the finishing rush were outlawed.
“It’s just rearranging deck chairs on the Titanic,” said Dan Weitzman, who gathers funds for major Democrats. “This simply front-loads fund-raising. You’d simply tell people on July 1 to mail their checks in on Sept. 1 or Sept. 15 or whenever the session ends. Everyone would know it was coming.”
Adds Democratic consultant Steve Maviglio, a onetime press secretary for ex-Gov. Gray Davis who has worked for three Assembly speakers and run many initiative campaigns, “The concept is great, but the reality is not workable. This would be nothing more than a Band-Aid at best. I favor full disclosure of all donations within 24 hours instead; then everyone will know who’s getting what from whom.”
But past history indicates that even if donations were posted immediately, very few voters would check on them.
Still, it’s clear the public wants some kind of action to clean things up in Sacramento, where almost 3 million Californians today languish with no Senate representation at all because their convicted or indicted representatives are suspended while trying to fight off corruption and perjury charges against them.
So why not start with a small step like Padilla’s proposal? The one thing it would do is keep legislators from staging fund-raising events during the times they cast their most important votes. It is conceivable that not having to confront their big donors might make it a little easier for them to get back to basics, and actually vote their consciences or their constituents’ best interests.
Doesn’t sound like much, but it could at least lend a little more of the appearance of propriety to a polluted political environment. That’s better than doing no cleanup at all, which is what has happened so far amid all the pious talk of regaining public confidence.
Email Thomas Elias at firstname.lastname@example.org. His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough, The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For more Elias columns, visit www.californiafocus.net
By Solvej Schou
Growing up in Los Angeles, I loved camping.
My family and I regularly escaped the city’s concrete sprawl for California’s wilder edges, driving deep into the desert or high up into the mountains. We’d set up a tent and plunk down sleeping bags, each trip a dusty, if slightly smelly, adventure.
Then something changed. As an adult, I stopped camping. Though still an avid nature-lover and hiker, I didn’t want to abandon the modern perks of home — roof, electricity, bed! — or similarly equipped hotels.
This year I decided to break that 15-year-long camping drought. I joined my stepmother, sister, aunt, uncle and Danish father, who has averaged three camping trips a year since he moved to California in 1977, on a three-day camping excursion in Pinnacles National Park, south of San Jose. The experience turned out fun, freeing and easier than I thought it would be.
Here are five things you might be worried about when it comes to camping, along with ways to cope.
Forgoing a comfy mattress for a sleeping bag may not sound appealing, but there are ways to lessen the ick. Driving to a campground versus hiking in means you can stuff your vehicle with provisions — including a tent you can stand up in for maximum comfort.
The taller the entrance to your tent, the less it affects your back. Then make sure to have a self-inflating mattress, like a Therm-a-Rest, or an air mattress you can inflate with a pump. Slip it under your sleeping bag to avoid the sleepless scenes from “The Princess and the Pea.” Another option is a collapsible camp cot.
Camping in spring and summer means using lighter rectangular sleeping bags stuffed with synthetic material. When it’s cold, go with a down-filled mummy-shaped sleeping bag that cinches around your face. I also found bringing a bedroom pillow helped. It smelled and felt like home.
These days some commercially operated campgrounds offer Internet access. But if you’re heading to wilderness-type parks, depending on location, you may not even have cellphone service.
You can always bring an external battery pack and angrily play Candy Crush for hours, but that really defeats the purpose of being outdoors. I did bring my excellent Jackery Fit portable battery pack, but only to make sure my iPhone was charged enough to take photos during hikes into Pinnacles’ winding mountain caves.
Channel the great naturalist Henry David Thoreau, and remember that the internet will still be there later. Play cards, eat, drink, breathe in fresh air, hike, build a campfire and enjoy the company of others — in person instead of online.
You love food, and so do animals, including squirrels and bears, whose sense of smell overshadows ours and who may find your fragrant dinner supplies irresistible. Just remember: They want your food, not you.
Never leave trash, toiletries, dirty dishes, food or drinks unattended. Don’t leave trash and open containers in your car or around the campsite. Look for metal lockers to store trash and food onsite. Keep your tent zipped up, and keep in mind that bugs and birds also enjoy nibbling on half-eaten peanut butter sandwiches, so don’t give them the chance.
As for ticks and mosquitoes, insect repellent works. For major bug phobias or when biting insects are thick, outdoor supply stores and websites sell inexpensive, lightweight mesh jackets that you can zip yourself into — including your hands and face if need be.
Bathrooms and electricity
You can live without electricity, a full-length mirror and private bathrooms without sacrificing hygiene or general spiffiness.
Most developed tent campgrounds you can drive to have communal bathrooms with running drinking water, sinks and showers, but check in advance. Pretend you’re at the Coachella Valley Music and Arts Festival, strap on a floppy hat and embrace a wind-swept, natural look.
Try gas- or battery-powered lanterns for preparing food and hanging out in the evening. A headlamp works well for midnight bathroom runs and as a makeshift night-light hung in a tent.
Leaving your smoothie blender home doesn’t mean you can’t have delicious food while camping.
Get a decently sized cooler that can keep your food cold for a few days before the ice needs to be changed out, and a small basin to wash dishes. Bring a propane gas-powered camp stove with one or two burners. In campgrounds with grills, you can fire-roast anything from portobello mushrooms to zucchini. At night my family and I made gooey s’mores.
“Approach camping as an adventure with possibilities of new experiences of fun, and the possibility of challenges,” my dad told me. “Camping gives you a sense of togetherness in a natural environment you’re not usually in, that you end up enjoying together.”
UC Davis is eying the Sacramento railyards as a possible location for a third campus housing the World Food Center and other policy and education programs.
“A lot of people have been talking to (Chancellor Linda Katehi) about the World Food Center. She is committed to having some kind of location in Sacramento,” Luanne Lawrence, associate chancellor for strategic communications, said this week.
West Sacramento also has been mentioned as a possible location for a campus, seen by the chancellor as a “bridge” between the existing health system campus in Sacramento and the core sciences in Davis, Lawrence said.
Vice Chancellor John Meyer said in a recent interview that UCD’s main objective would be to inform public policy: “If the state is a leader nationally, if the state is a leader internationally, how can we give them the data, the studies, to influence that policy?”
UCD was approached by what Lawrence characterized as civic leaders, developers, commodity groups and others with a proposal that included an artist’s rendering of a campus on the 240-acre railyards site.
The chancellor included the drawing in her state-of-the-campus address in February, showing it during a discussion of the university’s long-range planning process.
Lawrence said plans for a third campus are “amorphous.” She said a West Sacramento location and possibly a second Sacramento site have come up in discussion.
For years, the railyards have been mired in foreclosures, toxic cleanups and on-and-off development discussions as a possible site of a new arena home for the Sacramento Kings.
A variety of ideas also have been brainstormed for what, besides the World Food Center, the new campus will house, Lawrence said. ADD LINE ABOUT WHAT THE CENTER IS
Meyer said programs in population and global health are possible tenants, along with wellness and nutrition clinics and education programs for the public.
The University of California’s Sacramento center, operated by UCD along K Street, also might relocate, he said, and add “a residential experience” similar to that for UC students who take part in programs in Washington, D.C.
Meyer said the campus also might attract “major food corporations and others” looking for a West Coast home, as well as other frequent food- and health-related partners, like the California Department of Food and Agriculture.
The right place for that work is Sacramento, Lawrence said.
“It’s just the perfect place to be,” she said.
Meyer said Katehi was asking, “ ‘How do we better effect policy in areas of our strength?’ ”
“Things like the World Food Center — that’s not just, ‘How do we feed a planet with 9 billion people?’ but food safety, especially for emerging economies in Asia, and wellness — sort of this bridge between health sciences in Sacramento and the core sciences in Davis,” Meyer said.
UCD has not set a timeline for choosing a site, Lawrence said.
“By the end of the year, I feel like we’re going to have a good feeling about what we’re doing in Sacramento,” she said.
The main campus’ long-range planning process is set to get underway this quarter, with most of the public process likely to take place in the fall.
Among the standout projects being discussed are a new chemical sciences building — intended to house chemistry, chemical engineering and biochemical engineering — and a new large science building, aimed at interdisciplinary research.
Other eye-catching items that are likely to be part of the plan include replacing Toomey Field and Woody Wilson Track, at Fifth and A streets, with new housing. The track would moved to the site of the dairy complex, opening up seven or eight acres at the campus’ edge where it meets downtown.
The main campus’ current plan — akin to a city’s general plan — was approved in 2003 and was intended to guide it into the 2015-16 academic year. It included the first phase of the West Village housing project and the university’s Interstate 80 front door.
That plan imagined a campus with 30,000 students. UCD has about 33,300 students currently, including 25,800 undergraduates.
The new long-range plan may extend to the year 2025 or perhaps 2030. Much of it will be aimed at accommodating 5,000 new students, 300 faculty and 600 staff by 2020 with new classroom, lab and office space in the core of the campus being added under the 2020 growth plan.
A number of projects consistent with the current long-range plan are already in various stages of development. They include:
It’s complemented by a 45-acre strip of land on the southeast side of the university, usually called the Nishi property, which the city is taking steps to acquire, and another 11 acres owned by businesses in the Olive Drive area. The district could add both housing and space for innovative new businesses.
Following is a complete list of commencement dates, times and locations:
* May 16 — School of Law at 4 p.m. at the Mondavi Center for the Performing Arts; Master of Laws and Juris Doctor degrees.
* May 29 — School of Medicine at 2 p.m. at the Mondavi Center;
* June 11 — School of Education at 4 p.m. at the Mondavi Center;
* June 12 — Graduate Studies at 4 p.m. in the ARC Pavilion;
* June 13 — School of Veterinary Medicine at 10 a.m. at the Mondavi Center;
* June 13 — College of Agricultural and Environmental Sciences at 9 a.m. and 2 p.m. in the ARC Pavilion;
* June 14 — College of Letters and Science at 9 a.m., 2 p.m. and 7 p.m. in the ARC Pavilion;
* June 14 — Graduate School of Management at 10 a.m. at the Mondavi Center;
* June 15 — College of Biological Sciences at 9 a.m. in the ARC Pavilion; and
* June 15 — College of Engineering at 3 p.m. in the ARC Pavilion.
1720 OAK STREET, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405
FOR RELEASE: FRIDAY, MAY 30, 2014, OR THEREAFTER
BY THOMAS D. ELIAS
“WILL VOTERS CREATE A DE FACTO THIRD PARTY?”
California voters created tectonic changes in state politics four years ago, when they approved the “top two” primary election system that takes effect in races for statewide offices next month.
There is no longer any guarantee Democrats and Republicans will face off in November runoff elections. In fact, four years ago, primary election voters set up more than two dozen intra-party runoffs matching Democrat on Democrat or Republican on Republican in legislative and congressional contests. It could happen in more than one statewide race this year.
Every poll in 2010 showed that voters acted because they were sick of polarization and gridlock in Sacramento. They got what they wanted, says a new report from a University of Southern California institute funded primarily by ex-Gov. Arnold Schwarzenegger.
Voters also may have inadvertently set up a de facto third political party in Sacramento, a moderate one, even if it’s not formally recognized by anyone. For lack of a better term, this group might be called the “Blue Dogs,” borrowing a name from a group of moderate to conservative Democrats who served in Congress in the 1990s and carefully picked and chose which liberal causes to support.
Just such a group now exists in Sacramento, and it promises to grow larger after the June primary that’s already taking place via ballots mailed out this month. The group has no formal organization, but that might come as its numbers grow.
Based on an analysis of all roll-call votes in both the state Legislature and Congress, USC political scientist Christian Grose found the average state legislator was more moderate over the last 18 months than for many years previously (http://issuu.com/lesliebakergraphicdesign/docs/schwarzenegger_institute_report/1?e=0/6824134).
Diminished polarization of the parties in the Legislature took place against a background of ever-increasing partisanship in Congress, a phenomenon applying in both the House and Senate.
Most movement, Grose found, occurred among Democrats. This may partly be because, as noted in an investigation by former Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter Gary Cohn, increasing numbers of Democratic legislators are less beholden to labor unions for their campaign money and more dependent on corporations and the state Chamber of Commerce.
Cohn found that some of these lawmakers – he named Marin County’s Marc Levine and Republican-turned-Democrat Steve Fox of Palmdale as prime examples – skipped or abstained from several key votes. Abstentions affected the fate of bills aiming to help farm workers, require economic impact reports for proposed new big box stores and require more disclosure from some health insurance companies before they raise rates.
One possible addition to the Blue Dog ranks this year might be Steve Glazer, until last year a top advisor to Democratic Gov. Jerry Brown, who later worked as a consultant to the chamber. Glazer, an Orinda city councilman, now seeks an Alameda County seat in the Assembly.
“I am trying to redefine what it means to be a Democrat,” Glazer told one reporter.
For sure, Glazer has parted company with the labor unions that support most Democratic campaigns. But that doesn’t make him any less liberal on issues from gay rights to gun control and abortion, areas of relatively little interest to business.
How many Blue Dogs get elected this fall will in large part be a product of the current primary. The more Democrat-on-Democrat races ensue, the more contests will pit union contributions against business dollars.
Their outcomes can be surprising, too, as when former Santa Monica Mayor Richard Bloom two years ago won in an Assembly district created by reapportionment over Democratic Assemblywoman Betsy Butler, a strong labor ally who previously represented a district that marginally overlapped the new one. Butler now seeks a vacant state Senate seat and will very likely this fall face another Democratic rival not funded by unions.
No one can be quite certain how all this will play out in the long term: A moderate wing for the most liberal state Democratic Party in the nation? A three-party system?
These are the kind of non-automatic, unpredictable developments that make voting both worthwhile and fun.
Elias is author of the current book “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” now available in an updated third edition. His email address is email@example.com
1720 OAK STREET, SANTA MONICA, CALIFORNIA 90405
FOR RELEASE: TUESDAY, MAY 27, 2014, OR THEREAFTER
EDITORS: TO ENSURE TIMELINESS, DISREGARD EMBARGO DATE
BY THOMAS D. ELIAS
“CONFLICT OF INTEREST, CRONYSIM DOG HYDROGEN HIGHWAY”
Looking for a new reason to distrust a state government that won’t even expel legislators when they’ve been indicted or convicted?
Then examine $46.5 million in grants announced by the state Energy Commission in early May for building refueling stations to serve the hydrogen-powered cars due to appear on California roads as early as next year. These grants thoroughly pollute the coming hydrogen highway.
Fully 58 percent of the money – $27.5 million – will go to one company if the commission gives its final approval. Action was due May 14 (Editors: say Wednesday here if running this on or before May 20), with the commission’s agenda estimating it would need just 10 minutes to dole out the funds.
What’s wrong with that? The company getting all that cash – from vehicle license fees – is FirstElement Fuel, which has never built or managed anything. Its co-president is Dr. Tim Brown, until last Oct. 1 a senior scientist in the Advanced Power and Energy Program at UC Irvine.
While there, Brown was the principal designer of the Energy Commission’s map for placement of hydrogen stations, most to consist of pumps added into existing service stations. Under a contract with UCI, Brown also trained Energy Commission staffers on how to use the material he developed for the commission. Some of those staffers evaluated grant applications this spring.
If these obvious conflicts of interest aren’t problematic enough, there’s also the fact FirstElement filed a 900-page grant application barely four months after Brown left UCI. It included commitments from more than 20 service stations to allow FirstElement to install hydrogen pumps. Officials of competing companies say it’s unprecedented to recruit so many stations and develop a 900-page proposal in so little time.
About one week after this column revealed in early March that Brown had applied for tens of millions of grant dollars under a system he essentially designed, the Energy Commission requested a written opinion from the state Fair Political Practices Commission on whether Brown was in conflict of interest. In its 40-year history, the Energy Commission never before requested such an opinion.
That opinion emerged as a rubber-stamp document filled with legal sophistry. Example: “Dr. Brown was an employee of UC Irvine while operating under a contract with the Energy Commission. The research and education that the Energy Commission gained during that contract might have informed (his grant application), but we cannot say the contracts are the same or even that one necessarily led into the other,” the FPPC said. Translation: the state’s ethics watchdog says Brown can receive the state money because it can’t prove he drew the map to benefit himself. Even if this was possible.
Of course, the state Supreme Court in 1980 ruled that conflict of interest laws are intended “not only to strike at actual impropriety, but also to strike at the appearance of impropriety.” The FPPC cited this passage, but then paid it no heed. FPPC general counsel Zackery (cq) Morazzini refused to answer questions about the ruling, as did Brown, his attorney and Energy Commission officials.
Then there’s the fact that FirstElement’s proposal exposed the new company as something like a surrogate for the large international commercial fuel firm Air Products and Chemicals, which saw grants of its own pulled back by the Energy Commission after this column in 2012 revealed a pattern of cronyism in that year’s awards.
FirstElement’s proposal says the company is a “consortium of
partners,” with financing from Toyota Motor Sales and all equipment
and hydrogen fuel to come from Air Products, which will also install
the pumps. Executives of Air Products and Toyota for years have
attended meetings of the California Fuel Cell Partnership (annual
dues: $87,000) with Energy Commission staffers. This was part of
what led to the earlier allegations of cronyism.
So contrary to the FPPC’s convoluted opinion, the large new grants to Brown and FirstElement reek of conflict of interest and a revival of cronyism.
Which means that if the Energy Commission, as expected, gives final approval to the announced grants, Californians will have a dirty hydrogen highway and one more multi-million-dollar reason to distrust state government.
Email Thomas Elias at firstname.lastname@example.org. His book, “The Burzynski Breakthrough: The Most Promising Cancer Treatment and the Government’s Campaign to Squelch It,” is now available in a soft cover fourth edition. For ‘more Elias columns, go to www.californiafocus.net
By Elisabeth Robbins
The National Climate Assessment released this week tells us that climate change is happening now. Not some future time, but now. We see examples all around us—12 inches of rain in 12 hours in Dubuque, IA, 22 inches of rain awash in the streets of Miami, 102 degrees in May in Kansas, our own record drought and shortage of irrigation water in Yolo County. While record numbers of weather records are being set each year, most of these weather extremes are still within the range of historical cycles. It’s the frequency and intensity of our weather nationwide that is not normal. The pattern of more intense weather occurring more frequently shows something new is happening. It can be seen in the hard data of current measurements, not models of what someone thinks will happen in the future.
Regardless of what is causing our freaky weather, we know what we can do to prevent it from getting much, much worse. Stop putting so much greenhouse gas into the atmosphere.
It’s not a question of whether we will act; it’s become a question of when. As a kid, I learned “a stitch in time saves nine.” Taking action now and limiting world temperature rise to 2 degrees Celsius (3.8 F), the latest IPCC report estimates, would reduce global growth by only 0.06% over the next century, reducing the earth’s annual growth rate from about 2.5% down to 2.44%. But that is probably an overestimate, because the cost of action now does not include the billions gained each year from weather catastrophes that don’t happen–the crops not lost to drought, homes and businesses not lost to flood waters and rising tides, forests not lost to wildfire, etc. Not to mention lives not lost to heat stroke. Each year we delay action we increase our future costs,
A reasonable assessment of the danger of doing nothing should spur both Republicans and Democrats to action for the good of the country. All three of our elected representatives, Senators Feinstein and Boxer and Representative Garamendi , have indicated they would support a carbon tax or fee as a way to encourage Americans to use less fossil fuel. But to earn Republican support, they’ll need to agree that the fee be revenue neutral, meaning all revenue is returned to households with nothing held back to build government programs.
That compromise is a small price to pay for a big return on creating a livable environment for our children. Do we pay a little now, or a lot later?
— Elisabeth Robbins is a Woodland resident.
Four musicians from two bands that played at the original Woodstock Festival are set to headline the 44th annual Whole Earth Festival , bringing art, crafts, education, food, music and dance back to the UC Davis Quad this week.
Canned Heat will play a free show at 8 p.m. Saturday. They’ll be joined by guitarist Barry “The Fish” Melton of Country Joe and the Fish.
The student-run festival ’s opening ceremony is slated for 1 p.m. Friday. Performances and other events run until 10 p.m. Friday, from 10 a.m. to 10 p.m. Saturday and from 10 a.m. until the closing ceremony at 5 p.m. Sunday.
Bringing to the campus Canned Heat — whose song “Going Up the Country” was No. 1 on the charts during the first Whole Earth Festival , in May 1969, and which was the unofficial theme of the Woodstock concert film — has been a labor of love for co-chair Brett Lemke.
The fifth-year anthropology major has known members of the band since 2003, when he interviewed them for the music magazine Maximum Ink.
He later met the band at the Wisconsin Blues Festival , which led to his work redesigning Canned Heat’s website, researching and editing a new edition of drummer Fito De La Parra’s book “Living The Blues. Canned Heat’s Story of Music, Drugs, Death, Sex and Survival,” and serving as tour manager from 2007 to 2009.
Melton, the anti-war musician turned Yolo County public defender turned private attorney, has been friendly with Canned Heat since the blues revival music of the 1960s. He played with members of the band as Canned Fish for a 2006 tribute album to guitarist John Fahey.
Blues aficionados Alan Wilson and Bob Hite formed Canned Heat. Wilson committed suicide in 1970; Hite died of a heart attack in 1981.
De La Parra, who has long been the band’s leader, is joined in the band’s current incarnation by two others from the Woodstock lineup, bass player Larry Taylor and guitarist Harvey Mandel, as well as by journeyman singer, guitarist and harmonica player Dale Spalding, who joined up in 2007.
In his research about the band, Lemke discovered the long list of blues musicians whose work was championed by Canned Heat’s members, including John Lee Hooker and Albert Collins.
Band members tracked down blues pioneers like Sunnyland Slim, who was driving a taxi in Chicago, and Skip James, whom they found in a hospital in Tunica, Miss., and brought them to the attention of a new generation of audiences.
“What they did was so selfless. Their dedication brings tears to my eyes,” Lemke said. “When nobody knew who these guys were, (Canned Heat) lifted them up and said, ‘These are our heroes.’ ”
Now Lemke will have a chance to introduce the band and its swirl of blues, rock and boogie sounds to students who may never have heard it before.
“Fifty years of musicianship and tireless work on the road will allow (the audience) to see a group that is so experienced and that plays so well together and that is so tight and are so happy to be playing together, 50 years later, that I can only imagine — it could be life-changing,” he said. ”I’m hoping that everybody will be absolutely amazed.”
Whole Earth started in 1969 when an art class taught by José Argüelles organized an “art happening” at UCD. After the United Nations established Earth Day in 1970, the event was renamed the Whole Earth Festival .
This year’s festival has a staff of 65, headed by Lemke and co-chair Lauren Cockrell, including, for the first time, a hired accountant. More than 300 volunteers — the Karma Patrol — will be on hand to make the event go smoothly.
Some of those volunteers have returned for decades, each year passing on the festival ’s history and ideals to newcomers.
Education remains central to the festival . Among this year’s speakers include authors Kim Stanley Robinson, a Davis resident whose latest critically acclaimed novel is titled “2312,” and Tobias S. Buckell, the New York Times bestselling author of “Halo: The Cole Protocol.”
The pair will discuss climate change from the point of view of science fiction at 1 p.m. Saturday in Young Hall.
The documentary “Edible City: Grow the Revolution” will be screened at 1:30 p.m. Sunday, also in Young Hall.
Also listed in this year’s program: 21 food booths, from ice cream to Indian cuisine; 12 education booths, on topics from midwifery to using gray water; and 15 service booths, ranging from henna painting and community supported agriculture.
Dozens of crafts vendors will sell jewelry, art glass, clothing, toys and more.
Also back for another year: a kids’ space for crafts and other activities, an art space featuring works in a variety of media and a sacred space for open mic, poetry reading and other activities. A “hoop space” will feature, well, you guessed it.
An eclectic range of music — including reggae, jazz, progressive rock, funk and hip-hop — and dance — including samba and belly dancing — also will be offered.
The festival continues to strive to be a zero-waste event, and annually composts or recycles more than 97 percent of its waste.
This year, there will be no charge for the use of reusable plates, mugs and silverware from food booths, which visitors are asked to bring to dish-return stations for reuse. The festival previously has asked for a deposit or charged for their use.
The forecast this weekend calls for temperatures to top 90 degrees. Since water and soda aren’t for sale at the festival , it’s best to bring a reusable water container to fill up at the hydration station.
* First aid and other assistance can be found at the Karma Dome, the festival ’s headquarters, at the northeast corner of the Quad.
* UCD is again emphasizing a zero-tolerance policy on drugs and alcohol.
* No camping is allowed on campus.
* Dogs are allowed, but must be kept on leashes.
* Organizers encourage walking or biking to the event. For those who drive, most campus lots are free on weekends, $7 on Fridays.
For a festival map and full program of events, see http://wef.ucdavis.edu.
— Reach Cory Golden at email@example.com or 530-747-8046. Follow him on Twitter at @ cory _ golden
Republican-turned-Democrat Bill Dodd says he’s neither an opportunist nor a wolf in sheep’s clothing, but an Assembly candidate who is “pro-business” and “fiscally responsible” while being moderate to liberal on social issues.
A 14-year Napa County supervisor, Dodd will face four Yolo County candidates in June 3′s open primary: fellow Democrats Joe Krovoza and Dan Wolk, Davis’ mayor and mayor pro tem, respectively, and Republicans Charlie Schaupp, an Esparto farmer and retired Marine, and Dustin Call, a legislative aide and college student who lives in Davis.
The television ads where neighbors, friends and family can’t identify a new car as a Buick are true to life.
The attractive styling on a 2014 Buick Regal test car so stumped admirers, many could not believe it was a Buick. The common question was, “What kind of car is that?” — even as they stared at the Buick and Regal badges.
Still others couldn’t believe the 2014 Regal only has four-cylinder engines. In fact, a newly improved, direct injected, turbocharged four cylinder is offered on every trim level for 2014 and delivers a commendable 259 horsepower and 295 foot-pounds of torque.
2014 Buick Regal GS AWD
Base price: $29,690 for base Regal FWD; $31,560 for Premium I FWD; $31,865 for base Regal AWD; $33,735 for Premium I AWD; $33,760 for Premium II FWD; $35,935 for Premium II AWD; $36,905 for GS FWD; $39,270 for GS AWD
Price as tested: $44,275
Type: Front-engine, all-wheel drive, five-passenger, mid-size sedan
Engine: 2-liter, turbocharged/intercooled, double overhead cam, direct injection, inline four cylinder
Mileage: 19 mpg (city), 27 mpg (highway)
Length: 190.2 inches
Wheelbase: 107.8 inches
Curb weight: 3,981 pounds
Built at: Oshawa, Ontario, Canada
Options: Driver confidence package #2 (includes adaptive cruise control, automatic collision preparation) $1,695; power moonroof $1,000; driver confidence package No. 1 (includes forward collision alert, rear cross traffic alert, lane departure warning, memory settings for front seats and outside mirrors) $890; Crystal Red tintcoat exterior paint $495
Destination charge: $925
Subtly restyled with new light-emitting diode headlights and infotainment display for 2014, the Regal can come with front- or all-wheel drive. New safety features, such as cross traffic alert when the vehicle is backing up out of a parking space, are added to the equipment offerings. Plus, every Regal includes two years/24,000 miles of free scheduled maintenance.
Best of all, the 2014 Regal earned top, five out of five stars overall in federal government crash testing.
It’s also a recommended buy of Consumer Reports magazine where predicted reliability is average.
Starting manufacturer’s suggested retail price, including destination charge, is $30,615 for a base, front-wheel drive, 2014 Regal with 259-horsepower, turbo four cylinder and six-speed automatic. The lowest starting price for a 2014 Regal with all-wheel drive is $32,790, or $2,175 more. And the top, Regal GS has a starting retail price of $40,195 for 2014. But it does not include a power moonroof. That’s $1,000 extra.
Competitors include other premium, front-wheel drive sedans with four-cylinder engines.
As an example, the 2014 Acura TSX sedan has a starting MSRP, including destination charge, of $31,620 with 201-horsepower four cylinder and automatic transmission. The TSX, however, is not available with all-wheel drive.
Meantime, the front-wheel drive, 2014 Volvo S60 with 240-horsepower, turbocharged four cylinder and automatic transmission has a starting retail price of $34,225. The lowest starting MSRP, including destination charge, for a 2014 S60 with all-wheel drive is $35,725.
The Regal tester, a top-of-the-line GS AWD model with six-speed automatic, looked good in its tasteful Crystal Red Tintcoat paint and 19-inch alloy wheels. The car had a rich appearance and was visually interesting even on the sides, where door panels have an attractive sculpting line.
Fit and finish on the test car was excellent, too, with gaps between exterior metal body panels small in size and well aligned.
The car impressed with its quiet passenger compartment and overall handling, no matter which of three drive control modes it was in.
In standard drive control, the ride was the most compliant for daily commutes or leisurely weekend drives. It was definitely not harsh but still felt well-controlled.
The GS mode setting — activated by a button near the top of the dashboard — made the throttle more responsive, stiffened the ride and increased the steering effort needed. This setting worked well to manage body lean of the car as it traveled twisty mountain roads. The increased steering effort fit well, too, with the well-sized and tactilely pleasing steering wheel.
In between standard and GS drive settings is a sport mode with its own button on the dashboard. But in the test car, it wasn’t easy to notice much change in this middle setting, and the test car spent much of its time in standard or GS.
The Regal’s 2-liter, direct injected turbocharged four cylinder engine worked so smoothly, some passengers didn’t recognize a turbo was under the hood. Power was strong and steady, with just a hint of a lag as maximum torque of 295 foot-pounds hit by 2,500 rpm. The peppy, yet refined performance is good, considering the Regal GS AWD weighs nearly 4,000 pounds. Buick reports this model has a 6.8-second time from 0 to 60 miles per hour.
The 2014 Regal GS FWD with six-speed manual transmission — yes, Buick offers a manual on the Regal — is fastest, with a 6.2-second time.
Fuel economy isn’t as high as might be expected in this mid-size sedan. The federal government rates a 2014 Regal GS AWD model with automatic at just 19 miles per gallon in city driving and 27 mpg on the highway. The test car averaged 18 mpg in city driving and not quite 24 mpg on the highway with a lot of spirited driving.
Premium fuel is suggested but not required, and the Regal’s 18-gallon fuel tank — which can provide a combined city/highway range of less than 400 miles — can cost nearly $70 to fill with mid-range gasoline at today’s prices.
At less than 16 feet long from bumper to bumper, the Regal feels right sized, and the tester was agile and easy to park.
The back seat, with 37.3 inches of legroom and 36.8 inches of headroom, looks smaller than it is. Smaller stature adults at the outboard seat positions back there found decent space for feet and legs if front seats were moved up a bit on their tracks. The middle spot, however, is tight when three adults are back there. And the middle person has to contend with a sizable hump in the floor.
Trunk space in the Regal is 14.2 cubic feet, just a tad more than the 14 cubic feet in the TSX.
The 2014 Regal with automatic transmission is among the General Motors Co. vehicles recalled this month because a cable in the transmission may disengage from the shift lever. If this occurs, the driver may be unable to put the Regal into “park,” creating the risk the car could roll away.
After a series of scandals that led to the suspensions of three Democratic senators, and what Krovoza sees as “a general malaise about the effectiveness of government,” he says that voters want “ a smart, functioning government that puts policy and the people over politics.”
One way to do that, he says, is make decisions rooted in facts, not politics.
“My day job, what I’ve been doing for the last 17 years, has been working with faculty and graduate students on clean transportation and energy policy. Our goal is to transfer kind of right thinking policies to the legislature. I want to do that in spades.
“The University of California, not just Davis, is the research arm of the state of California, so we need to make sure that there are more mechanisms for getting good analysis and good policy recommendations out of UC and into the state of California.”
Krovoza said that he talks to voters about making tough choices during the recession. The city reduced staffing by 23 percent over six years, but has maintained and in some cases increased service, he says.
On education, Krovoza touts his 17 years at UCD, his service on the California Student Aid Commission, his time as a community college student trustee.
Krovoza said that there needs to be protections on the UC and California State University budget, similar to the way that Prop. 98 guarantees a portion will go to K-14 education.
“When times get tight, then, K-14 is protected but higher education — UC, CSU — are not,” he said. “This is part of what’s causing high student fees. When you’ve got to cut UC and CSU, the only place they can go for money is student fees and that’s reducing accessibility.”
Krovoza said he gets “a little nervous” about locking in a percentage of the budget, however. “I don’t know exactly how we’d do it,” he said.
Krovoza said that at the K-12 level, he’d seek additional funding for technical education to provide options for students who aren’t necessarily college bound and to incentivize group-based learning.
He would oppose “teaching to the test” and seek to move away from No Child Left Behind, testing to evaluate teachers and funding formulas based on test scores.
“We’re now using testing as something that we’re hanging over teachers and students in this world of teacher evaluation and such,” he said. “I support testing to help us learn how we should tweak our system, where administrators and teachers are collaborative.”
Krovoza, who has attracted Sierra Club and League of Conservation Voters endorsements, said that he would “defend staunchly” AB 32: the state’s landmark climate change law, which set the state’s goal of returning to 1990 greenhouse gas emission levels by 2020, and continue the push for increased energy from renewables.
He’d also bring a local perspective on addressing environmental issues. More than 200 cities in the state have climate action plans with little or no money to implement them.
“I’ve been part of something called the Transportation Coalition for Livable Cities,” he said. “That group is working to make sure cap and trade revenue, which is going to be enormous for the state, is pushed to the highest percent possible to local communities who can prove that their local actions will be carbon reducing. I think that that’s very powerful, and I want to continue that work in the Assembly.”
Likewise, Krovoza said that cities need help with water management.
“A community like Davis, with all of our talent and relatively good funding, still has a hard time making these assessments of exactly what’s the most effective, efficient, low-cost system,” he said.
“As I’ve travelled around the fourth Assembly district, you have cities of 5,000 people with no experts, barely a city council, and they’re supposed to figure out how to do water management? How do they hire the consultants, how do they characterize their groundwater basin, how do they do a big bidding process to get a good firm to come in? The challenges of these problems are completely swamping small communities.”
Krovoza opposes the Delta tunnels plan, supporting instead off-river storage north and south of the Delta, rather than damming rivers, and increased conservation. He is also a backer of high-speed rail.
During his tenure the city has “really reasserted our leadership” on environmental issues, including a new bike plan and transportation element for its general plan, he said.
“The water project is a spectacularly creative environmental advancement to get us off of our groundwater, to go into conjunctive use, to use low-quality well water for our parks and to buffer ourselves against all the minerals in the ground that we otherwise had to treat for,” he said.
Krovoza also cites: the city’s effort to divert 75 percent of its solid waste, conservation-oriented water rates, high efficiency standards for both the water supply and waste water treatment plants, the plastic bag bag and an anti-rodenticide resolution.
“Joe has a tremendous record that distinguishes him from public servants all over the state,” says Nicholas Josefowitz, founder of the advocacy group Leadership for a Clean Economy, which picked two Assembly candidates statewide to support (the other: Councilwoman Suja Lowenthal, D-Long Beach) in races for an open seat. “We picked people who would move the agenda forward — who would not just vote the right way but be the authors of the next great climate change legislation.”
Dodd and Schaupp have questioned whether Krovoza’s environmentalism would come before all else, including infill development and economic growth.
Dodd cites Krovoza’s vote against the Cannery, which Krovoza defends as an attempt to improve bike connectivity and increase safety by asking developers for a second grade-separated crossing.
“My environmentalism is performance-based environmentalism — it’s not command-and-control,” he says. “And so, in clean-vehicle regulations, in clean-fuel regulations, in land-use planning, what I believe in is setting up these financial incentives where we tell people, this is where we want to go, and we think you can move in that direction.”
The Pleasants/Hoskins “Joyful Ranch” will be the site of the May 1 Winters History Symposium. Courtesy photo
The picture is from the Vacaville Museum collection, showing the earliest fruit growers in Solano County. The people in the picture have their age following their names, and in parenthesis the year they arrived in this area. The picture was taken April 29th, 1894 at the James M. Pleasants ranch in upper Pleasants Valley to celebrate the 85th birthday of J.M. Pleasants.
Front row, Left to Right, John Reid Wolfskill, 90 (1836); M.R. Miller, 76, (1849); James Madison Pleasants, 85 (1849); J.R. Collins, 67, (1849); and G. W. Thissell, 65, (1850)
Back row, Left to Right, William James Pleasants, 60, (1849); E.R. Thurber, 68, (1850); Richardson Long, 74 (1849); and Edwin C. Rust, founder of the Winters Express in 1884.
Every year, the Picnic Day board of directors selects a theme to reflect the mission and vision of that year’s Picnic Day. The theme is incorporated into many of the events at Picnic Day, especially the Picnic Day Parade.
2013 – Snapshot
2012 – Then, Now, Always
2011 – Rewind
2010 – Carpe Davis: Seizing Opportunities
2009 – Reflections: 100 Years of Aggie Legacy
2008 – A Kaleidoscope of Voices
2007 – Making Our Mark
2006 – Celebrate Today
2005 – Live on One Shields Ave.
2004 – Shifting Gears for 90 Years
2003 – Rock The Picnic
2002 – Open Mind, Open Door
2001 – Aggies Shine Together
2000 – Life’s A Picnic
1999 – Moo-ving Into the Future
1998 – Breaking New Ground
1997 – UC Davis Outstanding in It’s Fields
1996 – Carrying the Torch of Tradition
1995 – Down To Earth
1994 – Students Shining Through
1993 – Faces of the Future
1992 – Moovin Ahead
1991 – Catch the Spirit, Building a Better U
1990 – Shaping Our Environment with Diversity, Tradition and Style
1989 – Challenging Our Future Today
1988 – Progress Backed By Tradition
1987 – On The Move
1986 – Reaching New Heights
1985 – Setting The Pace
1984 – Celebrating Excellence: UCD’s Diamond Anniversary
1983 – Meeting the Challenge
1981 – ’81 A Vintage Year
1980 – Decade Debut
1979 – Aggie Energy
1978 – Davis Directions
1976 – UCDiversity
1975 – Hay Day
1974 – Cycles
1973 – The Farm Mooves
1972 – Remember the First
1971 – Memories of the Past… A Challenge to the Future
1970 – Blowing in the Wind
1969 – Freewheeling & Friendly
1968 – Know Your University and 100 Years Later
1967 – Farm
1965 – Aggie Country
1964 – Today’s Aggie Family
1963 – Aggie Jubilee
1962 – Kaleidoscope ’62
1961 – Workshop for the World
1960 – Foundations for the Future
1959 – U-Diversity
1958 – Showcase of Progress
1957 – Campus Cavalcade
1956 – Aggie Milestones
1955 – Future Unlimited
1954 – California Cornucopia
1953 – At Home
1952 – Preview of Progress
1951 – Harvest of Science
1950 – Cavalcade of Agriculture
1949 – Research Makes the Difference
1941 – We Are Still Behind the Plow
1940 – Agriculture, the Nation’s Foundation
1937 – Cal Aggies, Farmer better living, partners in Agricultural progress
1936 – Be entertained
1935 – Agriculture Ahead
1934 – 25 years ago
1933 – A New Day in Agriculture
1930 – Twenty Years Ago in Agriculture
1928 – Look Beneath the Surface
1923 – Follow the Sign
Roy W. Bellhorn, D.V.M., is the Distinguished Alumnus of the Year Award at Michigan State Veterinary School. He is holding Kermit, clearly a mutual love relationship.
Photo by Margaret Burns
Roy W. Bellhorn, D.V.M. is a Distinguished Alumnus of the Michigan State Veterinary School for his contributions to veterinary medicine.
Photo by Margaret Burns
Roy W. Bellhorn, D.V.M. is the Distinguished Alumnus of the year at Michigan State Veterinary School for his contributions to his profession. He is being wooed by Kermit the Lovable.
Bellhorn receives prestigious veterinary medicine award
By MARGARET BURNS
Roy Bellhorn, a Winters resident for 30 years, and still an “implant” in town, is known locally for his singing in barbershop style (or swing) with Octapella. He can be found delivering meals to seniors, teaching literacy one-on-one, helping out in the Winters Theatre Company kitchen, dining with the Olde Phartz, or chatting up a lovely lady here and there.
He never brags about what he has done professionally, but his college has recognized it this year. He is the Distinguished Alumnus of the Year of the Michigan State Veterinary School.
This award is given to a graduate of the school who is “held in high esteem by his or her colleagues and who has excelled in practice, teaching, research, service and/or organized veterinary medicine.”
Dr. Roy William Bellhorn has done all of that. And more.
He is one of the five founders of the subspecialty of veterinary ophthalmology. He trained in human ophthalmology and has a master’s degree from New York University in human ophthalmology because there were no veterinary ophthalmology courses in the 1960s. He applied his knowledge to animals, usually dogs and cats, but occasionally horses or apes, parrots or dolphins or whales. He was a consultant to the Bronx Zoo for exotic animal eye diseases.
At the UC Davis Veterinary School, where he was recruited in 1984, he won the Norden Teacher of the Year award.
He is known for his research in animal models of human disease, for which he was mentored by his chairman at Albert Einstein College of Medicine in New York City, Paul Henkind. Bellhorn held grants from the National Institutes of Health for many years.
He was president of the American College of Veterinary Ophthalmology, which he helped found; chaired the board defining their residency programs and proficiency examinations.
Bellhorn is still an active member, as an Emeritus, of the Ophthalmology service at UC Davis Veterinary School.
His contributions are so numerous and longstanding, that it is not surprising when one young veterinary ophthalmology resident was introduced to him, she blurted out, “Dr. Bellhorn, I thought you were dead!”
He is not dead and he lives in Winters.
(Disclaimer: This story was written by Maggie Burns, a sometimes collaborator, critic, and his wife.)
PICNIC DAY CENTENNIAL
The 100th Picnic Day is right around the corner on April 12, and Campus Recreation and Unions is ready to celebrate! Here’s a sneak peak at what our units have planned.
Activities and Recreation Center (ARC): Open house, 11 a.m.–4 p.m.
Cal Aggie Marching Band: CAMB will strut their stuff in the Picnic Day parade, 8–10 a.m. Catch them again at the Arboretum during Battle of the Bands, 2–10 p.m.
Craft Center: Open house, noon–3 p.m.
Equestrian Center: Open house, noon–3 p.m.
Games Area: Arcade open 10 a.m.–5 p.m. Bowling and billiards available 5–11 p.m.
Outdoor Adventures: Open house, 11 a.m.–3 p.m. Check out the new facility and learn about the exciting activities and classes offered in spring.
Sport Clubs: Sport Clubs will host the Men’s Waterpolo Alumni Game, 9–10 a.m., and the Women’s Waterpolo Alumni Game, 10–11 a.m., at Hickey Pool.
Hal & Carol Sconyers
The centennial Picnic Day Board of Directors is pleased to introduce this year’s parade marshals – Hal & Carol Sconyers and Sandy Holman. We believe that these individuals exemplify what it means to have Aggie Pride and spirit through their pivotal contributions and roles on the UC Davis campus. These individuals have helped make Davis what it is today.
For their part, Hal & Carol Sconyers have proven that that they both are true Aggies. Having both graduated from Davis, the Sconyerses now reside at the University Retirement Community just a mile from campus. Hal graduated from UC Davis in 1952 with a degree in Agronomy from the College of Agricultural and Environmental Sciences. He initially enrolled at Davis as a veteran using the G.I. Bill to pay for his tuition. When Hal first came to Davis in 1948, he registered as a pre vet major; this was the same year that UC Davis’ School of Veterinary Medicine opened. Carol began her time at Davis in 1951 as a Home Economics major. While at Davis, Hal was a part of the Alpha Gamma Rho fraternity. Hal and his then new wife, Carol, were both on the Alpha Gamma Rho float as a part of the 1952 Picnic Day parade.
Through his studies in agronomy at UC Davis, Hal was able to gain experience in making farm loans at a major bank in Sacramento, which started him on a long career in financial services. This would lead him to becoming the founding CEO and President of the Modesto Banking Company (MBC). After spending many years in the banking industry in Modesto, the Sconyerses made their return back to Davis in 1994. It was at his desk in the the MBC bank that Hal received a call from a UC Davis development officer asking for his financial support of the Alpha Gamma Rho room in the soon-to-be built Walter A. Buehler Alumni Center; it was the building of the Walter A. Buehler Alumni Center that catalyzed his & Carol’s return.
It was during this return that the Sconyerses both fell in love with the Davis community and campus for a second time. Hal was on the California Aggie Alumni Association board for four years, from 1991 to 1995. He also served on the UC Davis Foundation board from 1995 to 2001. It was through such contributions that started the now successful CAAA. The Sconyerses were also very great friends with the fifth chancellor of UC Davis, Larry Vanderhoef. When Chancellor Vanderhoef initially started his tenure, one of his goals included a campaign to create a performing arts center on campus. The goal was to bring world-class performers to Davis students and surrounding communities. After hearing his plans, the Sconyerses became very instrumental in bringing the idea into fruition. They were on the early steering committee and helped raise the initial seed money for what is now the Robert and Margrit Mondavi Center for the Performing Arts. When the facility was being built, they were able to participate in hardhat tours and were present on the opening night and very first performance at the Mondavi Center. Carol took a particularly large role at the Mondavi Center. She was the President of “Friends of UC Davis Presents” for a year before it became the “Friends of the Mondavi Center,” which she led for 2 years. To this day, the Sconyers continue to take an active role in the arts. They volunteer as ushers at matinee shows at the Mondavi Center.
In addition to their aforementioned contributions, the Sconyerses have contributed to UC Davis’ Intercollegiate Athletics, the Cal Aggie Marching Band, UC Davis Medical Center, Graduate School of Management, as well as both CAAA and CA&ES scholarship programs. Hal & Carol also still attend UC Davis sport games on a daily basis – always cheering for their favorite Aggie team! It is through such contributions and reasons that the 100th Picnic Day Board of Directors is excited to have them as this year’s parade marshals. Through this nomination, the board feels we are celebrating the Sconyerses for their many contributions to UC Davis as a great institution.
Sandy Holman has also proven to display Aggie pride through her admirable work. She graduated from UC Davis in 1987 as a Psychology major. With her degree, Sandy was able to work with the two things that she loved in life – people and writing. All of her experiences would eventually lead to her starting the Culture Co-Op. While at Davis, Sandy took an active role on campus through her multiple jobs, including a job at the Tape Lab, where students could rent out tapes of lectures, as well as was on the volleyball team. While at Davis, Sandy was also able to meet her husband, who is also a fellow Aggie alumnus. Next year, they will have been married for 25 years!
After graduation, Sandy began to write on the side, which eventually culminated to her publishing many books that have been nationally and internationally circulated. She found a great interest in the interactions between people and how that is sometimes manifested through prejudices and biases. It was her goal to fight such prevalent social injustices through her work, which was aided by her experience in dealing with different groups of people. It is Sandy’s goal to counteract these social injustices, which would result in people realizing their fullest potential.
After working several jobs, which included interacting with children, Sandy started the Culture Co-Op in 1991 as a way to fight against hate. It is her hope that she leaves a legacy that “encourage[s] people to love themselves and others and to share power and resources in the world.” In addition to spearheading the Culture Co-Op, Sandy also served on the board at the International House for 3 years. While on the board, Sandy collaborated on the International Festival, which brought three thousand people in its first year. The focus of the festival is to bring different cultures of many countries to the people of Davis for a day as an educational experience.
Through her work in fostering diversity and community at Davis, the 100th Picnic Day Board is very proud to nominate Sandy Holman as the other parade marshal for this centennial celebration. It is our belief that through Sandy’s continued and past work, such feelings of unity are felt throughout the UC Davis campus and in the city of Davis.
MAK Design+Build is proud to announce the opening of the Honda Smart Home US, a showcase for environmental innovation on the UC Davis campus in the West Village net-zero neighborhood. This demonstration home is a showcase for cutting edge green living and transportation technologies.
MAK designed the interior spaces and provided sustainability consulting for interior details including fixtures, appliances, furniture and finishes. All furnishings and finishes were selected to maintain the highest levels of indoor air quality and minimize environmental impact. Efficient plumbing, lighting, and appliance selections will reduce the consumption load for the life of the house. Beautiful finishes and furnishings ensure that the home is as enjoyable as it is healthy and responsible.
Other local businesses involved with the project include Davis Energy Group, Monley Cronin, Cunningham Engineering, and the California Lighting and Technology Center.
The Honda Smart Home US is located at 299 Sage Street in the West Village area of campus and will be open for public tours on March 25 from 12 pm to 4 pm. The house will be open again Friday, March 28, Saturday March 29, and Sunday March 30 from 11 am to 4 pm. More information is available at http://www.hondasmarthome.com/.
By Cory Golden
Lincoln Journal Star
WAHOO — Inside the white house with the black shutters, none of Ken Smith’s things have moved, not his after-shave, not the collection of toy farm machinery, not the green blanket on his chair.
In the garage, the oldies station on his radio still plays.
Sitting on the patio, rain rapping its little roof, his widow drinks coffee in the gray cold.
“Everything is going to stay where he left it,” Roma Smith says. “His clothes will stay in the closet. I still feel like maybe he’ll come back, that he’ll need his stuff, even though I know he won’t.”
An allegedly drunk driver hit Ken, who was filling potholes May 15 for the city of Lincoln. Less than three hours later, Roma stood over her husband, dead at 52 from massive internal injuries, a rubber sheet pulled to his chin.
With her fingers, she brushed the hair of his mustache and the hair on his head, parted to one side, turned dark black to gray-tinged, always a touch too long.
Married for 30 years, they’d made it through the Vietnam War, through political campaigns, through building and closing a business, through her battles with multiple sclerosis, through raising a song and scraping to get by.
Now it ended like this. Goodbye, so soon.
They met when he smeared catfish bait in her mouth. She got sick; he apologized; she accepted.
He was a quiet senior, the middle child of a farm family, a runner who drove too fast in his ’59 Ford. She was the talkative only child of the county’s register of deeds. They went to the movies, played pinball, ate burgers at the teen center.
“It was like it was meant to be,” she says.
It was 1965.
After graduation he loaded pens at the sale barn and delivered lumber until 1968, when he enlisted in the Army. He spent a year in Germany, where he had a portrait of her painted from a senior photo. Then he shipped out to Vietnam.
The young couple scribbled letters. She worried he’d get bee stings, to which he was badly allergic.
He came home in May 1970. They didn’t talk about the war; instead, they planned a wedding.
In 1975 he began farming near Wahoo, working his parents’ 160 acres, which the couple moved onto, and another 340 owned by her parents. They bought Mr. J’s Drive-In, which they ran until 1978, when Roma decided the couple couldn’t raise her baby, little Heath, working 12 to 14 hour days in a fast-food joint.
Active in the American Legion and Veterans of Foreign Wars, Ken took a stab at politics in 1980. Selling insurance and running the restaurant had brought him out of his shell, and the campaign was successful. He served one term as a county supervisor.
In 1982, convinced the state needed a new generation of leaders, he ran for lieutenant governor and lost in the Republican primary.
A member of the Saunders County Historical Society, Ken bough a century-old gran elevator in Ithaca his grandfather once ran. His wife thought he was nuts. In February, the elevator was added to the National Register of Historic Places.
In 1986, a doctor diagnosed Roma with multiple sclerosis. For a six-month stretch, she lost her sight. To boost her spirits, Ken bought her a keyboard, but she couldn’t see the sheet music. So he bought her a baby goat instead.
He led her by the arm, read to Heath because she couldn’t.
Later, she campaigned for school board, walking neighborhoods with a cane. Ken made her signs. She won and remains on the board 13 years later.
Heath grew into a state champion runner, his dad always cheering him from the backstretch, even if it meant climbing a barbed wire fence to get to the spot where he could make eye contact with his son.
When Heath chose Nebraska Wesleyan over schools that offered athletic scholarships, Ken took another job to make it happen, working 45 hours each week at a seed corn plant.
A friend suggested he apply with the Lincoln Public Works Department. He quit the plant to work 4 p.m.-midnight plowing streets or fixing potholes.
The Smiths settled into a routine after 1993, buying the little house in Wahoo so she wouldn’t have to struggle climbing stairs.
Early each morning, Roma would hear the comforting sound of Ken’s pickup pulling up in the drive at 10 minutes before 1. He’d come in, make a tuna sandwich, watch a movie on TV.
In early April, Roma decided to write the couples’ obituaries. It was a family custom. They were tucked away in a Bible, ready when the time came. She read Ken his one morning while he was in the bathroom, and he laughed.
It was about six weeks later, around 9:45 p.m. on a weeknight, when Ken called using his cell phone. He wore a western shirt, as usual, jeans and an old pair of Heath’s track shoes.
“What’s wrong?” Roma asked.
“Oh, nothing,” he said. “I’ve just got to go to 56th and O Street to fill a pothole. I just wanted to say I love you.” He was like that, Roma says. A pad of paper is filled with notes: Gone to the farm. Love you, Me.
About 90 minutes later, he was loading shovels into a truck when another truck driving 45 to 50 mph hit Ken, witnesses said. The driver, Robert E. Lee, a 31-year-old with three previous convictions for driving under the influence, is scheduled for a June 23 preliminary hearing in Lancaster County Court on manslaughter charges.
“I don’t believe in an eye-for-an-eye, a tooth-for-a-tooth,” Roma says, “but people like that have to be stopped before they hurt another family.”
Heath missed his college graduation to go to his dad’s funeral. He helps out on his grandfather’s farm now. The sheep will be sold off, along with other animals.
He says he finds himself sitting at the farm for hours at a time, just thinking. On Wednesday, he stood in an antique store, trying to see things as his dad saw them.
He used to dream of running in the Olympics. That dream is over. Now he thinks about his father’s hands, so rough and hard that a friend once asked what was the matter with them.
“I said he worked hard,” Heath says. “How can you tell someone that those hands showed how much he loved us.”
Heath works part-time at Kmart and mows lawns for money. At 23, he faces $30,000 in school loans and taking care of his mother, who still suffers from double vision, and grandmother and the farm and a little daughter of his own, 2-year-old Abigail.
“I’ll work 80, 90, 100 hours a week or more. I just want to keep what my dad built together,” Heath says. “I don’t worry about myself, just my family. I’ll never ask for help. We’ll get by somehow, but it’ll be hard.”
When Ken’s girlfriend got pregnant, others were unsure how to handle it. But Ken supported his son openly, was happy without hesitation, even beating Heath to the hospital on the day little Abby was to be born.
“Hopefully I can be as good to her as my dad was to me,” Heath says.
Sixty bouquets brightened the church for Ken’s funeral. Roma wore a black suit she’d bought just weeks before, so new she hadn’t taken it out of the bag. Cards flooded in, so many it took her and six friends nine hours to write thank-you notes.
Roma sees other friends at the store, catching them out of the corner of her eye as they slink off, unsure what to say. Others drip by with food or a hug.
“When you hurt in a little town, everyone hurts with you,” she says. “They don’t know your pain, but they share your sorrow.”
Roma sits with her mother each day, sits and talks, sits and waits for any of it to make sense, sits and waits for Lee’s trial to begin.
“I have not really sat down and bawled,” Roma says. “When someone is buried in the ground, for most people it’s the end. But this is only beginning.”
As part of the Davis High School ski team for three seasons, junior Davis Perez has regularly heard coach Bob Brewer say at the last meeting of the year, “If you really want to improve your skiing, consider going to race camp this summer.”
So Davis, his younger brother, Tate, and five of their friends took Brewer’s advice to heart and booked spots at Timberline Summer Snow Race Camp at Mt. Hood, Ore.
(Details about ski camp)
So what can one expect at summer ski camp?
Timberline Summer Snow Race Camp (http://www.timberlinesnowcamps.com/)
So who else attended ski camp?
Ski team kids as well as kids who want to be on the DHS team getting a head start. Besides then-seventh-graders Tate Perez and Kyle Powell, two of this year’s freshman racers, Josh Lovell and Jackson Lutzker attended last summer.
National license plates from many of the 50 states; but international skiers … heard Russian, Japanese, and kids skied beside members of the Canadian Olympic team.
2,100 lift tickets sold on Monday (looks far less crowded)
32 stayed with Timberline that we used….Major benefit is it’s the only race camp with lift line-cutting privileges.
You can stay at the Timberline Lodge, recognizable as the exterior of “The Overlook Hotel” from The Shining, or rent a place. Talk about our place and how the kids loved it.
Kids who stayed at camp did afternoon activities…Mt. Hood Adventure Park, rafting on XXX river,
Can demo skis in Govt. Camp
Daily videoing gets done, and at the end of the ski day, students sit with their instructors to go over the day’s footage…instructor analyzes footage with skiers. Send a DVD home at the end of the camp.
From Timberline website:
Quality coaching from our experienced and dedicated staff provides participants with an optimal training experience. Our emphasis during Performance Camps is on gate training for Giant Slalom and Slalom. This camp is ideal for both the beginner racer and the very experienced competitor. Summer race camp is the perfect opportunity to focus on fundamentals and make changes that will make you faster for the coming season. Groups are divided based on age and ability.
Details about the cabin/recreation in the area
Entertainment in the area…Alpine Slide (name of that park?), Portland not too far (look this up) and a jet boat along the Willamette River. Huckleberry milkshakes!
(move this lower)
My husband, Steve, and I assumed we’d have the week off to do whatever we wanted while the kids were at camp, but our older son approached us and asked if we’d consider renting a place near ski camp for the group of friends (with Steve and I as chaperones). Long story short, we opted for that rather than having the kids lodge at Timberline.
Once we got to Mt. Hood, we knew several other Davis students who attended camp and stayed at the lodge, and those we talked to reported enjoying it. But our guys were very happy having the cabin as a home base.
The lodge, it should be said, is the famous Timberline Lodge, recognizable as the exterior of “The Overlook Hotel” from Stephen King’s horror movie, “The Shining.”
3. The conditions were very icy in the morning, then got to a good condition of snow after an hour of skiing. The rest of the day was slushy!
4. My coach was very awesome! They went to the personal level, learning your name and wanting to help you ski better.
6. The best part was probably the alpine slide, that was crazy. We originally had planned to spend some of the day there and most at the other part of the amusement park but we ended up going back to it because it was so fun. It probably never would have been allowed in California; there were no safety regulations like helmets, which made it way cooler. I almost fell out a couple of times, but I never did, so the risk just made it better. Getting air on it was also awesome.
5. I would do absolutely do it again, no question about it. I don’t know if I would do it if I wasn’t gonna be in the cabin with my friends, though. That was the best part, because while our coach, Ben, was great, the conditions of the mountain weren’t. While it was nice to be skiing in the summer, it wasn’t very good skiing. There were no trees, no powder, just the icy, salty, steep race course. However, being with friends and getting to go do crazy awesome things like the alpine slide and riverboat tour was super cool, and it was good to get the practice in for the next season. (That sorta answered some of the other questions too I guess)
Timberline Summer Snow Race Camp (http://www.timberlinesnowcamps.com/)
Ski team kids as well as kids who want to be on the DHS team getting a head start (Lovell, Lutzker)
National license plates from many of the 50 states; but international skiers … heard Russian, Japanese, and kids skied beside members of the Canadian Olympic team.
2,100 lift tickets sold on Monday (looks far less crowded)
32 stayed with Timberline that we used….Major benefit is it’s the only race camp with lift line-cutting privileges.
You can stay at the Timberline Lodge, recognizable as the exterior of “The Overlook Hotel” from The Shining, or rent a place. Talk about our place and how the kids loved it.
Kids who stayed at camp did afternoon activities…Mt. Hood Adventure Park, rafting on XXX river,
Can demo skis in Govt. Camp
Entertainment in the area…Alpine Slide (name of that park?), Portland not too far (look this up) and a jet boat along the Willamette River.
Daily videoing gets done, and at the end of the ski day, students sit with their instructors to go over the day’s footage…instructor analyzes footage with skiers. Send a DVD home at the end of the camp.
From Timberline website:
Quality coaching from our experienced and dedicated staff provides participants with an optimal training experience. Our emphasis during Performance Camps is on gate training for Giant Slalom and Slalom. This camp is ideal for both the beginner racer and the very experienced competitor. Summer race camp is the perfect opportunity to focus on fundamentals and make changes that will make you faster for the coming season. Groups are divided based on age and ability.
AGE 10 AND UP (younger age possible with approval)
OVERNIGHT CAMP SESSIONS
June 30 – July 6
July 7 – July 13
July 21 – July 27
Combine two sessions and receive a $100 credit.
DAY CAMP SESSIONS (5-DAY) – $575/person
July 1 – 5
July 8 – 12
July 22 – 26
DAY DAY CAMP SESSIONS (3-DAY) – $375/person
July 1 – 3
July 8 – 10
July 22 – 24
Day 1: Free skiing warm-up, drills focusing on athletic stance and GS Training drills.
Day 2: Warm-up drills focus on athletic stance, GS Training with individual focus.
Day 3: Warm-up drills, GS training with individual focus, timed GS runs
Day 4: Warm-up drills with slalom focus, slalom training with individual focus.
Day 5: Warm-up drills, slalom training with individual focus, timed slalom runs.
WHY TIMBERLINE SUMMER CAMP?
• Safe & Secure
• Priority Lift Access (cut to the front of the line!)
• Early summer season soft snow
• No attitudes, intimidation or embarrassment
• Home Court Advantage – We run the Ski Area
• Historic Timberline Lodge
• Professional Coaches & Counselors
OVERNIGHT CAMP AMENITIES:
• On-hill lodging at Timberline Lodge
• Video Analysis
• Afternoon Activities
• Meals by award winning Timberline Culinary Team
• Camp session DVD
• Camper promo gift pack
DAY CAMP AMENITIES
Same as above, but without the lodging, afternoon activities, meals and camp session DVD. Video analysis available for additional $20.
By Mark Reynolds
Back when Fred Flintstone was puffing away on Winston cigarettes in the 1960s, it was hard to imagine the day would ever come when we would see the end of smoking in the U.S. But, much to the relief of our overburdened health-care system, some officials now dare to predict that the adult smoking rate will drop to 5 percent or lower by mid-century.
So, how is America breaking its addiction to tobacco, and what lessons can we apply to a similarly dangerous addiction — the burning of fossil fuels?
For starters, the days when ashtrays were a fixture on nearly every office desk are long gone, thanks to restrictions on smoking in the workplace, restaurants, airlines and other confined spaces where humans must share the air. Being a smoker today is, to say the least, inconvenient, as workers in cities like Minneapolis must sometimes brave 10-below wind chill to satisfy their nicotine fix.
While restrictions are making smokers outcasts, there’s an even more powerful incentive to quit or never take up this nasty habit: Economics.
I risk dating myself here, but I can recall a time when every diner in America had a vending machine in which you could drop two quarters, pull a lever and acquire your favorite pack of smokes. These days, that same box of Marlboros will set you back $6 in some places, courtesy of the heavy state and federal taxes placed on cigarettes.
At a certain point, people are confronted with the total insanity of spending over two grand a year to increase their chances of getting lung cancer, money better spent on things like, oh, groceries. Teenagers working minimum-wage jobs, even those who flunked algebra, can easily do the math and figure out that a pack-a-day habit eats up maybe a quarter of their paycheck.
The taxes we place on tobacco are a prime example of an economic tool called Pigovian taxation, named after an early 20th Century economist named Arthur Pigou. Many conservative economists subscribe to this school of thought, which maintains that the free market normally produces things that are good for society. There are times, Pigou argued, however, when the market fails. Those times occur when something imposes a cost to society that is not reflected in its price. When that happens, it is necessary to correct that market failure with a tax.
Cigarette smoking imposes tremendous costs to our society. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention attributes 480,000 deaths per year in the U.S. to smoking, including 42,000 deaths from second-hand smoke. The economic cost is equally staggering: $133 billion in direct medical care for adults and more than $156 billion in lost productivity.
By imposing a heavy tax on cigarettes, some of those costs are now reflected in the price Americans pay for tobacco. That steep price is discouraging people from buying cigarettes and helping us move toward a smoke-free, healthier society.
In a similar way, conservative economists – from Greg Mankiw, to Douglas Holtz-Eakin to George Shultz – believe a Pigovian tax should be applied to fix the market failure surrounding fossil fuels. These fuels are relatively cheap because, like tobacco years ago, their costs to society are not accounted for in their price.
Those costs include treating respiratory and other health problems associated with air pollution. They also include costs associated with climate change, which will get higher in years to come if we fail to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. We’re talking about damage from weather-related disasters made worse by global warming, higher food prices stemming from crop shortages, and deaths and hospitalizations caused by extreme heat.
The failure of Congress to treat our fossil fuel addiction the same way we treated our tobacco addiction is forcing President Obama to deal with climate change through a regulatory process abhorred by conservatives.
Such regulations would be unnecessary if Congress enacted a steadily-rising tax on the carbon content of coal, oil and gas. This would correct the market failure that makes fossil fuels our first option to generate electricity and provide transportation. If revenue from such a tax returned to households, we can break our carbon addiction without imposing economic hardship on families. Border tariffs on imports from nations that lack a similar pricing mechanism will motivate other countries to follow our lead.
Taxes are already helping us to kick the tobacco habit. They can help us kick another equally harmful habit and preserve a livable world for our grandchildren. As Fred would say, “Yabba-dabba-doo!”
Mark Reynolds is Executive Director of Citizens Climate Lobby.
On Fri, Feb 14, 2014 at 4:08 PM, Debbie Davis wrote:
The text of the oped piece did not arrive with your form. Would you mind attaching it to this email?
On Feb 14, 2014, at 3:27 PM, Davis Enterprise wrote:
City of Residence
Phone (including area code)
ending addiction to tobacco shows how to end addiction to fossil fuels
I have just received this oped from Citizens Climate Lobby Executive Director Mark Reynolds, and I’m sending it to you in hopes you will publish it. Health officials have recently reported that they now think we can virtually eliminate smoking in the US by mid-century. This is great news for the health of our country. And it shows how we might break another harmful addiction, burning fossil fuels that emit heat-trapping gases.
I hope you will consider running this oped in the Davis Enterprise.
Yolo County Citizens Climate Lobby
150 Freeman Street
Woodland, CA 95695
319 981 6555
After years of biding their time, waiting for the economy, job stability, and home values to improve, many homeowners are ready to get their remodeling projects rolling. Local designers report that new client contacts have increased significantly over the past few years.
While deferring home improvements can make some homeowner’s over-eager to get started, MAK Design+Build’s project assistant Juliana Tadano stresses that the first and most important step in remodeling is to create a game plan. Tadano provides suggestions below for moving your project from a “someday” daydream to a “let’s do this” reality in a smart, efficient manner.
* The most important step in remodeling is to establish a plan. Will you be staying in the home long-term or remodeling to improve real estate interest? How does your home compare to others in your neighborhood, in terms of condition, improvements and value? This can help you establish a realistic budget for investing in your home. While you can’t recover all of your remodeling costs through selling your home, a smart remodel can make your home more desirable on the market as well as more enjoyable to live in.
* Next consider where the most positive impact could be made. Are your kitchen cabinets falling apart? Bathroom tiles falling off? Or are the kids outgrowing your small footprint?
Consider your kitchens, baths, roof, and HVAC system as well as the additional space that most people long for. Many homes in Davis have original components that are reaching the end of their useful lives. Update the hardworking rooms and systems in your house that you use every day to enjoy the maximum value of your project. You can often improve the traffic flow, storage and enjoyment of your existing home without adding space — which keeps costs down and shortens the time you will be living through your remodel.
* Determine priorities, an overall budget and a budget for each room or section of the project. Be sure to factor in timeframes that works best for your family. Then head to inspirational websites such as Houzz.com and Pinterest.com to explore what sorts of possibilities excite you. Discuss your project ideas and goals with everyone in your family — not only does everyone have different needs, but everyone will need to live through the planning, dust and disruption that remodeling brings. Engaging the whole family will open up opportunities for everyone to be excited about the project ahead.
When you are ready to contact remodeling professionals, having done this research and prioritizing will make the interview process smoother. Be sure to look for licensed, local professionals who specialize in remodeling and have experience in your area.
Don’t be afraid to discuss budget, as this will help your remodeling professional make suggestions on prioritizing your list of projects. A responsible remodeler will help you maximize your investment and prioritize your needs. Proper planning will help you manage costs, minimize headaches and maximize the enjoyment of your project.
A Solution for Bad Teaching
By Adam Grant
PHILADELPHIA — IT’S no secret that tenured professors cause problems in universities. Some choose to rest on their laurels, allowing their productivity to dwindle. Others develop tunnel vision about research, inflicting misery on students who suffer through their classes.
Despite these costs, tenure may be a necessary evil: It offers job security and intellectual freedom in exchange for lower pay than other occupations that require advanced degrees.
Instead of abolishing tenure, what if we restructured it? The heart of the problem is that we’ve combined two separate skill sets into a single job. We ask researchers to teach, and teachers to do research, even though these two capabilities have surprisingly little to do with each other. In a comprehensive analysis of data on more than half a million professors, the education experts John Hattie and Herbert Marsh found that “the relationship between teaching and research is zero.” In all fields and all kinds of colleges, there was little connection between research productivity and teaching ratings by students and peers.
Currently, research universities base tenure decisions primarily on research productivity and quality. Teaching matters only after you have cleared the research bar: It is a bonus to teach well.
In my field of organizational psychology, there is a rich body of evidence on designing jobs to promote motivation and productivity. The design of the professor job violates one of the core principles: Tasks should be grouped together based on the skill sets of the individuals who hold them.
If we created three kinds of tenure rather than one, we might see net gains in both research and teaching.
A research-only tenure track would be for professors who have the passion and talent for discovering knowledge, but lack the motivation or ability to teach well. This would allow them to do more groundbreaking studies and produce more patents, while sparing students the sorrow of shoddy courses.
Creating more full-time research professorships could combat the decline of research productivity post-tenure, as many productive professors see their nonteaching time consumed by administrative responsibilities. If research professors didn’t teach, administrative duties wouldn’t impede their work.
A teaching-only tenure track would be for professors who excel in communicating knowledge. Granting tenure on the basis of exemplary teaching would be a radical step for research universities but it might improve student learning. In a recent landmark study at Northwestern, students learned more from professors who weren’t on the tenure track. When students took their first course in a subject with a professor who didn’t do research, they got significantly better grades in their next class in that subject.
Kotik 20 hours ago
I am glad that MK suggested to do away with the tenure system. I have been suggesting this for over three decades. Tenure system has been…
Red Sox Fan 20 hours ago
This article is poorly reasoned and informed from its very first sentence. To wit: “It is no secret that tenured professors cause problems…
Casual Observer 20 hours ago
Most universities need grants and research contracts to fund the institutions, these days, especially the publically owned ones. As the…
SEE ALL COMMENTS
Currently, universities pay adjunct instructors below the rate of tenure-track faculty and give them short-term contracts. If tenure were available for teaching excellence, with pay and prestige comparable to tenure for research, we could attract and retain more exceptional educators. Replacing adjuncts with tenured teachers would cost more, but there are ways to offset that, perhaps by funding more research with grants.
The third tenure track would be for research and teaching. Professors who succeed in both could maintain this dual role, whereas those who struggle in research could eventually shift to the teaching track, and vice versa.
Of course, this model is not without challenges. Universities have clear criteria for evaluating research productivity and impact, but typically falter by assessing teaching quality solely through student ratings. That said, Dr. Marsh and his colleagues find that student ratings are less biased than many people assume: Contrary to popular belief, students rarely favor teachers who grade leniently — and give higher ratings to teachers who assign heavier workloads.
Still, students can rate professors as great teachers even if they teach information that is wrong. To support tenure on the basis of teaching alone, we need new metrics for evaluating the quality of the knowledge that teachers disseminate in the classroom. For example, research professors could provide updates on discoveries and vet the accuracy of information taught, while teaching professors could curate questions back from the classroom to help researchers pursue meaningful projects.
I have watched skilled researchers burn out after failing in the classroom and gifted teachers lose their positions because university policies limited the number of courses that adjunct professors could teach. Dividing tenure tracks may be what economists call a Pareto improvement: It benefits one group without hurting another. Let’s reserve teaching for professors with the relevant passion and skill — and reward it. Sharing knowledge with students should be a privilege of tenure, not an obligation.
— Adam Grant is a professor of management and psychology at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, and the author of “Give and Take: Why Helping Others Drives Our Success.” This piece was published originally in The New York Times
Enclosed is an op-ed on communities of color and the environment by Kathleen Rogers, president, Earth Day Network; Greg Moore, executive director of the NAACP National Voter Fund; and Antonio Gonzales, president of the Southwest Voter Registration Education Project (SVREP). Please let me know if you are interested in using the piece. Photos of the authors are available and credit to American Forum is appreciated. Thanks!
By Kathleen Rogers, Greg Moore and Antonio Gonzales
This month marks the 10th anniversary of Campaign for Communities, which created a coalition of Latino, African American, low-income and environmental organizations working to educate, register and turn out voters using environmental issues as motivation. During the 2004 and 2008 election cycles, we registered hundreds of thousands of voters and turned out more — all of whom were educated as to how their health was at risk from environmental issues and how to analyze candidates’ records. Most recently, we conducted an on-the-ground Latino voter education/registration/turnout on California’s Prop. 39, which passed handily and with no small credit going to Latinos, African Americans and other minorities who voted in higher numbers than whites.
Our initial effort was a breakthrough. Before then, no coalition of national black, brown and environmental groups had ever been formed to work on voter education. At the time, few Latino or African American organizations were singularly focused on environmental issues. While minority-led environmental justice groups had long existed, most were focused on environmental health issues. None were focused on voter education and making the environment a major voting issue.
When we began, we suffered no illusions. We knew that jobs, education, immigration and other issues would initially trump environment, an issue never fully translated to minority populations. Our initial attempts to create environmental educational materials that would resonate with minority voters produced limited results. But we found common ground and our coalition produced long-term friendships and shared history.
At first, there wasn’t much polling on how Latinos or African Americans would vote on environmental issues or whether they would vote for candidates based on environmental records. Little money was being spent on minority voter persuasion regarding environmental issues — odd, given the disproportionate impact environmental issues have had on minority and poor communities and how easy it would have been to make that case. Never mind that census data made it clear that in many states, minorities would soon be in the majority or in election-significant numbers and therefore worth long-term investment.
For 10 years, minorities have repeatedly proved themselves reliable voters for health, environment and infrastructure investment initiatives and for candidates who support them. Across the spectrum of issues, Latinos and African Americans vote in higher percentages that their white counterparts for environmental initiatives and for green candidates.
Beyond consistent pro-environment voting, African American, Latino and other organizations now include environment and environmental health-related issues. Some polls indicate that minority voters’ concern about climate change is almost double that of whites. Minority-rights-focused organizations now invest in environmental staff; training young environmental scientists, conducting their own research on climate issues; fighting for their fair share of the green jobs market; and playing an important role in solar energy investments in their communities.
Despite these pro-environment voter statistics and community environmental programs, year-round investment in educating and turning minority voters into permanent climate/environment voters still lags behind investments in other demographics. While large-scale voter registration efforts always materialize during major election cycles, few leave a permanent infrastructure behind. And with few exceptions, none are focused on creating permanent active environment voters.
While there have been advancements in strengthening relationships between environmental and civil rights organizations, creating a vibrant, diversified climate or environmental voter constituency requires continual investment in voter registration and education. Environment and climate issues are key concerns for both minority and youth voters. Give them a green reason to vote and they will turn out.
Beyond this voter engagement investment, building a permanent minority-owned and environment-focused infrastructure in communities of color will embolden community leaders and officials to take more leadership in the climate change movement. Certainly, communities of color have been and will continue to be more adversely affected by climate disasters than other demographics, so building a constituency that can respond to climate disasters is a key to building resilient communities.
Low-income communities are anxious to invest in efficiency and renewable energy programs, but are stymied for a number of reasons, including financing, access and other factors. For example, while solar rooftops have grown exponentially in southern California, FICO credit score requirements exclude many low-income families, and even if they qualify, their smaller homes are not given priority by private sector installers. These types of issues exist nationwide and need to be solved.
Finally, building a permanent integrated environmental/climate movement requires investment in the next generation of green voters, including supporting minority and low-income students to enter the green technology and STEM fields. Finally, investment in low-income schools through greening and efficiency projects, and requiring core curriculum compatible environmental and civic education will keep the movement growing.
Investment in minority and low-income voters has produced stunning environmental voter conversion rates despite low investment in voter education and infrastructure development. With 2014 environmental initiatives on the horizon, building an environmental voting bloc should be our highest priority.
Kathleen Rogers, president, Earth Day Network
Greg Moore, executive director of the NAACP National Voter Fund
Antonio Gonzales is president of the Southwest Voter Registration Education Project (SVREP). SVREP, founded in 1974, is the largest and oldest nonpartisan Latino voter organization.
By Seth Stephens-Davidowitz
More than a decade into the 21st century, we would like to think that American parents have similar standards and similar dreams for their sons and daughters. But my study of anonymous, aggregate data from Google searches suggests that contemporary American parents are far more likely to want their boys smart and their girls skinny.
It’s not that parents don’t want their daughters to be bright or their sons to be in shape, but they are much more focused on the braininess of their sons and the waistlines of their daughters.
Start with intelligence. It’s hardly surprising that parents of young children are often excited at the thought that their child may be gifted. In fact, of all Google searches starting “Is my 2-year-old,” the most common next word is “gifted.” But this question is not asked equally about young boys and young girls. Parents are two and a half times more likely to ask “Is my son gifted?” than “Is my daughter gifted?” Parents show a similar bias when using other phrases related to intelligence that they may shy away from saying aloud, like, “Is my son a genius?”
Are parents picking up on legitimate differences between young girls and boys? Perhaps young boys are more likely than young girls to use big words or otherwise show objective signs of giftedness? Nope. If anything, it’s the opposite. At young ages, when parents most often search about possible giftedness, girls have consistently been shown to have larger vocabularies and use more complex sentences. In American schools, girls are 11 percent more likely than boys to be in gifted programs. Despite all this, parents looking around the dinner table appear to see more gifted boys than girls.
Parents were more likely to ask about sons rather than daughters on every matter that I tested related to intelligence, including its absence. There are more searches for “is my son behind” or “stupid” than comparable searches for daughters. Searches with negative words like “stupid” and “behind,” however, are less skewed toward sons than searches with positive words.
What concerns do parents disproportionately have for their daughters? Primarily, anything related to appearance. Consider questions about a child’s weight. Parents Google “Is my daughter overweight?” roughly twice as frequently as they Google “Is my son overweight?” Just as with giftedness, this gender bias is not grounded in reality. About 30 percent of girls are overweight, while 33 percent of boys are. Even though scales measure more overweight boys than girls, parents see — or worry about — overweight girls much more often than overweight boys.
Parents are about twice as likely to ask how to get their daughters to lose weight as they are to ask how to get their sons to do the same. Google search data also tell us that mothers and fathers are more likely to wonder whether their daughter is “beautiful” or “ugly.”
Parents are one and a half times more likely to ask whether their daughter is beautiful than whether their son is, but they are nearly three times more likely to ask whether their daughter is ugly than whether their son is ugly. How Google is expected to know whether a child is beautiful or ugly is hard to say.
In general, parents seem more likely to use positive words in questions about sons. There is a larger bias toward asking whether sons are “tall” than “short.” Parents are more likely to ask whether a son is “happy” and slightly more likely to ask whether a daughter is “depressed.”
Liberal readers may imagine that these biases are more common in conservative parts of the country. Not so. I did not find a significant relationship between any of the biases mentioned and the political or cultural makeup of a state. These biases appear to cut across ideological divisions. In fact, I was unable to find any demographics that significantly reduced the biases. Nor is there evidence that these biases have decreased since 2004, the year for which Google search data is first available.
This methodology can also be used to study gender preference before birth. Every year, Americans make hundreds of thousands of searches asking how to conceive a child of a particular sex. In searches with the words “how to conceive,” Americans are slightly more likely to include the word “boy” than “girl.” Among the subset of Americans Googling for specific gender conception strategies, there is about a 10 percent preference for boys compared with girls.
This boy preference is surprising for two reasons. First, the top websites returned for these queries are overwhelmingly geared toward women, suggesting that women are most often making gender conception searches. Yet in surveys, women express a slight preference for having girls, not boys; men say they prefer sons. Second, many Americans are willing to admit a gender preference to even out a family. About 5 percent more boys are born than girls in the United States, so evening out a family would more often require having a girl, not a boy. Are men searching for conception advice in large numbers? Are women searching on their husbands’ behalf? Or do some American women have a son preference that they are not comfortable admitting to surveys?
Other countries exhibit very large preferences in favor of boys. In India, for each search asking how to conceive a girl, there are three-and-a-half asking how to conceive a boy. With such an overwhelming preference for boys, it is not surprising that there are millions fewer women in India than population scientists would predict.
Clearly there is more to learn. Because this data make it easy to compare different countries over time, for example, we might examine whether these gender preferences change after a woman is elected to run a country.
The disturbing results outlined here leave us with many open questions, but the most poignant may be this one: How would American girls’ lives be different if parents were half as concerned with their bodies and twice as intrigued by their minds?
Correction: January 18, 2014
Because of an editing error, an earlier version of this column misstated the number of searches in India asking how to conceive a boy in relation to the number asking how to conceive a girl; it is three-and-a-half to one, not two-and-a-half to one.
Seth Stephens-Davidowitz is a contributing opinion writer who recently received a Ph.D. in economics at Harvard.
Find photo in no purge/spec ed/Creators Garden spring
By Sharon Naylor
Get ready for a new season of gardening! Though you may be perusing seed and plant websites and catalogs — envisioning what you’ll grow this year — be sure to add gardening supplies to your shopping list. After so many months of being away from your potting shed or potting bench, you’re probably not aware where you’ve run low. Restocking your supplies for seeds, fertilizers and liquid plant nutrients also justifies a good shopping spree. Getting new items means better blooms. Plus, older tools may be dulled or rusted, so it may be the perfect time to upgrade to some new tools, as well.
Here is your shopping list to restock your gardening supplies:
Your metal-edged tools may be rusty or dull, and new hand-held tools are vastly improved with rubberized grips to make work easier and blisters less likely. So look for new round-edged shovels, pointy-edged shovels, long-handled spades, hoes, garden forks (with a trident or four-pronged fork edge), rakes, edgers, garden brooms, hand spades, garden claws, bulb planters, pruning shears, pocket clippers, garden hand saws, weeding knives, loppers, rose thorn strippers and tool-cleaning solutions and brushes.
If you enjoy gardening with your partner or with your kids, buy multiples of safe hand tools so that you can work together on a garden project.
Though manual tools give you a better workout, some of your trusty garden machines may be ready for retirement, including your lawn mower, leaf blower, mulcher and edger.
*Pots and Planters
You’ve stored those plastic plant pots on the bottom shelf of your potting bench long enough. Recycle or dispose of them, and invest in new and pretty pots and planters for your garden additions. Examples include terracotta pots, elongated metallic planters, colorful pots and planters, self-watering pots and planters, hanging pots with attractive chain suspension, mini pots, blocks to elevate planters, rocks for drainage in pots and fertilizer spikes.
Lifestyle blogger Tabitha Philen outlines her container sizes as follows: 16 to 24 inches (for tomatoes, zucchini and summer squash), 12 to 16 inches (for cucumbers, eggplants and beans), 10 to 12 inches (for pepper and carrots), rectangular planters (for basil and lettuce).
If you start plants and flowers from seed, stock up on the following: seeding trays, seeding kits, soil, ID tags, a plastic lidded container for keeping your seed packets and other plant information tags dry and safe and a calendar for keeping track of what was planted and when.
The pretty red watering can you keep outside your front door for the deck planters may be faded by the sun. So invest in new watering cans and systems: small watering cans for indoors and outside, large watering cans for outside, watering “showerhead” attachment for your hose, sprinklers, rainwater collection barrel, rainwater gauge, watering timer, self-watering planter inserts, pails and spray bottles.
Keep or improve your perfect green lawn, and restock your supply to be sure you have enough fresh seed and spread for your entire property. You’ll need grass seed, straw or peat moss to cover newly seeded areas, along with grass seed spreader.
*Lawn and Garden Additives
Feed your lawn and garden with new, fresh and improved materials: fertilizer for lawn, rosebushes, trees and other plants, organic pesticide pellets, spreads or sprays tailored to your particular pests (e.g., aphids and slugs), a hand-push spreader, a garden hose attachment for liquid fertilizer, compost, garden pebbles and rocks, decorative garden stones and boulders, mulch in your chosen color and material (fresh is best because bagged, stored mulch may have developed fungus and mold), a composting bin and lots of fresh garden soil.
For use in your vegetable and herb gardens: a tomato trellis, a bean trellis, garden stakes, garden tape or ties for trellises or stakes, garden twine, garden ID sticks or signs, a raised bed, planting barrels, anti-weed layer, a basket for gathering harvest items, garden gloves, garden boots or shoes, a gardening hat, a low garden bench, padded mats for kneeling, a rolling garden tool caddy, tarps and burlap rolls to cover plants in a cold snap, summer-weight garden covers and garden decor.
Add a gardener’s first-aid kit to your potting shed in case of a cut or scrape, and also stock bug spray and sunscreen nearby. And because some garden work will require heavy lifting, invest in a quality wheelbarrow with sturdy rubberized handles to cart hefty items and bags of mulch or fertilizer. A Velcro-affixing lower-back support wrap will also protect you from lifting injuries.
A new potting bench may be on your wish list, as well, which many gardeners say gives new life to their passion, with organized shelves and drawers and lots of display and work space. And a small greenhouse setup is also a bigger-ticket item on gardeners’ wish lists. A new structure could make an entirely new crop or flower possible this year.
Hot August Nights at Mojo’s in Woodland ~ May 16 through Summertime ~ Woodland: Vintage cars, live music, great food and drink every third Thursday ~ roll on in!
14th Annual Woodland Hot Rod Reunion ~ June 9 ~ Woodland: Classic cars, motorcycles, music, entertainment, all at the fair grounds.
Second Friday Art About, Davis – 2nd Friday ArtAbout is a monthly evening of art viewing and artists’ receptions at galleries and businesses in Downtown Davis and beyond. Coordinated by the Davis Downtown, all events are free and open to the public. Many include complimentary refreshments and opportunities to converse with featured artists. For more information about the Davis Downtown and 2nd Friday ArtAbout, visit www.davisdowntown.com.
Square Tomatoes Crafts Fair, Davis, monthly every 2nd Sunday. Come to Central Park (3rd and C Streets) from 11 to 4 for a free celebration of creativity. Enjoy an afternoon of live music, hands on crafts instruction for visitors of all ages, food booths, and over forty craft vendors. Expect the unexpected—farm feed bags upcycled into shopping bags, jewelry with silver jazz cats and spirit foxes, record clocks, and more. See SquareTomatoesCrafts.com and also look on Facebook.
California Duck Days – Held in February, this is one of California’s premier wildlife viewing festivals, offering a wide variety of activities, including more than 40 field trips, workshops, an art show, demonstrations, and more. (530) 758-1018.
Annual Petite Sirah Port Weekend – Spend Valentine’s Day weekend at Bogle Winery, where you can sample ports both from the bottle and the barrel as well as enjoy Stilton, strawberries, and lots of chocolate! (916) 744-1139.
Capay Valley Almond Festival – This is the only event in Northern California held simultaneously in five towns; it’s an outstanding showcase of the riches you can find in the Capay Valley region. Held in n March, you will enjoy all things almond blossom, great food, music, and wine! (530) 787-3242.
Annual Art of Painting in the 21st Century Conference – Featuring educational demonstrations and exhibits in downtown Davis every March. (530) 756-3938.
Native American Cultural Days – A time in April to celebrate the vast culture and traditions of the Native American people. (530)752-4287.
Picnic Day – A Davis tradition since 1909, this one-day event in April features a parade, battle of the bands between college bands, several music and dance stages, an assortment of academic exhibits, the singular Dachshund Derby, and much more! (530) 752-6320.
Asian Pacific Cultural Week – A week-long event in April designed to educate the public about the culture and traditions of the Asian Pacific culture. (530)752-4287.
Youth Day – Held every April since 1933, this day begins with a parade featuring floats made by local youth winding through historic downtown Winters. After the parade the city park fills with booths, crafts, music, and entertainment. (530) 297-1901.
Woodland Scottish Festival & Games – Modeled after the traditional gatherings of Scots in their homeland, this epic weekend festival features Olympic-style heavy athletics, music from pipe bands to Celtic rock, Highland dancing, sheep dog trials, historical reenactments, British cars, and more. Every April in Woodland, more than 135 years running. (916) 557-0764.
La Raza Cultural Days – This celebration of Latino culture in April begins with a fair, live music, and traditional foods. The week continues with art exhibits, political forums, seminars, and films. (530) 752-2027.
May Festival – Spend the day touring the Gibson Mansion, shopping at artisan’s booths, and strolling the Museum’s gardens. This festival takes place on the 3rd Sunday in May. (530) 666-1045.
California Conference for the Advancement of Ceramic Art – The long-time, well-attended ceramic sculpture event incorporates demonstrations, lectures, shows, and exhibits throughout many venues in downtown Davis. Every May. (530) 756-3938.
Whole Earth Festival – Held every Mother’s Day Weekend in May, this festival has been a tradition since 1970 featuring eco-friendly ways of life. Festival grounds feature music, drum circles, booths, henna tattoos, informational booths, numerous performances, and more. (530) 752-2569.
Black Family Week – This May celebration promotes an understanding, awareness, and commemoration of the cultural, social, and educational achievements of the African American community. (530) 752-6620.
Gourd Art Festival – This annual May event features gourd art, classes, demonstrations, and live music. (530) 753-6677.
Pence Gallery Garden Tour – For more than 20 years, the Pence Garden Tour has provided the public with the opportunity to view up to 10 beautiful gardens. Visitors in the past have enjoyed Japanese gardens, art-filled yards, and xeriscapes filled with native grasses. This self-guided tour is a ticketed event, taking place on the first Sunday in May. (530) 758-3370.
Cache Creek Lavender Festival – An annual celebration in June of all things lavender. During the festival you’ll find live music, wine tasting with local vineyards, food, lavender products and u-pick lavender, field tours and talks, craft demonstrations, and more! (530) 796-2239.
Yolo County is tucked away between Lake Tahoe and San Francisco, but it is a world apart. Boasting a variety of experiences — from bike paths lined with lush greenery, strolling through parks, shopping in historic districts, art walks, cultural events, adventure sports, to name a few — the vibrant cities of Davis, Winters and Woodland, along with the outlying communities in the picturesque countryside, have something to offer all year.
Explore natural beauty by touring verdant farmlands or walking quiet creek-side trails. Enjoy great entertainment, from intimate theaters to the world-class stage of the Mondavi Center for the Performing Arts. Sample an abundance of carefully crafted local wine, stroll farmers markets famous for their selection and freshness and enjoy just about any cuisine under the sun at one of many fine restaurants.
History buffs will find much to discover in Yolo County, as will adventurers, nature lovers, families, art aficionados, sports fans, music enthusiasts and even canine companions!
Davis has many attractions to keep you busy while exploring Yolo County — a lively downtown with interesting restaurants, art galleries and retail shops; more than 100 miles of bike paths and lanes; the twice-weekly Davis Farmers Market (voted best Farmers Market by American Farmland Trust), the U.S. Bicycling Hall of Fame; live music and theater; 100 acres of plants and trees at the UC Davis Arboretum; and of course, internationally-renowned UC Davis itself.
Winters is a small yet accessible town, surrounded by fields and orchards, with a booming art scene and historic charm. Many delights await you: art galleries; antique stores; live musical performances at The Palms Playhouse in the historic Winters Opera House; wine tasting; and great local cuisine.
Woodland is full of historical and agricultural treasures. Enjoy farm tours, great theater at the Woodland Opera House and the Heidrick Ag History Center with more than 130,000 square feet of exhibit space. The city of Woodland also offers beautiful examples of Victorian and Craftsman style houses in the historic center of town. Or just outside of town catch one of the many themed train rides on the Sacramento River Train. Woodland also hosts many fun-filled festivals and events throughout the year, from the Woodland Scottish Games in April to the Stroll Through History in September.
Incorporated Yolo County is full of charm and surprises. To the northwest, you’ll discover the fertile Capay Valley and the serene little towns of Esparto, Capay, Brooks and Rumsey. Orchards and vineyards fill the valley floor; keep going and you come to Cache Creek, a great place for fishing and, in summertime, white water rafting. To the southeast you’ll find beautiful Clarksburg, home to nine winery tasting rooms in the Old Sugar Mill, as well as prizing-winning Bogle Vineyards. In summer, the Mill plays hosts to outdoor concerts. Elsewhere you can take part in farm tours, relax in cozy bed-and-breakfast inns, and take part in fairs and festivals year-round. Come to Yolo County — you’ll love it here!
Here’s your guide to explore Yolo County as if you’ll only live once! It’s organized alphabetically and concentrates on things to do, see and experience in Davis, Woodland, Winters, West Sacramento and nearby Sacramento, and the smaller towns throughout the county.
— The Yolo County Visitors Bureau, www.yolocvb.net, contributed to this story.
From Yolo CVB
Why Davis is a Bicycle Friendly City
Because the agricultural land around the City of Davis is flat, riding a bicycle has always been an easy way to get around town. After the city incorporated in 1917, the increasing number of paved roads encouraged local citizens to take up cycling. University of California students have been coming to Davis since 1908 and bicycling has always been an important part of their campus experience.
After acknowledging that the well-educated and well-traveled citizenry would be receptive to European-style bikeways, the Davis City Council decided in 1967 to create a few short blocks of bicycle lanes. As a result, Davis became the first city in the United States to install official city bicycle lanes.
The combined system of bicycle lanes and dedicated bike paths today reaches well over 100 miles in a small town that is about 11 square miles. Davis has become a model for hundreds of U.S. cities because of its safe, integrated bicycle transportation network. The UC Davis campus has developed its own extensive bicycle path system, support programs and infrastructure including numerous roundabouts.
Over the years Davis has become even more pro-bicycling in its planning and policies as well as promotional events, educational programs and infrastructure. Although it’s impossible to confirm, the urban legend is that there are more bicycles in Davis than the 64,000 citizens.
The 2010 U.S. Census Bureau count revealed that Davis had the highest percentage of bicycle commuters in the U.S. An estimated 22.1% of the working population commuted to their job using a bicycle. The Davis’ Bicycle Plan aims to increase the amount of bicycle trips as a percentage of all trips made in town to 25%.
For over forty five years, Davis has had one of the highest levels of per capita bicycle use in the country. Bike lanes and trails permeate the community and enable people of all ages to ride to school, work, for recreation and errands. Davis is the only city in the United States that features a high-wheeled bicycle in its city logo.
Other bicycle support includes: police officers on bicycles, May is Bike Month activities, bike to work and school events, bicycle auctions, bike rodeos, free bike fixit stands, printed and online bike maps, city staff responsible for bicycle infrastructure and programs, a citizen Bicycle Advisory Commission, ten active bicycle shops (including the UC Davis Bike Barn) and an active hand-built bicycle frame building community.
Other Davis bicycling milestones include:
The permanent home of the U.S. Bicycling Hall of Fame. The museum opened April 2010 featuring community events and education, a speakers program, Hall of Fame memorabilia and museum bicycles from the historic Pierce Miller collection.
Davis was the first city in the U. S. to install bicycle signal heads on traffic lights.
The Livestrong Foundation has produced successful Livestrong Challenge bicycle events in Davis.
The 2010 Davis High School stadium renovation included the Steve Larsen Bicycle Plaza. Spectators can now easily ride and park their bikes when attending football games, track meets and graduation ceremonies.
Bicycle path “Loops” around the community are identified by painted symbols. A local “Loopalooza” event helps publicize safe routes to schools.
Davis has hosted stage starts of the Amgen Tour of California professional bicycle race.
The Davis Bike Club is one of the most active bicycling clubs in the U.S. It produces bicycle tours and races such as the Davis Double Century (for over 42 years), the 4th of July Criterium (over 35 years) and Foxy’s Fall Century (over 35 years).
Davis features advocacy groups such as Davis Bicycles! and the Davis Bike Collective with its “Bike Forth” bicycle shop
The UC Davis Cycling intercollegiate racing team is a collegiate cycling powerhouse. The men and women’s team captured the 2009 USA Cycling Collegiate Road National Championship.
The Davis Farmer’s Market “Farm to School Program” holds an annual “Tour de Cluck” bicycle tour of backyard chicken coops to support the “fresh food in school meals” initiative.
The Davis Odd Fellows created the “World’s Greatest Bicycle Parade.” Begun in 2010, it raises thousands of dollars for local public schools.
Some hotels provide loaner bicycyles for their guests
The American Youth Soccer Organization (AYSO) encourages participants to ride bicycles to all games and practices.
Davis was proudly named the first platinum Bicycle Friendly City in October 2005 by the League of American Bicyclists. The city’s recent sustainability efforts have also ensured that bicycling is recognized as an effective tool for lowering our carbon footprint, improving air quality, benefiting public health and reducing childhood obesity.
Bicycling is part of the city’s economic development strategy. Downtown businesses have requested that some vehicle parking spaces be removed and replaced with on-street bicycle corrals full of racks. Replacing a parking spot with bike racks has become an inexpensive way to handle more shoppers and downtown workers.
Local realtors tout the proximity of homes to bicycle paths that lead to schools, shopping and the university knowing that the bike paths increase property values. Some Davis realtors tour homes with their clients on bicycles.
Entrepreneurs and businesses are concerned about quality of life and they locate in Davis because of the good schools, educated workforce and because it is a safe, bike-able community for their employees and families. Some Davis businesses provide lockers and showers for their employees, covered bicycle parking for clients and sponsor employee bicycling teams.
When the City of Davis turns 100 years old in 2017, high-wheeled bicycles will still be riding in the annual UC Davis Picnic Day parade. In the next century, you can count on bicycling being an increasingly important part of the fabric of the Davis community.
For more information, contact the Bicycle & Pedestrian Coordinator, Dave “DK” Kemp at: firstname.lastname@example.org.
~ Written by Bob Bowen, Public Relations Coordinator, City of Davis (c) 2012
At first blush, a 2.4-point scoring average with a rebound or two a game aren’t eye-popping numbers.
But for Aggie forward Lauren Beyer, just being able to walk properly — let alone contribute on the basketball court — is a warm sports story.
It was November 2011 when the Elk Grove native went down in a heap during a win over visiting San Jose State.
The 6-foot-1 former Bradshaw Christian High standout was chasing down a rebound when she hit the floor awkwardly. The then-freshman’s right leg buckled.
The resulting injury was catastrophic.
Diagnosis: ACL, MCL and meniscus tears, a broken tibia that had struck her femur, causing further, upper-leg damage. Torn tendons in her ankle.
Singularly, any of the injuries would have sent her to the sidelines for a year.
Together, they might have folded the spirit of even the strongest woman.
No one was concerned about the McDonald’s Prep All-American nominee returning to basketball. The hope was she’d be up and around, just continue a normal life.
Fast forward to Nov. 26 In the fourth game of this season: there was UC Davis’ No. 11 — yes, that No. 11 — back on the court, a bulky, long black brace on her leg. Nonetheless she contributed 10 points in a 95-61 rout of those same SJS Spartans.
It’s been several surgeries and two years later, hundreds of days of rehabilitation and certainly more than 1,000 hours of physical therapy and training…
But Lauren Beyer has made it all the way back.
“I had no doubts that I’d return,” Beyer told The Enterprise this weekend. “My confidence was (often) low in trying to come back, sure. But I never had any doubts that I was going to return.”
Along the way, it helped that her good friend and roommate Sydnee Fipps was there to provide encouragement.
“Lauren is super-special on and off the court,” the Aggies leading scorer Fipps says. “She’s worked so hard. With that injury, I know (most) people weren’t thinking she was going to come back.
“But she did. Lauren’s been an inspiration to all of us. We see her putting in all that work and we have to reward her … we have to play hard for her.”
And lately she’s been playing hard for her teammates.
In last month’s 84-78 loss to Sacramento State, Beyer kept the Aggies in the game with 8 points, two blocks and two assists.
Her 19 minutes in the game was the most action she’s seen in her interrupted career — and UCD coach Jennifer Gross says the Remarkable Miss Beyer can now be a contributor as Big West Conference play starts Thursday at home versus Cal State Northridge.
“We’re getting quality time from Lauren,” Gross reported after the CSUS game. “She’s getting her timing back and is coming on.”
“To have gone through what she has and still be so determined and positive is something. I have nothing but respect for Lauren and she is really helping the team.”
The spirit, work ethic and re-emerging talent of Beyer makes “our team very fortunate to have her back on the court,” Gross emphasized.
Despite the injury, Beyer has never ventured far from her Aggie sisters.
During rehab, she attended practices, often heading over to the ARC for rehabilitation sessions.
Then she was on the bench during games.
But it hurt not being in the fray. It hurt not being able to travel with the squad. It hurt getting that darn right leg back to playing status.
Fipps, says Beyer, was instrumental in helping her during the tough spots.
Fipps and Beyer came to campus together two years ago after playing AAU basketball for the NorCal Elite.
Fipps, while at Yosemite (Mariposa) High, had suffered an ACL injury and knows all about extensive comeback campaigns.
“Sydnee has had quite a few injuries herself,” Beyer explains. “So we can relate. I could always ask her questions like ‘Hey, were you feeling this type of pain when you were going through rehab?’”
Beyer says Fipps would answer, “‘Yeah,’” and then add “That I’d be OK, so I thought, ‘cool.’
“She helped pushed me through. She was always there for me and I’m always there for her.”
Beyer has “a lot of great people surrounding me.”
Dad Mark and mom Jani encouraged their daughter. After all, if anyone knew how determined and tough Lauren was, it would be her parents.
In her years at Bradshaw Christian (where Jani is now the principal), The Pride won four Sac-Joaquin Section D-IV basketball titles. Beyer also played soccer, where BCH won three SJS crowns.
Great teammates, her family (including little brother Kevin) and trainer Lisa Varnum, who Beyer says “spent every day with her,” encouraged, pushed and pulled for a full recovery.
XXXXXXX MIGHT BE QUOTE FROM VARNUM — WILL ADVISE
“Honestly, my leg feels as strong as it was before,” Beyer reports.
And there are handfuls of life lessons to be learned from Lauren’s long and winding road back to Hamilton Court.
“You’re going to have some hard times. I definitely had some breakdowns,” the personable exercise biology major explains. “But you have to surround yourself with good people and keep thinking positive thoughts like ‘I’m going to get through this. I’m going to push.’
“You have to think of the rewards and how great it’s going to be once you’re through it.”
Well, Lauren, you’ve done it!
Notes: Beyer’s dad is a correctional official and 17-year-old brother Kevin plays three sports at Bradshaw. …”She’s doing a great job,” says UCD assistant coach Joe Teramoto. “But even if she wasn’t doing a great job, just the fact that she’s back is really amazing. You can see the team is inspired by her being back — and playing well.” …Beyer is a junior in the classroom, but a sophomore on the court. She told The Enterprise she’ll continue with UCD basketball “as long as I can.” …The recent winter break has given the Aggies a chance to rest off the court: “Everybody is catching up with something,” says Beyer. “I’m really obsessed with ‘Gray’s Anatomy,’ Sydnee and (Kelsey) Harris are watching ‘Scandal’ and Celia (Marfone) likes to bake. When we get together as a group, we’ll be watching (TV) and Celia will be over there making banana bread.” …Beyer (elbow) missed the win over Simpson on Thursday, but should be ready for the Jan. 9 Big West opener versus Cal State Northridge at The Pavilion.
Holidays are filled with quality time with family, a situation that can bring to light the increasing and changing needs of aging parents and family members. After the holiday season, senior living communities such as Palm Gardens in Woodland see a rise in inquiries from concerned family members looking for help and answers for their aging loved ones.
“When a visit home leaves a loved one concerned about an aging family member’s health, safety and quality of life, it may be time to evaluate the situation and determine what accommodations or care are necessary in the coming year,” said Sarah Landis for Palm Gardens.
How can you tell when seniors might need the care of a senior living community, and what kind of community is best for them? Palm Gardens offers these tips for both evaluating if its time to make inquires, and where to inquire.
* Depression or low mood. How are they emotionally? Do you observe changes in their activity level? Are they seeing friends and partaking in activities they have loved for years?
* Weight loss. Do they show decreased appetite or lack of interest in food and cooking? Illness or mobility issues could be keeping them from eating properly.
* Decreased personal care. Are they taking care of themselves physically? Look to see if they are keeping up with basic daily routines such as bathing, brushing teeth and wearing clean clothes.
* Unkempt home. What shape is the home in? Watch for stained carpets, un-emptied garbage, soiled counters and floors. If the home needs cleaning and repair, the job might be more than seniors can handle without help.
* Loss of mobility. Are they having difficulty moving around their home, or going up and down stairs? Having trouble walking or being unsteady on their feet not only limits mobility but also puts them at risk for falls.
* Personality changes. Are you noticing different attitudes and habits? Memory loss, difficulty in performing familiar tasks, poor judgment, misplacing items, disorientation, rapid mood swings, increased apathy or passiveness are all early warning signs of Alzheimer’s. A doctor’s evaluation can help determine the cause and treatment of these symptoms.
It is important to understand the many choices that make up the new face of senior living in the 21st century. Here is a breakdown defining the differences in the level of senior living options offered.
* In independent living communities, active older adults continue to enjoy private dwellings, control over their own schedules, and freedom to come and go as they choose. Social networking, optional events, special interest clubs, and conveniently located services may be offered on site, as well as medical, dietary and other assistance when needed.
An assisted living residence offers much of the freedom of an independent living community with a special combination of housing, personalized support services and health care designed to meet the needs — both scheduled and unscheduled — of those who require help with daily activities.
* Memory care communities provide specially trained staff, secure facilities and cognitive and physical therapies to help soothe and relieve those with Alzheimer’s and other related dementia illnesses.
If you have questions about senior care or helping an elderly loved one, call Landis at Palm Gardens at 530-661-0574.
PILOT STUDY FINDS WAYS TO BETTER SCREEN AND RECOVER GUNS FROM DOMESTIC VIOLENCE OFFENDERS
(SACRAMENTO, Calif.) — More intensive screening to identify firearm owners among individuals who are subject to domestic violence restraining orders, and streamlining processes to recover guns at the time those restraining orders are served could help enforce existing laws that prohibit these offenders from having firearms, a pilot study conducted by violence prevention experts at the University of California, Davis, and the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health has found.
The initiative, developed by law enforcement officers in San Mateo County and Butte County in California with consultation from the California Department of Justice and study authors, developed and assessed processes that could potentially improve firearm-recovery rates among individuals with domestic violence restraining orders. The study was published online Dec. 12 in the American Journal of Public Health.
“Intimate partner violence is a significant threat to the public’s health and safety, especially for women, and firearms play a prominent role,” said Garen Wintemute, director of the UC Davis Violence Prevention Research Program and lead author of the study.
“Women are at least twice as likely to be murdered by partners using a firearm than by strangers using any weapon,” he said. “Abusers with firearms are five to eight times more likely to kill their victims than those without firearms. Firearm-owning abusers also are nearly 8 times more likely to threaten partners with firearms. We need to do more to disarm known offenders to prevent violence.”
According to the Federal Bureau of Investigation crime database, an estimated 1,127 women were murdered and some 605,000 were assaulted by their partners in the U.S. in 2011. In addition, nearly 36 percent of U.S. women participating in the National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey said they have experienced violence at some time in their lives.
“Existing federal and state statutes addressing firearm possession among individuals subject to domestic violence restraining orders are one step in assuring that people who are violent toward their intimate partners don’t have access to guns,” said Shannon Frattaroli, faculty with the Johns Hopkins Center for Gun Policy and Research and a study co-author. “Our study is instructive for states and localities interested in assuring those laws are enforced.”
Currently, federal and state statutes prohibit the purchase and possession of firearms by persons subject to domestic violence restraining orders. Many states authorize or require courts to order offenders to surrender their firearms for the duration of the order. But these statutes are not enough, even in states with particularly strict requirements, the authors say.
In California, for example, offenders must surrender their firearms to a law enforcement agency or sell them to a licensed firearms retailer within 24 hours after the order is served, and file a receipt with the court to document compliance within 48 hours. Since 2007, they also must surrender their firearms immediately if a law enforcement officer makes a demand for them.
Yet, it has been difficult to enforce these laws, beyond preventing offenders from purchasing firearms from licensed retailers.
“Identifying armed offenders and recovering their firearms in a timely, comprehensive and efficient manner is a challenge,” Wintemute said. “Some restraining orders are never served. Records of firearm ownership are incomplete. Owners may simply deny possessing firearms, and it may be impossible to determine if they are telling the truth. But it is possible to begin developing broad recommendations for implementation that can be tailored to the specific circumstances of states and counties across the country.”
For the study, Wintemute and colleagues at UC Davis and the Center for Gun Policy and Research at the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, worked with local detectives to track their efforts to identify and disarm individuals with firearms among those served with domestic violence restraining orders in San Mateo County between May 2007 and June 2010 and in Butte County between April 2008 and June 2010.
During this time, San Mateo County detectives reviewed 6,024 restraining orders on 2,973 individuals and linked 525 perpetrators to firearms (17.7 percent overall, 19.7 percent for males and 8.3 percent for females), which resulted in 119 offenders surrendering one or more of their firearms. Of the estimated 1,978 restraining orders that Butte County detectives reviewed, they served and maintained records on 305 orders to 283 respondents. Among those 283 respondents the detectives identified 88 offenders with links to firearms (31.1 percent overall, 33.3 percent for males and 16.3 percent for females) and recovered one or more firearms from 45 offenders. Almost all recovered firearms in both counties (622 of 665) were taken into custody by law enforcement agencies, with the remainder being sold to licensed retailers.
“In this study, firearm transaction records and court documents each identified only 40 percent to 50 percent of offenders with firearms,” Wintemute said. “With only 10 states archiving any firearm transaction records for 10 years or longer, most states will need to rely on court records and interviews with victims.”
In addition to using all available sources of information to identify firearm owners, the authors found that it was important to ensure that the personnel who serve domestic violence restraining orders to individuals who own or possess firearms are able to recover those firearms at the time the order is served. They also recommend having search warrants available when an offender believed to possess firearms does not surrender them.
“This study represents a step in the right direction, but larger-scale studies will be needed to determine optimal procedures for screening and recovering firearms, assessing the incidence of adverse events and determining the effects on rates of violence,” Wintemute said.
Co-authors of the study also include Barbara E. Claire of the UC Davis Violence Prevention Research Program and Katherine Vittes and Daniel W. Webster from the Center for Gun Policy and Research at the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health.
A look at recent books by UC Davis authors:
* “Wonder and Delight: A Dolph Gotelli Christmas” by Dolph Gotelli (http://Wonderanddelightbook.com, $75, 360 pages). Known as “Father Christmas,” UC Davis environmental design professor emeritus Dolph Gotelli has now featured his collection of toys and Christmas memorabilia in a book containing 570 color photos suitable for any holiday coffee table. For decades, Gotelli has mounted a number of museum exhibitions using toys from his collection — and this book gives everyone a chance to view them.
* “The American Way of Poverty: How the Other Half Still Lives” by Sasha Abramsky (Perseus Books, $26, 329 pages). Looking at long-term poor and the working poor, Abramsky, a UC Davis lecturer and freelance journalist, looks at the tens of millions of people whose lives are shaped by financial insecurity. Ultimately, he suggests ways “for moving toward a fairer and more equitable social contract.”
The New York Times Book Review just named the book one of the 100 notable books of the year.
* “Lost & Found: American Treasures from the New Zealand Film Archive” by Scott Simmon (Treasures from the American Film Archives, National Film Preservation Foundation, $24.98). Those hoping to catch a movie during their extra time off this season should seek out this DVD and accompanying 56-page booklet. In just over three hours, an anthology of silent films thought to be have been lost forever can now be viewed at home. The set features the work of such well-known directors as John Ford and Alfred Hitchcock.
Simmon, an English professor who works at the intersection of film scholarship, archiving and access, has previously completed four of these critically acclaimed anthologies for the National Film Preservation Foundation. These collections have included such diverse themes as “The West” and social issues in American film. Altogether, his DVD sets make available 201 films preserved by the U.S. Public Archives.
* “Smarty Marty’s Got Game” by Amy Gutierrez (Cameron & Co., $17.95, 40 pages). This children’s book shatters stereotypes for girls in sports and tells the story of a character named Marty, who teaches the game and her love of baseball to her younger brother. Gutierrez, a 16-year career sports journalist who covers the San Francisco Giants, is a 1995 UCD graduate of the Department of Communications.
* “Song of Siwa: the Marzuk-Iskander Festival” by Louis Grivetti (XLIBRIS, $16.36, 242 pages). Louis Grivetti, professor emeritus of nutrition, worked at the Siwa and Qara oases of Egypt during the mid-1960s, and wrote this fictional epic to honor the residents of these remote desert areas.
With many elements based on historical events, it relates the transcribed oral tradition of a band of early Stone Age hunters, led by Marzuk, who fled southwestern Europe, crossed the Mediterranean Sea to North Africa and ultimately reached safe haven in Siwa. It culminates with the visit of Iskander (Alexander the Great) to Siwa oasis, an event still revered at the oasis today.
The book is illustrated by Alison Smith, a multidisciplinary visual artist, singer, and performer.
* “The Internal Enemy: Slavery and War in Virginia, 1772-1832” by Alan Taylor (WW Norton & Co., $35, 624 pages). This Pulitzer prize-winning UC Davis history professor brings to light the untold stories of slaves who used war to escape slavery, and when newly freed, helped free others. Taylor focuses on the relationship between slave owners and enslaved people in the period between the Revolutionary War and the War of 1812, often called “the second American Revolution.”
The book is a finalist for the National Book Award.
* “One Hundred Apocalypses and Other Apocalypses” by Lucy Corin (McSweeney’s, $17, 192 pages). A collection of short stories by Corin, a UC Davis associate professor of English, illuminates moments of vexation and crisis, revelations and revolutions. An apocalypse might come in the form of the end of a relationship or the end of the world. Writes the publisher: “At once mournful and explosively energetic, ‘One Hundred Apocalypses and Other Apocalypses’ makes manifest the troubled conscience of an uneasy time.”
* “Representing the Good Neighbor: Music, Difference, and the Pan American Dream,” by Carol A. Hess (Oxford University press, 49.95, 336 pages). This is the first book, according to the publisher, to examine in detail the critical reception of Latin American music in the United States. The author, a UC Davis associate professor of music, compares the work of three of the most prominent Latin American composers: Carlos Chavez, Heitor Villa-Lobos and Alberto Ginastera, with new biographical information on each.
* “Courtesans, Concubines and the Cult of Female Fidelity” by Beverly Bossler (Harvard-Yenching Institute Monograph Series, $36, 480 pages). Bossler, a professor of history, specializes in the study of society, family and gender in China. Her most recent book traces the influence of commercialization and entertainment on gender relations in China in the 10th to 14th centuries.
Bossler illustrates how women intersected and interacted with men, influencing the social, political, and intellectual life of the Song and Yuan dynasties.
* “Stem Cells: An Insider’s Guide” by Paul Knoepfler (World Scientific Publishing, $29, 360 pages). This book offers a guided tour through the awe, science and controversy of stem cell research. A true insider, Knoepfler is an associate professor of cell biology and human anatomy at UC Davis School of Medicine whose research focuses on stem cell and cancer cell biology. He also was treated for cancer a few years ago (though not with stem cells). His science interest came later in life — he has an undergraduate degree is in English literature. The book is informative, accessible and even entertaining.
* “Eating Right in America: The Cultural Politics of Food and Health” by Charlotte Biltekoff (Duke University Press, $22.95 paperback, $79.95 cloth cover, 224 pages). Biltekoff, formerly a chef at the acclaimed San Francisco restaurant “Greens” and now an assistant professor of cultural studies, and food science and technology at UCD, critiques dietary reform in the United States from the late 19th century emergence of nutritional science through the contemporary alternative food movement and campaign against obesity.
She says she intends not to change eating habits but rather to “illuminate the politics of dietary health in America, so we can better understand what happens when we define good diets, talk about eating right or try to improve peoples’ eating habits.”
* “Making the News: Politics, The Media and Agenda Setting” by Amber Boydstun (University of Chicago Press, $25, 280 pages). In her book, this assistant professor of political science looks at how the media can influence public policy and what makes policy issues resonate with the media. The publisher says: “Boydstun documents this systemic explosiveness and skew through analysis of media coverage across policy issues, including in-depth looks at the waxing and waning of coverage around two issues: capital punishment and the ‘war on terror.’”
* “Prometheus Reimagined: Technology, Environment, and Law in the Twenty-first Century” by Albert C. Lin (University of Michigan Press, $75, 316 pages). Lin, a professor of law, asks how governance institutions should adapt when innovation evolves faster than lawmaking and calls for a more democratic approach to technology regulation. Lin specializes in environmental and natural resources law. He is a former attorney for the Environment and Natural Resources Division of the U.S. Department of Justice.
— UC Davis News
File name on APEXCHANGE for photos: BC-US–Homes-Designer-Imaginative Holiday/922
By Melissa Rayworth
The holiday season is synonymous with tradition. But that doesn’t mean you have to fill your home with the same holiday decorations in the same color scheme every year.
“Until four years ago, I was Scrooge-y when it came to holiday decorating — a result of seeing the same old thing over and over again,” says Brian Patrick Flynn, a Los Angeles-based interior designer and executive producer of HGTV.com’s “Holiday House.”
But after finding ways to “reinvent the look and feel of Christmas for my own home,” Flynn says he “rediscovered how much fun seasonal styling can be when you make it your own.”
Here he and two other design experts — Jon Call of Mr. Call Designs and Betsy Burnham of Burnham Design — offer suggestions on shaking up holiday decorating.
Call’s family takes a creative approach to Christmas stockings: On the night before Christmas Eve, they make new stockings by sewing together large pieces of felt (inexpensive at any craft store) using a simple blanket stitch.
“We let our imaginations fly when it comes to decorating the outsides, and top off each one with our name and the year,” he says. “Making these stockings gives us all something to do the night before Christmas (Eve), and we share memories and laughter along the way.”
A Christmas tree doesn’t have to stay parked in one place. Flynn recommends putting a small tree on wheels (maybe in a vintage metal wagon or an old metal washtub with casters on the bottom) so you can change its location when you’re entertaining to create space or to bring extra holiday style to a different room.
Another option is ditching red and green tree decorations for an understated color palette.
“This year I created a tone-on-tone tree using all shades of light gray,” Flynn says. “To do this right, it’s all about having a balance of texture, finish, shape, scale and proportion.”
Try a white tree if you’ll be using light colors and neutrals, or a green tree with decorations in earth tones.
To shake up your tree’s decorations, Call suggests going with a theme.
“Last year for a client, I indulged in masses of vintage mercury-glass ornaments of all sizes and shapes. Silver was literally dripping off the tree. It was spectacular,” he says. “This year we are changing it up a bit and creating a completely edible tree, including childhood favorites such as homemade popcorn balls, small sacks of chocolates tied with a ribbon and hung from the branches, and pungent gingerbread.”
NO TREE AT ALL
If you have minimal space, Call says you can skip the tree altogether without losing any holiday cheer. Instead, cluster together a bunch of white poinsettias. They set a holiday tone in a fresh way, he says, and in a large group look “almost like snowfall.”
Or create your own “tree” out of branches: “In my kitchen, I love to fill a large galvanized pot with armfuls of branches full of red berries,” Call says. “As the season progresses, I simply clip incoming cards to the arrangement so that everyone can enjoy. It’s become a tradition over the years, and everyone loves to come and check out my ‘family tree.’”
FOCUS ON UNEXPECTED PLACES
Christmas doesn’t just happen in your living room. Flynn suggests adding a tiny tree to any space, even a breakfast nook.
To spice up a staircase, he created a garland out of “old men’s flannel and denim shirts cut and stitched” into pennant squares with tiny pockets. Strung together, they create a colorful advent calendar (mark all 25 days with sew-on varsity letters). Each one can hold a tiny gift and “add life and activity to an otherwise humdrum space.”
And for a new twist on outdoor decorating, Burnham suggests investing in a professional decorating service to string your outdoor trees with white lights. “I don’t mean drape lights over branches. I mean really wrap the trunk and every branch,” she says.
She had this done at her Los Angeles home several years ago and is still impressed with the look. “It is the most spectacular thing when I light the trees up at night, and it’s something I would have never been able to do myself,” she says. “The lights haven’t needed changing or redoing, and it’s been a couple of years now.”
MAKE IT ALL ABOUT THE MANTEL
“One of the most searched-for terms on HGTV.com is ‘mantel decorating,’” Flynn says. For homes with a flat-panel TV mounted above the mantel, he has a high-tech idea: Burn images to DVD that coordinate with the accessories you lay out on your mantel, then let the DVD run during holiday entertaining.
For one project, Flynn displayed colorful pop art images (including a reindeer by artist Jonathan Fenske) on the TV, and then put colorful items like candy in apothecary jars and brightly colored ornaments on the mantel “to make it all pop.”
Call agrees there’s no need to hold back with color: “The holidays are a time for indulgence, and that always means color to me,” he says. “Commit to a color scheme and go for broke!”
Tradition definitely has its place. But it can coexist with bursts of creativity and playfulness.
“It’s OK to bust out the old red and green,” Flynn says. “Just change it up somehow to make it more exciting.”
(File name in APEXCHANGE to get photos: BC-US–Food-Easy Holiday Party Food/947)
By Alison Ladman
Fantasizing about throwing a big holiday bash but fearful you’ll spend the whole party — or worse, the whole week — in the kitchen prepping? We’ve got you covered.
We’ve assembled an easy mix-and-match approach to holiday entertaining. An hour or so of prep and you’ll have enough nibbles to feed a crowd in high style.
Here’s how it works: We’ve divided the menu into 10 “base” ingredients. Each ingredient is paired with three simple suggestions for dressing it up for the party. All you need to do is pick enough base ingredients to feed your crowd, then decide how you’d like to prepare each. A little shopping, a little prepping, then you’re ready to party.
Many of these options make easy dips, spreads or other toppings for bread, so when you make that trip to the grocer, round out the menu with a variety of crackers and baguettes or pita bread that can be sliced and toasted.
— Top a round of brie with purchased fig jam and toasted pecans.
— Top slices of brie on a platter with a quick fresh herb sauce (puree 1/2 cup parsley, 1/2 cup chives and 1/4 cup cilantro with 1/4 cup olive oil and 2 tablespoons sherry vinegar, season with salt and black pepper).
— Place a round of brie in a small, shallow baking dish. Bake at 250 F for 10 minutes, then top with fresh berries and drizzle with warmed orange marmalade.
— Spread on slices of baguette, then broil for 2 minutes or until lightly browned. Top with sliced strawberries and black pepper.
— Stuff into Peppadew or sweet cherry peppers.
— Top a log of goat cheese with crumbled bacon and thinly sliced scallions.
— Skewer cubes of manchego with Castelvetrano olives and grape tomatoes.
— Stuff pitted dates with a piece of manchego, then wrap each date with half a slice of prosciutto. Broil for 3 to 4 minutes.
— Make a slaw by slicing fennel paper thin, shredding manchego, then tossing both with 2 tablespoons chopped fresh tarragon, 1 tablespoon olive oil, 1 tablespoon white balsamic vinegar, salt and black pepper.
Start by arranging the spears (bottoms trimmed) on a baking sheet, misting them with cooking spray, then roasting for 10 minutes at 400 F. Then:
— Toss with thinly sliced sun-dried tomatoes and a bit of the oil from the jar they were packed in.
— Toss with a vinaigrette made from 1 tablespoon olive oil, 1 tablespoon red wine vinegar, 2 cloves minced garlic, salt and black pepper.
— Toss with hoisin sauce and a drizzle of toasted sesame oil. Garnish with thinly sliced scallions.
ROASTED RED PEPPERS
Save yourself time and trouble by using jarred. Just drain them well and pat dry with paper towels.
— Finely dice and toss the peppers with the zest and juice of 1 lemon, 2 tablespoons chopped fresh oregano and 2 cloves minced garlic.
— Slice and mix with 4 mashed anchovies, 2 tablespoons rinsed chopped capers and 1/4 teaspoon red pepper flakes.
— Make a roasted red pepper chimichurri pesto. In a food processor, combine a 12-ounce jar of red peppers (drained), 1/2 cup fresh parsley, 2 tablespoons fresh oregano, 1/4 cup fresh mint, 2 tablespoons olive oil, 2 tablespoons red wine vinegar, salt and a pinch of red pepper flakes. Pulse until finely chopped.
PITTED KALAMATA OLIVES
— Marinate 1 cup pitted Kalamata olives in 1 tablespoon minced fresh rosemary, the zest and juice of 1 orange, and 1 tablespoon balsamic vinegar.
— Finely chop 1 cup pitted Kalamata olives and mix with 2 tablespoons chopped fresh garlic, 2 tablespoons chives, and 2 tablespoons olive oil. Spoon over purchased hummus.
— In a food processor, combine 1/2 cup olives, 4 ounces cream cheese, 2 tablespoons tomato paste, salt and black pepper.
— Roast red grapes on a rimmed baking sheet for 10 minutes at 450 F. Toss with 1 tablespoon balsamic glaze, 1 tablespoon honey and 1 tablespoon chopped fresh mint.
— Cut green grapes in half, then toss with marinated artichoke hearts.
— Freeze individual grapes on a rimmed baking sheet. Toss with cinnamon and sugar.
Start with chilled cooked, shelled shrimp.
— Toss with diced mango, cucumber, lime juice and minced jalapeno.
— Serve with a light dressing made of mayonnaise, roasted garlic and Dijon mustard.
— Toss with purchased pesto and diced sweet bell pepper.
COOKED CHICKEN BREAST
— Shred and toss with barbecue sauce spiked with smoked paprika and diced apples. Serve warm.
— In a food processor, chop together 1 green bell pepper, 2 stalks of celery, 2 scallions, 2 tablespoons fresh thyme and 1/2 cup shredded Parmesan cheese. Mix in finely chopped chicken breast, 2 tablespoons olive oil, the zest and juice of 1 lemon, salt and black pepper.
— Thinly slice cooked and cooled chicken breasts crosswise to form thin medallions. Spoon hot pepper jelly onto each piece, then sprinkle with chopped salted peanuts.
Start by roasting 8 ounces of crimini or button mushrooms on a rimmed baking sheet for 12 minutes at 450 F.
— Make a mushroom pate by blending the mushrooms in a food processor with 1/4 cup heavy cream and a hefty pinch of salt and black pepper. Stir in 2 tablespoons chopped fresh thyme and 1/4 cup minced salami.
— Stuff with a blend of crumbled cooked bacon, chopped walnuts, feta cheese, and minced fresh marjoram.
— Whisk together 2 tablespoons spicy brown mustard, 1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce, 1 tablespoon cider vinegar, 1 tablespoon soy sauce and a hefty pinch of black pepper. Toss the mushrooms in this mixture.
By Nicole Villalpando
Julie Gold had trained to be a volunteer with Hospice Austin but never got to volunteer before she needed her own grief support. In April 2008, her sweetheart, Reed, was killed in a motorcycle accident. They had spent years creating their own holiday traditions.
That year, Gold learned how hard the holidays can be after a loved one has died. Even though Gold had lost Reed in April, by the time the holidays rolled around, she was still numb, she says, plus both her dog and cat also had died that year.
Gold opted to have a quiet Thanksgiving alone. She baked a sweet potato and read a lot that day. Christmas was harder because it was a gift-giving holiday. She didn’t know what to do with Reed’s stocking, and she didn’t know what to do about friends who invited her to the usual holiday gatherings she had always attended as part of a couple.
The anticipation of the season was worse than the actual days themselves, Gold found. That’s very common, says Hospice Austin bereavement coordinator Maggie Cochran. Grief often is intensified during the holidays because the expectations of being happy don’t line up with what people are feeling.
“There’s lots of reminders of happy memories,” Cochran says. “Maybe down the road those can be happy again, but not in that acute feelings stage.”
Gold, who has now been able to volunteer by leading bereavement groups with Hospice Austin, and Cochran have some things to consider for people who have lost a loved one this year. The holidays won’t be the same as last year, and they don’t have to be. Think about what Christmas will look like and discuss it as a family or with friends.
* Accepting party invitations. Just because you always went to a party each year doesn’t mean you have to this year. If you decide to go, explain to the hostess that you might not be able to stay long. Take your own car; if it becomes overwhelming, you can leave.
* Decorate or not. Maybe you decide not to decorate this year. Maybe you decide to decorate and create a tribute to your loved one.
* Send cards or not. You might not have the energy to do it this year, and that’s OK. You also might not want to explain why the loved one is not in the Christmas card picture this year. You also could just send out a few cards to the people who know about your loss.
* Shop or not. If the Christmas music about it being “the most wonderful time of the year” is going to make you start sobbing, this might be the year to shop online. You also can ask for help with the shopping or just make a donation in honor of your loved one.
* Carrying on with meal traditions. It might be comforting to make the same meals or be with the same people as last year, but it also might be harder. Maybe you go out to eat. Maybe you ask a friend if you can come over for Christmas dinner.
* How you will worship. You can decide it will be too painful to go to midnight Mass without your loved one and opt for a different service, or try a different house of worship.
* Pick your holiday location. If you’ve always been at home on Christmas, maybe you want to go to an out-of-town friend or family member’s house this year. Or maybe you want to go on a completely different kind of vacation.
* Take care of yourself. During this stressful time, make sure you’re getting enough sleep and exercise and limiting alcohol.
* Be patient with yourself. You might be short with people or a little grumpy, and that’s OK. You also don’t have to put on a fake smile.
* Trust yourself. Even if everyone is telling you to come to a party or that you shouldn’t be alone on the holiday, do what you want to do.
The second year might also be hard. Gold found the next year harder because, after letting herself out of a lot of typical obligations that first year, she tried to return to the old traditions in the second. After that, each year got better, and she is now dating someone else — something she could never have imagined in 2008.
If you have friends or family members who have lost someone this year, you can help by letting them talk about their loved one and not judging them if they need to tell the same story again and again.
Acknowledge that this might be an especially difficult time for them and offer to help by doing things such as taking care of children or shopping or cooking for them.
Call on the holiday but understand if they don’t want to talk to you. Invite them to events, but don’t put up a fight if they opt not to attend.
Grief is different for everyone, Cochran says. “There’s no timeline, no endpoint … but it does get better; it does get easier.”
Story Filed By Cox Newspapers
With photo in leaf raw: HI gray paint.jpg
The article below identifies the paint colors that will be hottest for home decorating next year. For more information, please contact Debbie Zimmer, paint and color expert for the Paint Quality Institute, by reply email or by calling 215-962-5551. Thank you.
2014 Paint Color Forecast
GREY HEADLINES INTERIOR COLOR “HOT LIST”
Grey – the color that connotes intellect – is one hue homeowners will be incorporating into their home interiors next year. So says Debbie Zimmer, paint and color expert for the Paint Quality Institute, a leading source of information on interior color and design.
In her annual color forecast for 2014, Zimmer is supporting grey in a big way: “It’s the hot new neutral, a sleek and sophisticated color option that adds refinement to almost any room.
“Walls that are painted grey are great backdrops for almost any style of décor, and grey is such a dignified color that it can elevate the appearance of even the most modest furnishings,” she says.
Beyond wall color, grey will embellish interiors in other ways next year — in the form of grey wash on wood furniture, for example, and in fabric used for everything from seating to floor coverings. “We will even see grey’s flashier cousin, silver, used as an important accent color,” says Zimmer.
But grey won’t be the only neutral to be popular in 2014. According to Zimmer, those seeking a change from more saturated color will be happy to learn that white and off-white are back in vogue. Manufacturers of interior paint will offer extensive palettes of ever-so-subtle tints comprised of 30, 40, and even 50 “whites” containing just a hint of color.
White is staging a strong comeback for a number of reasons, says Zimmer.
“As with grey, the ease of coordinating furnishings with a neutral hue like white is appealing to almost everyone,” she says. “However, some will gravitate to white for more personal reasons having to do with a change of address: those who are downsizing will favor white or very light-colored walls to make their new, smaller interiors look more spacious; and for those who may soon put up a ‘For Sale’ sign, white is the wise paint color to apply before listing a home.“
Design professionals and do-it-yourselfers in the mood for more colorful options will also have good choices next year. Blues and greens – in more tints and shades than ever before — will again be crowd-pleasers, as they have been for a while.
“Another hot color in 2014 will be mustard yellow,” says Zimmer. “Its influence is growing in both fashion and home furnishing fabrics. We also expect to see more use of the color on walls — if not for entire rooms, then at least on accent walls.”
If you’re thinking about changing a color scheme in your home interior, Zimmer’s insights into the tints and shades expected to be next year’s “hot” choices can provide some valuable direction. But the color expert has one final piece of advice:
“In the end, color choice is a very personal decision, so whether you are thinking about doing some painting, or changing your décor, or both, stick with colors that you love. When it comes to your home, your opinion is the one that matters most.”
To learn more about color, home decorating, and home painting, visit the Paint Quality Institute blog at www.blog.paintquality.com.
# # #
ABOUT THE PAINT QUALITY INSTITUTE (SM)
Since 1989, The Paint Quality Institute (SM) has been educating people on the advantages of using quality interior and exterior paints and coatings. The Paint Quality Institute’s goal is to help educate consumers, contractors and designers by providing information on the virtues of quality paint as well as color trends and decorating with paint through a variety of instructional platforms and conferences, and traditional and new media vehicles. More information can be found at www.paintquality.com.———————————————————————–
This message was sent to Debbie. If you no longer wish to receive email from us, please follow the link below or copy and paste the entire link into your browser. http://www.xmr3.com/rm/1521450-58297798-2-2251-AV1-6D85email@example.com/HCS2F58
With photo on desktop: GG cherry lime brownies.jpg, GG mango marhsmallow.jpg
By Alison Ladman
We’ve seen all manner of ways to make brownies a holiday treat, everything from burying peppermint candies in them to topping them with candy canes. But we prefer the delicious simplicity of this recipe, which swirls lime marmalade and cherry jam over a rich brownie base studded with chocolate chunks and dried cherries. If lime doesn’t do it for you, feel free to leave out the zest and substitute another variety marmalade or jam.
Cherry Lime Brownies
Start to finish: 40 minutes, plus cooling (10 minutes active)
3/4 cup (1 1/2 sticks) butter, melted
2 cups packed brown sugar
1 teaspoon salt
Zest of 1 lime
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
1 3/4 cups all-purpose flour
3/4 cup Dutch processed cocoa powder, sifted
1 cup dried cherries
1 cup bittersweet chocolate chunks
1/3 cup lime marmalade
1/3 cup cherry jam
Putting it together:
Heat the oven to 350 F. Coat a 9-by-13-inch baking pan with baking spray.
In a medium bowl, combine the melted butter, brown sugar, lime zest and vanilla. Beat in the eggs, one at a time. Stir in the flour and cocoa powder, then stir in the cherries and chocolate chunks.
Spread the mixture evenly into the prepared pan. Dollop lime curd and cherry jam over the top of the brownie batter. Gently drag the back of a spoon through the top of the batter and the marmalade and jam to swirl them into the surface. Bake for 25 to 30 minutes, or until a toothpick inserted at the center yields just moist crumbs. Allow to cool in the pan. Cut into 24 bars.
The mango marshmallow bar has all the makings of a classic summer s’mores — graham crackers, chocolate and marshmallow — but with a decidedly more festive sensibility.
We started with a deliciously buttery graham cracker crust, then topped it with a cream and chocolate ganache studded with bits of cooked mango. Then we pulled out all the stops and made fresh marshmallow — it’s much easier than you imagine — also flecked with mango to spread over the top. And to add a holiday kick, we decorated the top with decorating sugar.
The only special equipment you’ll need is a stand mixer and a candy thermometer. The mixer does the bulk of the work of making the marshmallow.
Mango Marshmallow Bars
Start to finish: 3 hours (1 hour active)
1 1/2 cups graham cracker crumbs
3 tablespoons packed brown sugar
3 tablespoons all-purpose flour
6 tablespoons butter, melted
2 cups chopped dried mango, chopped
1 cup plus 6 tablespoons water, divided
3/4 cup heavy cream
11 1/2-ounce bag milk chocolate chips
1/4-ounce envelope gelatin
1/2 cup granulated sugar
1/3 cup corn syrup
1 teaspoon vanilla extract
Colored sugar or sprinkles
Putting it together:
Heat the oven to 350 F. Coat a 9-by-13-inch baking pan with baking spray.
In a medium bowl, stir together the graham cracker crumbs, brown sugar and flour. Stir in the melted butter until thoroughly combined. Transfer the mixture to the prepared baking pan and press to form an even layer. Bake 10 to 15 minutes, or until toasty and browned. Set aside to cool.
Meanwhile, in a small saucepan over medium-high, combine the chopped mango and 1 cup of the water. Bring to a boil, then reduce to a simmer. Cook for 10 minutes, then set aside to cool.
Once the crust and mango have cooled, pour off and discard any excess liquid from the mango. Transfer the mango to a bowl, then wipe the saucepan clean.
Return the pan to medium heat. Add the heavy cream and bring to a boil. Reduce heat to very low, then add the chocolate. Stir until melted and smooth. Stir in half of the mango, then pour the mixture over the crust and spread in an even layer. Refrigerate until completely cooled.
Meanwhile, make the marshmallow layer. In the bowl of a stand mixer, combine the gelatin with 3 tablespoons of the remaining water. Set aside.
In a small saucepan over medium-high, combine the remaining 3 tablespoons water with the granulated sugar, corn syrup and salt. Cook without stirring until the mixture reaches 240 F on a candy thermometer.
Pour the mixture into the mixer with the gelatin. Using the whisk attachment, beat on high (be careful not to splash the hot syrup) until cool, 7 to 9 minutes. Stir in the vanilla and the remaining half of the mango. Spread the marshmallow mixture evenly over the cooled chocolate layer, then sprinkle with colored sugar or sprinkles. Allow to fully set up, about 2 hours, before cutting into 24 bars. Store in an airtight container at room temperature.
With photo in no purge/living: oatmeal breakfast cookies.jpg
By Elizabeth Karmel
Many people would balk at the idea of eating holiday cookies for breakfast, but this recipe might make you reconsider.
These double-the-oats oatmeal cookies are so jammed with oats — making them tender and wonderfully chewy and rich — that I’ve been known to take them on vacation just so I can enjoy a familiar breakfast. Because if you could enjoy your morning bowl of oatmeal in the form of a cookie, why not?
The inspiration for this cookie actually began with my dislike of raisins. Most oatmeal cookies are packed with raisins, which usually turns me off. So I wanted to create my own take on this classic cookie.
I started with a basic cookie dough made with creamed butter, then added twice as many oats as a traditional cookie. I also substituted dried cherries for the raisins. The result was a good cookie, but it wasn’t a great cookie. I wanted to be able to taste the individual ingredients, and I wanted a crispier texture.
I was at loss until a trip to Houston unexpectedly gave me the answer. I was visiting a friend whose mom recently had sent him a tin of her oatmeal cookies. I tried one and wanted to eat the entire batch. I loved the texture and the light, clean taste. They were crisp and toothsome, everything I was looking for.
The secret? She used vegetable oil instead of butter.
At first, I thought this was odd, but then I realized that a lot of my favorite cakes were made with oil, not butter. As soon as I got home, I tested my recipe with oil and I could not believe the difference. My cookies had gone from good to great and I started baking them weekly.
Because I like to eat these cookies for breakfast with a cup of coffee, I bake them and keep them in the freezer so I have them on hand most of the time. I generally bake the cookies with dried cherries and pecans, which makes me equate them with eating a bowl of granola.
But during the holidays, I love making them with dark chocolate chips and walnuts. The addition of the rich chocolate makes them more decadent and takes them from a breakfast cookie to a special occasion cookie.
Double-the-Oats Oatmeal Cookies
Feel free to substitute 1 1/2 cups of dark chocolate chips and 1 cup of chopped walnuts for the dried cherries and pecans. Either version is delicious and perfect for a holiday — or any day — treat. Start to finish: 30 minutes
1 tablespoon vanilla extract
1 cup packed dark brown sugar
1/2 cup granulated sugar
1 cup vegetable oil
1 1/2 cups all-purpose flour, sifted
1 teaspoon baking soda
2 teaspoons cinnamon
1 teaspoon ground cardamom
1/2 teaspoon salt
3 1/2 cups old-fashioned rolled oats (not quick-cooking), divided
1 1/3 cups dried cherries
1 generous cup pecan halves, coarsely chopped
Putting it together:
Heat the oven to 350 F. Line a baking sheet with kitchen parchment.
In a large bowl, whisk the eggs and vanilla until frothy. Add both sugars and the oil. Mix until well blended and creamy in appearance.
In a medium bowl, whisk together the flour, baking soda, cinnamon, cardamom and salt. Add to sugar and egg mixture and mix until completely combined. Mix in 2 cups of the oats, then the cherries and pecans. Add the remaining 1 1/2 cups of oats and mix well. The batter will be stiff.
Working in batches, use a teaspoon to drop cookie dough on the prepared cookie, leaving about 2 inches between cookies. Bake for 14 to 15 minutes, or until golden brown and still soft at the center. Cool for 2 minutes on the baking sheet, then use a spatula to transfer to a rack to cool completely. Makes 3 dozen cookies.
UC DAVIS INSTITUTE FOR POPULATION HEALTH IMPROVEMENT EXPANDS HIGH-TECH HEALTH-CARE SERVICES FOR SOME 3.5 MILLION CALIFORNIANS Health information exchange improving coordination of care in 12 rural counties (SACRAMENTO, Calif.) — Communication of clinical information needed to provide safe and effective, high quality health care is now easier in 12 rural California counties as a result of an initiative launched earlier this year by the UC Davis Institute for Population Health Improvement (IPHI). Through nearly $775,000 in grants awarded under IPHI’s California Health eQuality (CHeQ) Program to four designated health information exchange (HIE) providers, the adoption of HIE is significantly accelerating in rural California. As a result of CHeQ’s Rural HIE Incentive Program, HIE options for exchanging patient care-related information electronically have been created for more than 30 acute care and critical access hospitals, community clinics and behavioral health providers, serving nearly 3.5 million rural Californians. More than 700 physicians in these 12 counties will benefit from having better access to patient information. CHeQ also is targeting an additional $200,000 to fund “Direct” accounts, a service much like secure email, to individual physician offices, small clinics, hospitals, and other providers in these rural counties that are not yet served by a health information organization or have HIE options. The Direct service will become available in early 2014. Health information exchange refers to the secure electronic communication of health-related information among doctors, hospitals and other providers so that they have important patient-related information wherever and whenever it is needed to support patient care. Establishing HIE services to support electronic communication of health information in rural areas has proven to be particularly challenging, which is why IPHI launched the Rural HIE Incentive Program. HIE options for some areas were largely inaccessible or simply did not exist. “Patients in rural areas often have to travel long distances to multiple different health care providers to get needed care — especially for medical specialist service — increasing the likelihood that some providers will not have all the information they need,” said Kenneth W. Kizer, IPHI’s director and a distinguished professor at UC Davis. “CHeQ’s rural HIE incentive initiative has provided a catalyst for developing these services in large areas of California. This will result in better coordination and higher quality patient care being provided in these areas.” Redwood MedNet of Ukiah, one of the four Rural HIE Incentive Program awardees, knows how beneficial HIE is to their rural communities. “The Rural HIE Incentive Program has been extremely useful for us,” said William Ross, Redwood MedNet program manager. It adds HIE functionality to low-resource facilities such as community clinics and critical access hospitals in historically underserved areas.” In addition to Redwood MedNet, the three other service providers under the Rural HIE Incentive Program are Inland Empire HIE (Riverside), Orange County Partnership Regional Health Information Organization (OCPRHIO) (Orange) and Axesson (Santa Cruz). The 12 counties benefitting from this initiative are Colusa, Fresno, Humboldt, Kings, Madera, Mendocino, Napa, San Luis Obispo, Solano, Sonoma, Tulare and Yolo.
UC Davis Institute for Population Health Improvement funds state’s first “Blue Button” project for Medi-Cal
Patients to have online access to their prescription data for improved patient safety.
(SACRAMENTO, Calif.) — As part of its mission to accelerate the adoption of health information exchange throughout California, the UC Davis Institute for Population Health Improvement’s California Health eQuality program awarded $400,000 to L.A. Care, the nation’s largest publicly operated health plan, to develop Blue Button functionality.
Blue Button will allow L.A. Care members to access their own prescription data online. The project is the first in California and among the first in the nation to develop the tool for Medicaid beneficiaries.
L.A. Care offers free or low-cost health insurance programs to more than one million Los Angeles County residents, giving members access to more than 10,000 physicians, specialists, hospitals and pharmacies.
The Blue Button initiative is a Web-based feature that allows patients to easily view and download their health information and share it with health care providers and caregivers. The U.S. Department of Veteran’s Affairs initiated Blue Button in 2010. In 2012, the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology began encouraging its broader use.
“Having a list of medications available through the Blue Button will help L.A. Care members take an active role in managing their care, increase effective communication with their providers and avoid potential prescription errors,” said Kenneth W. Kizer, distinguished professor and director of the Institute for Population Health Improvement at UC Davis. “The lessons learned from this project can serve as a model for all managed care health plans in the state to adopt the same Blue Button functionality to improve patients’ access to their data.”
L.A. Care expects to begin extending the Blue Button service to Medi-Cal Managed Care beneficiaries by early 2014.
“For underserved and disadvantaged populations, the availability of online medical information resources significantly lags behind those offered to commercial insurance and Medicare patients, limiting their ability to participate in their own care,” said Trudi Carter, chief medical officer for L.A. Care Health Plan. “We are pleased to have the opportunity to bring Blue Button to those vulnerable L.A. County residents, who can now get more involved in the management of their conditions and share their information with their providers and caregivers.”
The UC Davis Institute for Population Health Improvement is working to align the many determinants of health to promote and sustain the well-being of both individuals and their communities. Established in 2011, the institute is leading an array of initiatives, from improving health-care quality and health information exchange to advancing surveillance and prevention programs for heart disease and cancer.
L.A. Care Health Plan (Local Initiative Health Authority of Los Angeles County) is a public entity and community-accountable health plan serving residents of Los Angeles County through a variety of programs including L.A. Care Covered™, Medi-Cal, L.A. Care’s Healthy Kids, L.A. Care Health Plan Medicare Advantage HMO and PASC-SEIU Homecare Workers Health Care Plan. L.A. Care is a leader in developing new programs through innovative partnerships designed to provide health coverage to vulnerable populations and to support the safety net. With more than one million members, L.A. Care is the nation’s largest publicly operated health plan.
UC Davis has been awarded a $750,000 grant to expand its telemedicine services for infants.
The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services grant will allow UCD to provide ’round-the-clock access to neonatologists and other subspecialists through the use of UCD’s secure videoconferencing capabilities, according to a news release.
Four hospitals were picked to take part in the program, called PEANUT: Pediatric Emergency Assistance to Newborns Using Telehealth.
(SACRAMENTO, Calif.) — UC Davis Children’s Hospital has been awarded a three-year, approximately $750,000 grant from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office for the Advancement of Telehealth – Health Resources and Services Administration (OAT-HRSA) to expand its services for infants through the new Pediatric Emergency Assistance to Newborns Using Telehealth (PEANUT) Program.
The program will provide clinicians at rural hospitals round-the-clock access to neonatologists and other subspecialists through the use of UC Davis’ award-winning secure videoconferencing capabilities.
Four hospitals in California were selected to launch the PEANUT project because they are in rural counties serving health-professional shortage areas and medically underserved areas, said Madan Dharmar, assistant research professor in the UC Davis Children’s Hospital Pediatric Telemedicine Program.
“Telemedicine has been an important part of UC Davis Children’s Hospital’s efforts to improve access to pediatric care for more than a decade,” said Dharmar, the principal investigator for the PEANUT Program. “Our goal is to extend essential subspecialist expertise to medically underserved areas, which should lead to higher quality and more cost-effective care.”
“Rural doctors and hospitals deliver great care. But they have limited access to pediatric subspecialists. Without subspecialty guidance, newborn infants may be undertreated, receive inappropriate therapies or face unnecessary transfers. By providing immediate access to neonatologists, and other pediatric experts, PEANUT will provide a safety net for rural clinicians and their patients,” Dharmar said.
For example, increasing access to pediatric cardiologists will help rural hospitals follow new guidelines for identifying infants with congenital heart disease, and also will help avoid unnecessary neonatal transfers if physicians rule out the condition in advance.
In addition to providing multidisciplinary neonatal care, the PEANUT Program also will enhance access to ongoing medical education for physicians, nurses and other hospital staff. The program will assist hospitals with implementing new state and national care standards, such as the Critical Congenital Heart Disease Screening Program, by providing training for rural hospital technologists in neonatal echocardiography. In addition, health-care providers in rural nurseries will be trained on techniques and standards for emergency care for newborns.
“The PEANUT Program will give our rural communities immediate access to the pediatric subspecialists they need to do their jobs well,” said Robin Steinhorn, chair of the Department of Pediatrics and physician-in-chief for UC Davis Children’s Hospital. “We view this program as an important step in delivering high-quality and cost-effective care throughout California.”
In addition to reducing rural disparities in care, the PEANUT program will study the long-term impact of these telemedicine interventions on neonatal outcomes, as well as the cost-effectiveness of these efforts.
James P. Marcin, director of the UC Davis Children’s Hospital Pediatric Telemedicine Program; Robin H. Steinhorn, chair, Department of Pediatrics and physician-in-chief, UC Davis Children’s Hospital; and Byung Kwang (BK) Yoo, associate professor, Department of Public Health Sciences, are the grant’s co-investigators.
UC Davis Children’s Hospital is the Sacr
By Janet K. Keeler
* Monday: Simple food
Bank calories for Thursday by trimming some tonight with White Bean and Greens Soup served with toasted pita triangles. Saute a chopped onion in olive oil along with diced carrots and celery. When veggies are soft, add a box of chicken or veggie broth. Stir in 1 teaspoon dried thyme and 2 cans of drained and rinsed white beans. Let simmer for about 10 minutes, then add whatever greens you like, such as baby spinach leaves or chopped kale, and cook until wilted. Serve with grated Parmesan cheese.
* Tuesday: Fridge-foraging
Time to make room in the fridge for all those big feast ingredients, especially Tom himself. So tonight you’ll make Open-Face Sandwiches With Fried-Egg Toppers. Toast a big piece of bread, spread with butter, mayo or soft cheese like Boursin and add thin slices of whatever meat you have on hand (ham, turkey, leftover steak). Stack with greens (Romaine, arugula, spinach) and sprinkle with a bit of vinegar. A fried egg tops it all. Now, make sure you’ve scoured the fridge for any bits of leftover soups, vegetable sides or creamy salads. Eat them.
* Wednesday: Rotisserie chicken
Maybe the store-bought bird seems like poultry overload this week, but it’s so convenient on a night when you’ve got lots of work to do. Take this opportunity to make another sweep through the fridge so you can make room for Aunt Margaret’s very special Jell-O salad on Thursday. Use the bird to make Whatever You Have Chef’s Salad. Pile up the lettuce and top with veggies, shredded chicken, hard-boiled egg slices, shredded or cubed cheese, pitted olives, pepperoncini, etc. Use the dressing of your choice, but make sure there are no leftovers.
* Thursday: T-day and eating
No matter what time you are serving dinner or when you’ll leave for someone else’s house, you’ve got to eat something before you sit down to the big meal. You don’t want to fill up the family too much, but too little food might cause crabbiness, a very unwelcome mood at the holiday table. Set out some nibbles like cheese and crackers, and hummus and pita chips. Have some yogurt on hand that can be served with granola. Fresh fruit is also a spirit booster.
* Friday: Turkey redux
Hopefully you made enough extra food to prepare Thanksgiving-Leftovers Shepherd’s Pie (recipe below) tonight. This recipe, from our buddy Martha Stewart, throws in everything but the pumpkin pie. If you’re lucky, you’ll have a slice or two of that left to enjoy with the last squirt of whipped cream.
Thanksgiving-Leftovers Shepherd’s Pie
3 cups cooked stuffing
1 cup cranberry sauce, plus more for topping (optional)
1 pound sliced cooked roast turkey with sage
10 ounces glazed carrots (or another leftover vegetable)
4 to 6 tablespoons gravy
3 to 4 cups mashed potatoes
Putting it together:
Preheat oven to 350 degrees. In a 9- to 10-inch pie plate, mound stuffing on bottom, then layer with cranberry sauce, turkey and carrots. Drizzle with gravy and spread potatoes over surface to sides of dish. Top with more cranberry sauce, if desired.
Place pie on a baking sheet and bake until heated through and potatoes are golden, 35 to 40 minutes. Let cool slightly.
Serves 4 to 6.
— From marthastewart.com
— Tampa Bay Times
With two photos: gg cranberry 1 and 2
By Alison Ladman
Unless you really crave those accordion-like ridges or consider Thanksgiving a failure without hearing that classic shplopping noise, you have no excuse for resorting to canned cranberry sauce.
Homemade cranberry sauce is wildly better than anything you can buy and it takes little time or effort to make. Plus, it’s easy to take a basic cranberry sauce and doctor it up in so many delicious ways.
To help you along on your journey from can to greatness, we offer a base recipe for a delicious brown sugar and orange cranberry sauce, plus five ways of taking the flavor in crazy delicious directions. Don’t want to use our base recipe? Don’t. Use what’s written on the bag of fresh cranberries, then use our flavorings.
Cranberry sauce with variations
Start to finish: 15 minutes
12-ounce bag fresh cranberries
3/4 cup packed brown sugar
3/4 cup orange juice
Pinch of salt
Putting it together:
In a medium saucepan over medium-high, combine the cranberries, brown sugar, orange juice and salt. Cook, stirring occasionally, until most of the cranberries have popped and softened, 8 to 10 minutes. Serves 8.
Remove the saucepan from the heat and select one of the flavor combinations below:
Add 1 minced chipotle pepper and 1 tablespoon adobo sauce (from a can of chipotles in adobo). Allow to cool, then stir in 3 tablespoons of chopped fresh cilantro.
Allow to fully cool, then stir in 1/2 teaspoon truffle oil and 1 tablespoon finely chopped fresh chives.
Stir in 1/2 cup crumbled well-cooked bacon, 1 teaspoon smoked paprika and an extra 1/2 cup brown sugar.
Stir in 3 tablespoons finely chopped fresh tarragon and the zest and juice of 1 lemon.
Stir in 2 tablespoons grated fresh ginger and 2 tablespoons sweet white miso.
With photo on desktop: GG1 tgiving table.jpg
By Mary Carol Garrity
Thanksgiving is my favorite holiday. Dan starts cooking the turkey early while I set the table for 27. At dinnertime, our large but intimate party of family and friends packs around the table to raise a toast, share what we are most thankful for and dig into some great food. Our daughter calls us the Loud Family because the volume gets high as we all share stories, catch up on each other’s news and roar with laughter.
If you are entertaining this Thanksgiving, I want to encourage you to make the setting for your feast as special as the people who will ring your table. Here are some steps I follow when creating a dramatic and memorable Thanksgiving table.
Step 1: Aim to awe
It’s sometimes hard to find the time to spoil the people we love most. Thanksgiving is the perfect opportunity to do just that by taking extra time to set a table that is so lavish and lovely it lets guests know how very important they are to you. The time you invest in creating a dramatic tablescape pays off when you see the surprised and delighted faces of guests as they take in your dining room.
A powerful centerpiece is the key to creating a table that wows guests. I have designed some centerpieces that are intricate and complex, and I’ve fashioned some that are powerful in their subtle simplicity.
Consider using matching garden urns to anchor your centerpiece, or even tall, beefy vases or cake plates or hurricanes — anything that gives you some nice height and allows you to embellish with seasonal decor. Incorporate moss, straw and fall foliage. If you want to go bigger and wilder, use longer tendrils of fall foliage and fallen sticks in your centerpiece.
Lushly layered place settings that weave together different colors, textures and heights are among my very favorites. Maybe start with simple orange table runners, which provide a pop of bright fall color, to break up the wood of a table top and serve as placemats. Look in your china cabinet and see what dishes you could mix up to give your table a blend of patterns and colors. You’ll be surprised by the diverse pieces you can weave together to create a charming place setting.
Step 2: Zero in on details that make a difference
Use personalization to make each place setting that much more special. Perhaps go with a menu card, a name card so everyone knows where to sit and a conversation prompt: “I am thankful for ….” There is something special about seeing your name at your place setting, isn’t there? It makes you feel like a treasured addition to the party.
Make sure to add in a few other touches that applaud the season, such as fall-themed dishes and table linens.
Step 3: Don’t forget the backdrop
While the dining table is the undisputed star of the show at Thanksgiving, don’t forget to add some decorative touches to the rest of your dining room. If your table is loaded with drama, you won’t need much. One of the spots I like to dress up for holiday entertaining is my buffet. Many of the pieces on my buffet remain in place year round, like the matching lamps and the platter. I just poke in a few seasonal motifs, like a scale holding a fall figurine, a pumpkin and a tiny bouquet of orange roses.
with photo on desktop: pastramiturkey.jpg
By Alison Ladman
Pastrami. Horseradish. Matzo. Frying in oil. All the makings of a traditional Jewish holiday meal. But this time, we add turkey, a nod to the first day of Hanukkah falling on Thanksgiving this year.
To keep this lusciously savory dinner on the speedy side, we started with turkey tenderloins. They cook quickly and you don’t need to worry about thawing them as you often do with a whole turkey. We then wrap the tenderloins in pastrami, coat them in matzo and fry them until crisp on the outside, but moist and tender inside.
The breaded pastrami wrap on the turkey adds a great “skin” to the otherwise simple turkey tenderloin. The pickled onions have a subtle bite from the horseradish. Of course, putting this together requires a little more hands-on time than throwing a turkey in the oven, but the reward is in the taste.
PASTRAMI-WRAPPED FRIED TURKEY WITH HORSERADISH PICKLED ONIONS
Start to finish: 1 hour (30 minutes active)
For the pickled onions:
1 cup red wine vinegar
1/2 cup sugar
2 tablespoons pickling spice
2 tablespoons kosher salt
1/2 cup prepared horseradish
2 medium red onions, thinly sliced
For the turkey:
3 pounds turkey tenderloins
8 ounces thinly sliced pastrami
2 tablespoons spicy brown mustard
1 tablespoon all-purpose flour
1 1/2 cups matzo meal
Vegetable oil, for frying
In a medium saucepan over medium-high heat, combine the vinegar, sugar, pickling spice, salt and horseradish. Bring to a boil, then add the onions. Return to a boil, cover and remove from the heat. Let sit until cool. The onions can be prepared up to 2 days in advance. Store in a covered container in the refrigerator.
Wrap each turkey tenderloin in several slices of pastrami, securing them with wooden skewers as needed.
In a wide, shallow bowl, whisk together the eggs, mustard and flour. In a second bowl, spread the matzo meal. One at a time, roll each tenderloin in the egg mixture to coat evenly. Transfer to the matzo meal and roll to coat. The tenderloins can be prepared in this manner up to several hours ahead of time, then covered and refrigerated.
When ready to cook, heat the oven to 350 F.
In a large, deep saute pan, heat 1/2 inch of oil until it sizzles when a matzo crumb is dropped into it. One at a time, fry each tenderloin for 5 to 7 minutes per side, or until golden brown all over. Transfer to a rimmed baking sheet, then repeat with the remaining tenderloins.
When all of the tenderloins are fried, place them in the oven for 25 to 30 minutes, or until they reach 165 F at the center. Serve with the pickled onions on the side.
Nutrition information per serving: 270 calories; 70 calories from fat (26 percent of total calories); 8 g fat (1 g saturated; 0 g trans fats); 90 mg cholesterol; 17 g carbohydrate; 1 g fiber; 2 g sugar; 35 g protein; 440 mg sodium.
By Kasey Trenum
Q: How can I prepare a Thanksgiving feast on a budget?
A: As the cost of food continues to rise, you might be stressed about affording a Thanksgiving dinner. But your stress does not have to go up with food prices. Here are some simple steps for preparing a Thanksgiving feast on a budget.
* Search for coupons! This is one of the simplest ways to save on Thanksgiving foods. Luckily, this time of year there will be lots of them floating around. Don’t forget to purchase a Sunday paper for coupons; also look for rebate offers. If you are unsure where to start, check the coupon database at time2saveworkshops.com. It is a cinch to search for an item by name and print any available coupons. Plan your shopping and menu around the coupons you have and see what a difference it makes.
* Start shopping now. You know what you need now, so go buy it ahead of time if possible. If you know you want a turkey, pie fillings, stuffing and canned pumpkin, stock up in the weeks leading up to Thanksgiving when these items are on sale. This will also help you avoid last-minute impulse shopping, which always ends badly. Make a list, get shopping now and see how you can save.
* Be a price-matching pro. All of your area stores will be offering traditional Thanksgiving foods such as turkey, dressing and cranberry sauce, so this is the perfect time to use price-matching. That means you can have one store honor the sale price of another store. Depending on the product, you may be able to use a coupon on top of that. Check with your local grocer for details of the store’s price-matching policy so you can take advantage of it.
* Keep it simple. Instead of tons of different dishes that your guests likely won’t finish, make a few basic dishes that everyone will eat. If you know your family’s favorites, stick to those and bypass doing any additional dishes. You don’t need to make them and waste the money if no one is going to eat them.
Give these tips a try and you will have plenty of cash left in your pocket — cash that is sure to come in handy this holiday shopping season!
By Deanna Fox
The Associated Press
As the calendar turns toward winter, we start to hear it: The sniffles from the person in the next cubicle. The dreaded middle-of-the-night coughs from a child. It’s the cacophony of cold season, and we are headed into the throes of it.
Step away from the Sudafed.
While colds, flus, allergies and other seasonal ailments are bad news for us, the sounds that accompany them are as sweet to pharmaceutical companies and drugstores as coins clinking into a piggy bank. Last winter was one of the worst cold seasons in a decade, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention , which Advertising Age Magazine reported led to a 38 percent sales increase for Johnson & Johnson and a 9 percent increase for Procter & Gamble, according to Advertising Age magazine.
But many studies show conventional treatments are not as effective or have the same effectiveness rate as classic home remedies, and the overuse of them can actually lower effectiveness moving forward.
Some home remedies have withstood the test of time, like chicken soup and the power of good local honey. Reports from the Mayo Clinic have shown chicken soup relieves congestion, limits inflammation (due to inhibiting the movement of neutrophils, an immune system cell), and speeds up the movement of mucus in the body. Protective cilia, tiny hair-like structures in the nose that block germs and other contagions from entering the body, get a boost in function from chicken soup as well, according to the November 1998 issue of Coping with Allergies and Asthma. There is no scientific data on the effectiveness of matzo ball versus noodles in chicken soup, though surely your grandmother has ideas and opinions.
A more adult cold cure-all is the hot toddy. Much like chicken soup’s vapors help with congestion, the same is true with a hot toddy. The alcohol in a toddy can dilate blood vessels, helping mucus and white blood cells fight infection, and can also provide a mild sedative, making for a good night’s sleep when slumber is elusive due to cold symptoms.
Writer William Faulkner, a known hot toddy enthusiast, would prescribe toddies to cure everything from “a bad spill from a horse to a bad cold, from a broken leg to a broken heart.” A good base recipe for a toddy is 1/4 cup whiskey, a squeeze of lemon, 1 tablespoon of honey and 1/2 cup boiling water or hot tea. Combine all ingredients in a mug and drink while still hot.
”On the Score of Hospitality: Selected Recipes of a Van Rensselaer Family, Albany, New York, 1785-1835,” a book filled wit